Document:

exv4w1

 

EXECUTION COPY

EXHIBIT 4.2

MGM MIRAGE

$300,000,000 5.875% Senior Notes due 2014

INDENTURE

Dated as of March 23, 2004

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

Trustee

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page

	ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
	 	 	1	 
	SECTION 1.01 DEFINITIONS
	 	 	1	 
	SECTION 1.02 OTHER DEFINITIONS
	 	 	10	 
	SECTION 1.03 INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE OF TRUST INDENTURE ACT
	 	 	11	 
	SECTION 1.04 RULES OF CONSTRUCTION
	 	 	11	 
	ARTICLE II THE NOTES
	 	 	12	 
	SECTION 2.01 FORM AND DATING
	 	 	12	 
	SECTION 2.02 EXECUTION AND AUTHENTICATION
	 	 	12	 
	SECTION 2.03 REGISTRAR, PAYING AGENT AND DEPOSITARY
	 	 	13	 
	SECTION 2.04 PAYING AGENT TO HOLD MONEY IN TRUST
	 	 	13	 
	SECTION 2.05 HOLDER LISTS
	 	 	13	 
	SECTION 2.06 TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE
	 	 	14	 
	SECTION 2.07 REPLACEMENT NOTES
	 	 	21	 
	SECTION 2.08 OUTSTANDING NOTES
	 	 	22	 
	SECTION 2.09 INTENTIONALLY OMITTED
	 	 	22	 
	SECTION 2.10 TEMPORARY NOTES
	 	 	22	 
	SECTION 2.11 CANCELLATION
	 	 	23	 
	SECTION 2.12 DEFAULTED INTEREST
	 	 	23	 
	SECTION 2.13 CUSIP, ISIN OR COMMON CODE NUMBERS
	 	 	24	 
	SECTION 2.14 ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL NOTES
	 	 	24	 
	ARTICLE III REDEMPTION
	 	 	24	 
	SECTION 3.01 OPTIONAL REDEMPTION
	 	 	24	 
	SECTION 3.02 ELECTION TO REDEEM; NOTICE TO TRUSTEE
	 	 	25	 
	SECTION 3.03 SELECTION BY TRUSTEE OF NOTES TO BE REDEEMED
	 	 	26	 
	SECTION 3.04 NOTICE OF REDEMPTION
	 	 	26	 
	SECTION 3.05 DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE
	 	 	26	 
	SECTION 3.06 NOTES PAYABLE ON REDEMPTION DATE
	 	 	27	 
	SECTION 3.07 NOTES REDEEMED IN PART
	 	 	27	 
	SECTION 3.08 MANDATORY DISPOSITION OF NOTES PURSUANT TO GAMING LAWS
	 	 	27	 
	ARTICLE IV COVENANTS
	 	 	28	 
	SECTION 4.01 PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL, PREMIUM AND INTEREST
	 	 	28	 
	SECTION 4.02 REPORTS
	 	 	28	 
	SECTION 4.03 OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE AS TO COMPLIANCE
	 	 	28	 
	SECTION 4.04 MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY
	 	 	29	 
	SECTION 4.05 MONEY FOR NOTES; PAYMENTS TO BE HELD IN TRUST
	 	 	29	 
	SECTION 4.06 CORPORATE EXISTENCE
	 	 	30	 
	SECTION 4.07 WAIVER OF CERTAIN COVENANTS
	 	 	30	 
	SECTION 4.08 GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL MATTERS
	 	 	30	 
	SECTION 4.09 CONDITIONAL COLLATERAL; GAMING APPROVALS
	 	 	31	 
	SECTION 4.10 LIMITATION ON LIENS
	 	 	32	 
	SECTION 4.11 LIMITATION ON SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS
	 	 	33	 
	SECTION 4.12 COLLATERAL EVENT AFTER COLLATERAL RELEASE DATE
	 	 	34	 
	ARTICLE V CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE
	 	 	35	 
	SECTION 5.01 COMPANY MAY CONSOLIDATE, ETC., ONLY ON CERTAIN TERMS
	 	 	35	 
	SECTION 5.02 SUCCESSOR CORPORATION SUBSTITUTED
	 	 	35	 
	ARTICLE VI DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
	 	 	35	 

i

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page

	SECTION 6.01 EVENTS OF DEFAULT
	 	 	35	 
	SECTION 6.02 ACCELERATION OF MATURITY; RESCISSION AND ANNULMENT
	 	 	36	 
	SECTION 6.03 COLLECTION OF INDEBTEDNESS AND SUITS FOR ENFORCEMENT
BY TRUSTEE
	 	 	37	 
	SECTION 6.04 TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM
	 	 	38	 
	SECTION 6.05 TRUSTEE MAY ENFORCE CLAIMS WITHOUT POSSESSION OF DEBT
SECURITIES
	 	 	38	 
	SECTION 6.06 APPLICATION OF MONEY COLLECTED
	 	 	38	 
	SECTION 6.07 LIMITATION ON SUITS
	 	 	39	 
	SECTION 6.08 UNCONDITIONAL RIGHT OF HOLDERS TO RECEIVE PRINCIPAL,
PREMIUM AND INTEREST
	 	 	39	 
	SECTION 6.09 RESTORATION OF RIGHTS AND REMEDIES
	 	 	40	 
	SECTION 6.10 RIGHTS AND REMEDIES CUMULATIVE
	 	 	40	 
	SECTION 6.11 DELAY OR OMISSION NOT WAIVER
	 	 	40	 
	SECTION 6.12 CONTROL BY HOLDERS
	 	 	40	 
	SECTION 6.13 WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS
	 	 	40	 
	SECTION 6.14 UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS
	 	 	41	 
	SECTION 6.15 WAIVER OF STAY OR EXTENSION LAWS
	 	 	41	 
	SECTION 6.16 DISQUALIFIED HOLDERS
	 	 	41	 
	ARTICLE VII TRUSTEE
	 	 	41	 
	SECTION 7.01 CERTAIN DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES
	 	 	41	 
	SECTION 7.02 NOTICE OF DEFAULTS
	 	 	42	 
	SECTION 7.03 CERTAIN RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE
	 	 	43	 
	SECTION 7.04 NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR RECITALS OR ISSUANCE OF NOTES
	 	 	44	 
	SECTION 7.05 MAY HOLD NOTES
	 	 	44	 
	SECTION 7.06 MONEY HELD IN TRUST
	 	 	44	 
	SECTION 7.07 COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT
	 	 	44	 
	SECTION 7.08 DISQUALIFICATION; CONFLICTING INTERESTS
	 	 	45	 
	SECTION 7.09 CORPORATE TRUSTEE REQUIRED; ELIGIBILITY
	 	 	45	 
	SECTION 7.10 RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL; APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR
	 	 	45	 
	SECTION 7.11 ACCEPTANCE OF APPOINTMENT BY SUCCESSOR
	 	 	46	 
	SECTION 7.12 MERGER, CONVERSION, CONSOLIDATION OR SUCCESSION TO BUSINESS
	 	 	46	 
	SECTION 7.13 PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF CLAIMS AGAINST COMPANY
	 	 	47	 
	SECTION 7.14 APPOINTMENT OF AUTHENTICATING AGENT
	 	 	47	 
	SECTION 7.15 APPOINTMENT OF CO-TRUSTEE
	 	 	48	 
	SECTION 7.16 PAYING AGENT; REGISTRAR
	 	 	48	 
	SECTION 7.17 REPORTS BY TRUSTEE
	 	 	48	 
	ARTICLE VIII DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE
	 	 	50	 
	SECTION 8.01 SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE
	 	 	50	 
	SECTION 8.02 APPLICATION OF TRUST MONEY
	 	 	51	 
	SECTION 8.03 APPLICABILITY OF ARTICLE
	 	 	51	 
	SECTION 8.04 DEFEASANCE UPON DEPOSIT OF MONEYS OR U.S. GOVERNMENT
OBLIGATIONS
	 	 	51	 
	SECTION 8.05 DEPOSITED MONEYS AND U.S. GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS TO BE
HELD IN TRUST
	 	 	52	 
	SECTION 8.06 REPAYMENT TO COMPANY
	 	 	53	 
	ARTICLE IX SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
	 	 	53	 
	SECTION 9.01 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITHOUT CONSENT OF HOLDERS
	 	 	53	 
	SECTION 9.02 SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITH CONSENT OF HOLDERS
	 	 	54	 
	SECTION 9.03 EXECUTION OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
	 	 	55	 
	SECTION 9.04 EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
	 	 	55	 
	SECTION 9.05 CONFORMITY WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT
	 	 	55	 

ii

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page

	SECTION 9.06 REFERENCE IN NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES
	 	 	55	 
	ARTICLE X NOTE GUARANTEES
	 	 	55	 
	SECTION 10.01 GUARANTEE
	 	 	55	 
	SECTION 10.02 EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF GUARANTEE
	 	 	56	 
	SECTION 10.03 LIMITATION OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR’S LIABILITY
	 	 	56	 
	SECTION 10.04 CONTRIBUTION
	 	 	57	 
	SECTION 10.05 RIGHTS UNDER THE GUARANTEE
	 	 	57	 
	SECTION 10.06 PRIMARY OBLIGATIONS
	 	 	57	 
	SECTION 10.07 WAIVERS
	 	 	58	 
	SECTION 10.08 RELEASES
	 	 	58	 
	SECTION 10.09 NO ELECTION
	 	 	58	 
	SECTION 10.10 FINANCIAL CONDITION OF THE COMPANY
	 	 	58	 
	SECTION 10.11 CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, ETC., ONLY ON CERTAIN TERMS
	 	 	59	 
	ARTICLE XI COLLATERAL AND SECURITY
	 	 	59	 
	SECTION 11.01 EXECUTION OF COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS
	 	 	59	 
	SECTION 11.02 COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS
	 	 	59	 
	SECTION 11.03 RECORDING AND OPINIONS
	 	 	60	 
	SECTION 11.04 RELEASE AND SUBORDINATION OF COLLATERAL
	 	 	61	 
	SECTION 11.05 CERTIFICATES OF THE COMPANY
	 	 	62	 
	SECTION 11.06 AUTHORIZATION OF ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN BY THE TRUSTEE UNDER THE
COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS
	 	 	63	 
	SECTION 11.07 AUTHORIZATION OF RECEIPT OF FUNDS BY THE TRUSTEE
UNDER THE COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS
	 	 	63	 
	ARTICLE XII MISCELLANEOUS
	 	 	63	 
	SECTION 12.01 TRUST INDENTURE ACT CONTROLS
	 	 	63	 
	SECTION 12.02 NOTICES
	 	 	63	 
	SECTION 12.03 COMMUNICATION BY HOLDERS WITH OTHER HOLDERS
	 	 	64	 
	SECTION 12.04 CERTIFICATE AND OPINION AS TO CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
	 	 	64	 
	SECTION 12.05 STATEMENTS REQUIRED IN CERTIFICATE OR OPINION
	 	 	64	 
	SECTION 12.06 RULES BY TRUSTEE, PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR
	 	 	65	 
	SECTION 12.07 LEGAL HOLIDAYS
	 	 	65	 
	SECTION 12.08 GOVERNING LAW
	 	 	65	 
	SECTION 12.09 NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS
	 	 	65	 
	SECTION 12.10 SUCCESSORS
	 	 	65	 
	SECTION 12.11 MULTIPLE ORIGINALS
	 	 	65	 
	SECTION 12.12 TABLE OF CONTENTS; HEADINGS
	 	 	66	 
	SECTION 12.13 SEVERABILITY
	 	 	66	 
	SECTION 12.14 NO ADVERSE INTERPRETATION OF OTHER AGREEMENTS
	 	 	66	 
	SECTION 12.15 NO PARENT LIABILITY
	 	 	66	 

EXHIBITS

EXHIBIT A - FORM OF GLOBAL NOTE

EXHIBIT B - FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

EXHIBIT C - FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

EXHIBIT D - FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM ACQUIRING INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

EXHIBIT E - FORM OF GUARANTEE ENDORSEMENT

EXHIBIT F - FORM OF JOINDER

iii

 

CROSS-REFERENCE TABLE*

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	TIA Section
	 	 	 	Indenture Section
	 	 
	

	 	 	310	 	 	(a)(1)
	 	 	 	 	7.09	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	(a)(2)
	 	 	 	 	7.09	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	(a)(3)
	 	 	 	 	N.A.	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	(a)(4)
	 	 	 	 	N.A.	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	(a)(5)
	 	 	 	 	7.09	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	(b)
	 	 	 	 	7.09	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	(c)
	 	 	 	 	N.A.	 	 	 
	

	 	 	311	 	 	(a)
	 	 	 	 	7.13	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	(b)
	 	 	 	 	7.13	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	(c)
	 	 	 	 	N.A.	 	 	 
	

	 	 	312	 	 	(a)
	 	 	 	 	2.05	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	(b)
	 	 	 	 	12.03	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	(c)
	 	 	 	 	12.03	 	 	 
	

	 	 	313	 	 	(a)
	 	 	 	 	7.06	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	(b)(1)
	 	 	 	 	7.17	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	(b)(2)
	 	 	 	 	7.07	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	(c)
	 	 	 	 	7.06;12.02	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	(d)
	 	 	 	 	7.06	 	 	 
	

	 	 	314	 	 	(a)
	 	 	 	 	4.02	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	(b)
	 	 	 	 	11.03	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	(c)(1)
	 	 	 	 	12.04	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	(c)(2)
	 	 	 	 	12.04	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	(c)(3)
	 	 	 	 	N.A.	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	(d)
	 	 	 	 	11.04	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	(e)
	 	 	 	 	12.05	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	(f)
	 	 	 	 	N.A.	 	 	 
	

	 	 	315	 	 	(a)
	 	 	 	 	7.01	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	(b)
	 	 	 	 	7.02,12.01	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	(c)
	 	 	 	 	7.01	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	(d)
	 	 	 	 	7.01	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	(e)
	 	 	 	 	6.14	 	 	 
	

	 	 	316	 	 	(a)(last sentence)
	 	 	 	 	2.08	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	(a)(1)(A)
	 	 	 	 	6.12	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	(a)(1)(B)
	 	 	 	 	6.13	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	(a)(2)
	 	 	 	 	N.A.	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	(b)
	 	 	 	 	6.08	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	(c)
	 	 	 	 	9.04	 	 	 
	

	 	 	317	 	 	(a)(1)
	 	 	 	 	6.03	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	(a)(2)
	 	 	 	 	6.04	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	(b)
	 	 	 	 	2.04	 	 	 
	

	 	 	318	 	 	(a)
	 	 	 	 	12.01	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	(b)
	 	 	 	 	N.A.	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	(c)
	 	 	 	 	12.01	 	 	 

N.A. means not applicable.

* This Cross Reference Table is not part of the Indenture.

iv

 

     INDENTURE dated as of March 23, 2004, among MGM MIRAGE, a Delaware
corporation (the “Company”), the Subsidiary Guarantors party hereto, and U.S.
BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (the “Trustee”), having its Corporate Trust Office at
60 Livingston Avenue, St. Paul, MN 55107-2292.

     Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for
the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of (i) the Company’s 5.875% Senior
Notes due 2014 issued on the Closing Date, and (ii) any Additional Notes (as
defined herein) that may be issued on any other Issue Date (all such Notes in
clauses (i) and (ii) being referred to collectively as the “Initial Notes”):

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

     SECTION 1.01 DEFINITIONS.

     “1998 Notes” means (i) the Company’s 6.95% senior notes due 2005 in the
original aggregate principal amount of $300 million and (ii) the Company’s
6.875% senior notes due 2008 in the original aggregate principal amount of $200
million.

     “Additional Interest” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights
Agreement.

     “Additional Notes” means Notes issued in accordance with Section 2.14.

     “Affiliate” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or
indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common
control with such specified Person. For the purposes of this definition,
“control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlling,”
“controlled by” and “under common control with”) as used with respect to any
Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person,
directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by
agreement or otherwise.

     “Agent” means any Registrar, Paying Agent, co-registrar or additional
paying agent.

     “Applicable Procedures” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of
or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the
Depositary, Euroclear and Clearstream that apply to such transfer or exchange
at the relevant time.

     “Attributable Debt’’ with respect to any Sale and Lease-Back Transaction
that is subject to the restrictions under Section 4.11 below, means the present
value of the minimum rental payments called for during the term of the lease
(including any period for which such lease has been extended), determined in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, discounted at a rate
that, at the inception of the lease, the lessee would have incurred to borrow
over a similar term the funds necessary to purchase the leased assets.

     “Authenticating Agent” has the meaning specified in Section 7.14.

     “Bankruptcy Law” means Title 11, U.S. Code, or any similar federal, state
or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

     “Beneficiaries” means the holders of the Notes and the Trustee.

     “Board of Directors” means, with respect to any Person, the Board of
Directors (or any similar governing body) of such Person, or unless the context
otherwise requires, any authorized committee of the Board of Directors (or such
body) of such Person. Unless otherwise specified, “Board of Directors” means
the Board of Directors of the Company.

     “Board Resolution” means, with respect to the Company, a duly adopted
resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

 

     “Broker-Dealer” means any broker-dealer that receives Exchange Notes for
its own account in any Registered Exchange Offer in exchange for Notes that
were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of market-making or other
trading activities.

     “Business Day” means any day which is not a Saturday, a Sunday or a legal
holiday or a day on which banking institutions or trust companies in Nevada or
New York are authorized or obligated by law to close.

     “Clearstream” means Clearstream Banking, societe anonyme, Luxembourg.

     “Closing Date” means March 23, 2004.

     “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

     “Collateral” means any assets and interests in assets now owned or
hereafter acquired by the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor in or upon which
a Lien is granted for the benefit of the Beneficiaries (whether directly or by
way of assignment of a Lien granted to the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor)
under any of the Collateral Documents; provided that the Liens on assets of
MAC, CORP. will not include a lien on its 50% ownership interest in Marina
District Development Holding Company, LLC, owner of 100% of the ownership
interests in Marina District Development Company, LLC, operator of Borgata.

     “Collateral Agent” means U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity
as Collateral Agent under the Intercreditor Agreement, or its successor or
replacement pursuant to the Intercreditor Agreement.

     “Collateral Documents” means, collectively, the documents defined as
Collateral Documents in the Intercreditor Agreement, the Intercreditor
Agreement, and any agreements, documents, or instruments (including UCC
financing statements) required to be executed pursuant to the foregoing and
relating to the Collateral referred to therein, in each case as amended or
modified from time to time.

     “Collateral Event” means, at any time after a Collateral Release Date when
the 1998 Notes remain outstanding, the occurrence of an event which requires
recollateralization of the 1998 Notes under the indenture governing the 1998
Notes.

     “Collateral Release” means a release of all Collateral following a
Collateral Release Date.

     “Collateral Release Date” means any date on which the Company delivers
notice to the Collateral Agent requesting a release of all Liens under the
Collateral Documents which is accompanied by (i) either (A) letters from both
Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s indicating that both the Credit Facilities and
the 1998 Notes receive investment grade ratings and that the release of all
Collateral securing the Credit Facilities and the 1998 Notes will not result in
a reduction in the ratings of the Credit Facilities or the 1998 Notes issued by
either Moody’s or Standard & Poor’s below the respective ratings in effect as
of the date of issuance of the 1998 Notes or (B) evidence that the 1998 Notes
have been defeased or repaid in full and the Liens securing the 1998 Notes have
been released, and (ii) a letter from the Administrative Agent under the Credit
Facilities confirming that the Liens securing the Credit Facilities will be
released concurrently with the release of the Liens securing the Existing
Senior Notes and the guarantees relating thereto.

     “Commission” means the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor
agency.

     “Company” means the Person named as the “Company” in the first paragraph
of this instrument until a successor Person shall have become such pursuant to
the applicable provisions of this Indenture, and thereafter “Company” shall
mean such successor Person.

     “Company Request” and “Company Order” mean, respectively, a written
request or order signed in the name of the Company by the Chairman of the Board
of Directors, the President or an Executive or Senior Vice President and by the
Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, an Assistant Controller, the
Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company, and delivered to the
Trustee.

2

 

     “Conditional Collateral” means the ownership interests of MGM Grand Hotel,
LLC, Mirage Resorts, Incorporated, New York-New York Hotel and Casino, LLC,
Treasure Island Corp., Beau Rivage Resorts, Inc. or certain other licensed
Subsidiaries of the Company unless and until the requisite governmental
consents for a Lien on such ownership interests are obtained.

     “Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means the total amount of assets
(including investments in Joint Ventures) of the Company and its Subsidiaries
(less applicable depreciation, amortization and other valuation reserves) after
deducting therefrom (a) all current liabilities of the Company and its
Subsidiaries (excluding (i) the current portion of long-term Indebtedness, (ii)
intercompany liabilities and (iii) any liabilities which are by their terms
renewable or extendible at the option of the obligor thereon to a time more
than 12 months from the time as of which the amount thereof is being computed)
and (b) all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt
discount and any other like intangibles, all as set forth on the consolidated
balance sheet of the Company for the most recently completed fiscal quarter for
which financial statements are available and computed in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles.

     “Corporate Trust Office” means the office of the Trustee specified in
Section 12.02 or any other office specified by the Trustee from time to time
pursuant to such Section.

     “corporation” means a corporation, association, company or business trust.

     “Credit Facilities” means, the Third Amended and Restated Loan Agreement,
dated as of November 24, 2003, among the Company, as Borrower and MGM Grand
Detroit, LLC, as Co-Borrower, the Banks, Syndication Agent, Documentation
Agents and Co-Documentation Agents therein named, and Bank of America, N.A., as
Administrative Agent (and their successors and assigns from time to time party
thereto), including any related notes, guarantees, collateral documents,
instruments and agreements executed in connection therewith, in each case as
amended, modified, renewed, extended, refunded, replaced or refinanced from
time to time.

     “Creditor Representatives” means the creditor representatives named in and
parties to the Intercreditor Agreement with respect to the Existing Senior
Notes and the Credit Facilities and, from and after the date of issuance of the
Notes, the Trustee as Creditor Representative for the holders of the Notes.

     “Default” means any event that, with the passage of time or the giving of
notice or both, would be an Event of Default.

     “Defaulted Interest” has the meaning specified in Section 2.12.

     “Definitive Note” means one or more certificated Notes registered in the
name of the Holder thereof, issued in accordance with Section 2.06, and in the
form of Exhibit A hereto.

     “Depositary” means, with respect to the Notes issuable or issued in whole
or in part in global form, the person specified in or pursuant to Section 2.03
as the Depositary with respect to the Notes, until a successor shall have been
appointed and become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this
Indenture, and thereafter, “Depositary” means or includes such successor.

     “Detroit” means MGM Grand Detroit, LLC, a Delaware limited liability
company, and any Subsidiaries thereof.

     “Distribution Compliance Period” means the 40-day Distribution Compliance
Period provided for in Regulation S.

     “Discharged” has the meaning specified in Section 8.04.

     “Disqualified Holder” has the meaning specified in Section 3.08.

3

 

     “Dollar” or “$” means a dollar or other equivalent unit in such coin or
currency of the United States that, at the time of payment, is legal tender for
the payment of public and private debts.

     “Euroclear” means Morgan Guaranty Trust Issuer of New York, Brussels
office, or its successor, as operator of the Euroclear system.

     “Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Section 6.01.

     “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

     “Exchange Offer Registration Statement” means a registration statement in
respect of Exchange Notes prepared pursuant to the Registration Rights
Agreement.

     “Exchange Notes” means, if and when issued pursuant to an Exchange Offer
Registration Statement as provided in the Registration Rights Agreement, notes
of the Company of the same class and series as the Existing Notes, issued under
the Existing Indenture, guaranteed by the Subsidiary Guarantors, which Exchange
Notes will have terms substantially identical in all material respects to the
Notes.

     “Excluded Subsidiary” means Victoria Partners, Detroit and its
Subsidiaries (including MGM Grand Detroit II, LLC), MGMM Insurance Company, a
Vermont corporation, other Subsidiaries that may from time to time become
Excluded Subsidiaries (if such other Subsidiaries are not guarantors of the
Company’s other Indebtedness, and are not subject to any covenants in, or Liens
securing, the Credit Facilities or the Existing Senior Notes), and the
Company’s non-U.S. Subsidiaries whose only tangible assets are located in
foreign nations and their U.S. holding companies, provided such holding
companies have no other assets or operations and provided that except for
Detroit to the extent it guarantees any amounts of proceeds of borrowings under
the Credit Facilities made available to Detroit, if any Excluded Subsidiary
becomes subject to the covenants in the Credit Facilities applicable to the
Subsidiary Guarantors or grants any Liens to secure the Credit Facilities, or
if any Excluded Subsidiary guarantees or grants any Liens to secure any of the
Existing Senior Notes, such Excluded Subsidiary will thereafter not be an
Excluded Subsidiary.

     “Exemption” has the meaning specified in Section 11.05.

     “Exemption Date” has the meaning specified in Section 11.05.

     “Existing Indenture” means the Indenture, dated February 27, 2004, among
the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and U.S. Bank National Association, as
Trustee.

     “Existing Notes” means the Company’s 5.875% senior notes due 2014 in the
original aggregate principal amount of $225.0 million, issued on February 27,
2004 under the Existing Indenture.

     “Existing Senior Notes” means (i) the 1998 Notes, (ii) the Company’s 6.0%
Senior Notes due 2009 in the original aggregate principal amount of $600
million, (iii) the Company’s 8.50% Senior Notes due 2010 in the original
aggregate principal amount of $850 million, (iv) the Existing Notes and (v) the
Mirage Notes (in each case, including any guarantees thereof by any Subsidiary
Guarantors).

     “Funded Debt” means all Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary
Guarantor which (i) matures by its terms on, or is renewable at the option of
any obligor thereon to, a date more than one year after the date of original
issuance of such Indebtedness and (ii) ranks at least pari passu with the Notes
or the applicable Guarantee.

     “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States
of America as in effect from time to time, including those set forth in the
opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of
the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such
other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting
profession.

4

 

     “Gaming Authority” means the Nevada Gaming Commission, the Nevada State
Gaming Control Board, the New Jersey Casino Control Commission, the New Jersey
Division of Gaming Enforcement, the Michigan Gaming Control Board, the Detroit
City Council, the Mississippi Gaming Commission or any similar commission or
agency which has, or may at any time after the date of this Indenture have,
jurisdiction over the gaming activities of the Company or a Subsidiary (other
than an Excluded Subsidiary) of the Company or any successor thereto.

     “Gaming Laws” means the gaming laws of a jurisdiction or jurisdictions to
which the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company is, or may at any time after
the date of this Indenture be, subject.

     “Gaming Licenses” means every material license, permit, franchise,
registration or other material approval held by, or issued at any time after
the date of this indenture, to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
authorizing the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to own, lease, operate or
otherwise conduct or manage gaming in any state or jurisdiction.

     “Global Notes” means one or more Notes in the form attached hereto as
Exhibit A, issued under this Indenture, that is deposited with or on behalf of
and registered in the name of the Depositary or its nominee.

     “Global Note Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(f)(ii),
which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.

     “Guarantee” has the meaning specified in Section 10.01.

     “Guaranteed Obligations” has the meaning specified in Section 10.01.

     “Holder” or “Noteholder” means the Person in whose name a Note is
registered on the Registrar’s books.

     “IAI Global Note” means one or more Global Notes bearing the Private
Placement Legend that will be issued in an aggregate principal amount equal to
the aggregate principal amount of Initial Notes that may be resold to
Institutional Accredited Investors on any Issue Date.

     “Incur” means, with respect to any Indebtedness, to incur, create, issue,
assume, guarantee or otherwise become liable for or with respect to, or become
responsible for, the payment of, contingently or otherwise, such Indebtedness;
provided that the accrual of interest shall not be considered an Incurrence of
Indebtedness.

     “Indebtedness” of any Person means (i) any indebtedness of such Person,
contingent or otherwise, in respect of borrowed money (whether or not the
recourse of the lender is to the whole of the assets of such Person or only to
a portion thereof), or evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar
instruments or letters of credit, or representing the balance deferred and
unpaid of the purchase price of any property, including any such indebtedness
Incurred in connection with the acquisition by such person or any of its
Subsidiaries of any other business or entity, if and to the extent such
indebtedness would appear as a liability upon a balance sheet of such Person
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, including
for such purpose Obligations under capitalized leases, and (ii) any guarantee,
endorsement (other than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of
business), discount with recourse, or any agreement (contingent or otherwise)
to purchase, repurchase or otherwise acquire or to supply or advance funds with
respect to, or to become liable with respect to (directly or indirectly) any
indebtedness, obligation, liability or dividend of any Person, but shall not
include indebtedness or amounts owed for compensation to employees, or for
goods or materials purchased, or services utilized, in the ordinary course of
business of such Person. For purposes of this definition of Indebtedness, a
“capitalized lease” shall be deemed to mean a lease of real or personal
property which, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, is
required to be capitalized.

     “Indenture” means this Indenture as amended or supplemented from time to
time.

     “Indirect Participant” means an entity that, with respect to any
Depositary, clears through or maintains a direct or indirect, custodial
relationship with a Participant.

5

 

     “Initial Purchasers” means Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., Banc of America
Securities LLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and those parties listed as
initial purchasers in the Purchase Agreement.

     “Institutional Accredited Investor” means an institution that is an
“accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the
Securities Act, who is not also a QIB.

     “Interest Payment Date” with respect to any Note means February 27 and
August 27 of each year, commencing August 27, 2004, provided that if such
Interest Payment Date is not a Business Day, interest due on such Interest
Payment Date shall be payable on the next succeeding Business Day.

     “Intercreditor Agreement” means the Collateral Agent and Intercreditor
Agreement dated as of February 13, 2002 and entered into among the Company, the
Subsidiary Guarantors, U.S. Bank, National Association as the Collateral Agent
and the Creditor Representatives named therein (including any subsequent
amendments thereto).

     “Issue Date” means, in respect of Initial Notes of any series, the Closing
Date or other date on which Initial Notes of such series are originally issued
under this Indenture.

     “Joint Venture” means any partnership, corporation or other entity, in
which up to and including 50% of the partnership interests, outstanding voting
stock or other equity interests is owned, directly or indirectly, by the
Company and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries.

     “Letter of Transmittal” means the letter of transmittal to be prepared by
the Company and sent to all Holders of the Notes for use by such Holders in
connection with a Registered Exchange Offer.

     “Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit,
arrangement, encumbrance, security interest, lien (statutory or otherwise), or
preference, priority or other security or similar agreement or preferential
arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation,
any conditional sale or other title retention agreement having substantially
the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

     “Maturity” when used with respect to any Note means the date on which the
principal of such Note or an installment of principal becomes due and payable
as therein or herein provided, whether at the Stated Maturity or by declaration
of acceleration, call for redemption, repayment or otherwise.

     “Maturity Date” means February 27, 2014.

     “Mirage” means Mirage Resorts, Incorporated, a Nevada corporation.

     “Mirage Notes” means (i) Mirage’s 6.625% notes due 2005 in the principal
amount of $200 million, (ii) Mirage’s 7.25% notes due 2006 in the principal
amount of $250 million, (iii) Mirage’s 6.75% notes due 2007 in the principal
amount of $200 million, (iv) Mirage’s 6.75% notes due 2008 in the principal
amount of $200 million and (v) Mirage’s 7.25% debentures due 2017 in the
principal amount of $100 million.

     “Moody’s” means Moody’s Investor Service, Inc.

     “New Guarantee” has the meaning specified in the Intercreditor Agreement.

     “Non-Principal Property Collateral” means any leased real property parcel
that is not Principal Property and the granting of a Lien over which requires
the consent of the applicable lessor, which consent has not been obtained as of
the Issue Date.

     “Non-recourse Indebtedness” means Indebtedness the terms of which provide
that the lender’s claim for repayment of such Indebtedness is limited solely to
a claim against the property which secures such Indebtedness.

     “Non-U.S. Person” means any Person other than a U.S. Person.

6

 

     “Note Register” means a register (the registers maintained in such office
and in any other office or agency of the Company in a Place of Payment being
herein sometimes collectively referred to as the “Note Register”) in which,
subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Company shall
provide for the registration of Notes and of transfers and exchanges of Notes
which Company shall cause to be kept at the Corporate Trust Office of the
Trustee (or at the appropriate office of any other Registrar appointed
hereunder).

     “Notes” has the meaning stated in the recital of this Indenture and more
particularly means any Notes authenticated and delivered under this Indenture.
From and after the issuance of any Additional Securities (but not for purposes
of determining whether such issuance is permitted hereunder), “Securities”
shall include such Additional Securities for purposes of this Indenture from
time to time issued with respect to any Initial Securities that constitute such
Additional Securities. All Securities, including any such Additional
Securities, shall vote together as one series of Securities under this
Indenture.

     “Notes Custodian” or “Custodian” means the custodian with respect to any
Global Note (as appointed by the Depositary), or any successor entity thereto
covered in 2.03.

     “Obligations” means any principal, interest, premium, if any, penalties,
fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, expenses, damages or other liabilities
or amounts payable under the documentation governing or otherwise in respect of
any Indebtedness.

     “Offering Memorandum” means the offering memorandum dated March 9, 2004
relating to the sale of $300,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Initial
Notes.

     “Officers” means any of the following: the Chairman of the Board of
Directors, the President or an Executive or Senior Vice President and by the
Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, an Assistant Controller, the
Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company.

     “Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by the Chairman of the
Board of Directors, the President or an Executive or Senior Vice President and
by the Treasurer, an Assistant Treasurer, the Controller, an Assistant
Controller, the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Company and
delivered to the Trustee.

     “Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion of counsel, who may be
counsel to the Company (including an employee of the Company).

     “Outstanding Notes” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.08:

     “Participant” means, with respect to the Depositary, Euroclear or
Clearstream, a Person who has an account with the Depositary, Euroclear or
Clearstream, respectively (and, with respect to DTC, shall include Euroclear
and Clearstream).

     “Payment” means, with respect to the Notes and Guarantees, any payment,
whether in cash or other assets or property, of interest, principal, premium,
Additional Interest or any other amount on, of or in respect of the Notes, any
other acquisition of Notes and any deposit into the trust described in Article
VIII. The verb “pay” has a correlative meaning.

     “Paying Agent” means any Person authorized by the Company to pay the
principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Notes on behalf of the
Company.

     “Person” means an individual, a corporation, a partnership, a limited
liability company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or any other entity
or organization, including a government or any agency or political subdivision
thereof.

     “Place of Payment” when used with respect to the Notes means the Corporate
Trust Office of the Trustee or such other location as may be established under
Section 4.04.

7

 

     “Predecessor Note” of any particular Note means every previous Note
evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by such
particular Note; and, for the purposes of this definition, any Note
authenticated and delivered under Section 2.07 in lieu of a mutilated, lost,
destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the
mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note.

     “Principal Property” means any real estate or other physical facility or
depreciable asset or securities the net book value of which on the date of
determination exceeds the greater of $25 million and 2% of Consolidated Net
Tangible Assets.

     “Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section
2.06(f)(i) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where
specifically stated otherwise by the provisions of this Indenture.

     “Purchase Agreement” means the Purchase Agreement dated March 9, 2004 for
the purchase of $300,000,000 principal amount of Initial Notes among the
Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the Initial Purchasers as such agreement
may be amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with
the terms thereof.

     “QIB” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.

     “Redemption Date” means the date fixed for redemption of any Note pursuant
to this Indenture.

     “Redemption Price” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01.

     “Registration Rights Agreement” means the Registration Rights Agreement
dated March 23, 2004, among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the
Initial Purchasers, as such agreement may be amended, modified, or supplemented
from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

     “Registered Exchange Offer” means an offer made by the Company pursuant to
an Exchange Offer Registration Statement under the Securities Act to exchange
Exchange Notes for outstanding Initial Notes substantially identical in all
material respects to such Initial Notes (except for the differences provided
for therein).

     “Regular Record Date” for the interest payable on the Notes on any
Interest Payment Date means the February 12 or August 12 (whether or not a
Business Day), as the case may be, next preceding such Interest Payment Date.

     “Regulation S” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act, as
it may be amended from time to time, and any successor provision thereto.

     “Regulation S Global Note” means one or more Global Notes issued in an
aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of the
Initial Notes sold in reliance on Rule 903 of Regulation S on any Issue Date.

     “Restricted Definitive Note” means one or more Definitive Notes bearing
the Private Placement Legend, issued under this Indenture.

     “Restricted Global Note” means one or more Global Notes bearing the
Private Placement Legend, issued under this Indenture; provided, that in no
case shall an Exchange Note issued in accordance with this Indenture and the
terms of any Registration Rights Agreement be a Restricted Global Note.

     “Restricted Notes” means Global Notes and Definitive Notes that bear or
are required to bear the Private Placement Legend, issued under this Indenture.

     “Rule 144A” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act, as it
may be amended from time to time, and any successor provision thereto.

8

 

     “Rule 144A Global Note” means one or more Global Notes bearing the Private
Placement Legend that will be issued in an aggregate principal amount equal to
the aggregate principal amount of the Initial Notes to be resold by the Initial
Purchasers in reliance on Rule 144A on any Issue Date.

     “Sale and Lease-Back Transaction” means any arrangement with a person
(other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), or to which any such
person is a party, providing for the leasing to the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries for a period of more than three years of any Principal Property
which has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries to such person or to any other person (other than the Company or
any of its Subsidiaries), to which funds have been or are to be advanced by
such person on the security of the leased property.

     “Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

     “Shelf Registration Statement” means a shelf registration statement
prepared pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement in respect of Initial
Notes not previously registered for sale to the public under the Securities
Act.

     “Significant Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary
of that Person that would be a “significant subsidiary” as defined in Article
I, Rule 1-02 of Regulation S-X, promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act of
1933, as amended, as such Regulation is in effect on the date hereof.

     “Special Record Date” for the payment of any Defaulted Interest means a
date fixed by the Trustee pursuant to Section 2.12.

     “Standard &Poor’s” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group (a division of
McGraw Hill, Inc.).

     “Stated Maturity” when used with respect to any Note or any payment of
principal thereof or premium thereon or interest thereon means the date
specified in such Note or in this Indenture, as the date on which the principal
of such Note or such payment of principal, premium or interest is due and
payable.

     “Subsidiary” of any specified Person means any corporation, partnership or
limited liability company of which at least a majority of the outstanding stock
(or other equity interests) having by the terms thereof ordinary voting power
for the election of directors (or the equivalent) of such Person (irrespective
of whether or not at the time stock (or other equity interests) of any other
class or classes of such Person shall have or might have voting power by reason
of the happening of any contingency) is at the time directly or indirectly
owned by such Person, or by one or more other Subsidiaries, or by such Person
and one or more other Subsidiaries.

     “Subsidiary Guarantor” means (i) each Subsidiary of the Company identified
as a Subsidiary Guarantor on the signature pages hereof and (ii) each other
Subsidiary of the Company that becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor in accordance
with Section 4.08 or by executing a supplemental indenture in which such
Subsidiary agrees to be bound by the terms of this Indenture as a Subsidiary
Guarantor, together with their permitted successors and assigns provided that
if the Guarantee of a Subsidiary Guarantor is withdrawn or cancelled pursuant
to Section 4.08(b), such Person shall no longer be a Subsidiary Guarantor
hereunder.

     “TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S.C. §§ 77aaa-77bbbb) as
in effect on the date of this Indenture, except as stated in Section 9.03.

     “Treasury Securities” mean any obligations issued or guaranteed by the
United States government or any agency thereof.

     “Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a
successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

     “Trust Officer” means, when used with respect to the Trustee or Paying
Agent, any officer within the corporate trust department of the Trustee or
Paying Agent, as applicable, including any vice president, assistant vice
president, assistant secretary, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other
officer of the Trustee or Paying Agent

9

 

who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by the
persons who at the time shall be such officers, respectively, or to whom any
corporate trust matter is referred because of such person’s knowledge of and
familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct
responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.

     “Uniform Commercial Code” means the Nevada Uniform Commercial Code as in
effect from time to time.

     “United States” means the United States of America (including the States
and the District of Columbia), its territories and possessions and other areas
subject to its jurisdiction.

     “Unrestricted Definitive Note” means one or more Definitive Notes that do
not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend, issued
under this Indenture.

     “Unrestricted Global Note” means one or more Global Notes representing a
series of Notes that does not bear and is not required to bear the Private
Placement Legend, issued under this Indenture.

     “Unrestricted Note” means any Unrestricted Definitive Note or Unrestricted
Global Note.

     “U.S. Depositary” means Depository Trust Company or any other clearing
agency registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any
successor thereto, which shall in either case be the U.S. Depositary designated
in the form of Note attached as Exhibit A hereto until a successor U.S.
Depositary shall have become such pursuant to the applicable provisions of this
Indenture, and thereafter “U.S. Depositary” shall mean or include each Person
who is then a U.S. Depositary hereunder.

     “U.S. Government Obligations” has the meaning specified in Section 8.04.

     “U.S. Person” means a U.S. person as defined in Rule 902(o) under the
Securities Act.

     “Vice President” includes, with respect to the Company, any Executive or
Senior Vice President and includes, with respect to the Trustee, any Vice
President, whether or not designated by a number or word or words added before
or after the title “Vice President.”

     SECTION 1.02 OTHER DEFINITIONS.

	 	 	 	 	 
	Term
	 	Defined in Section

	“Adjusted Treasury Rate”
	 	 	3.01	 
	“Authentication Order”
	 	 	2.02	 
	“Comparable Treasury Issue”
	 	 	3.01	 
	“Comparable Treasury Price”
	 	 	3.01	 
	“covenant defeasance option”
	 	 	8.04	 
	“DTC”
	 	 	2.03	 
	“Funding Guarantor”
	 	 	10.04	 
	“Independent Investment Banker”
	 	 	3.01	 
	“Initial Notes”
	 	Preamble
	“legal defeasance option”
	 	 	8.04	 
	“Legal Holiday”
	 	 	12.07	 
	“MD&A”
	 	 	4.02	 
	“Notice of Default”
	 	 	6.01	 
	“protected purchaser”
	 	 	2.07	 
	“Reference Treasury Dealer”
	 	 	3.01	 
	“Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations”
	 	 	3.01	 
	“Registrar”
	 	 	2.03	 
	“Remaining Life”
	 	 	3.01	 

10

 

     SECTION 1.03 INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE OF TRUST INDENTURE ACT.

     This Indenture is subject to the mandatory provisions of the TIA, which
are incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The
following TIA terms have the following meanings:

     “indenture securities” means the Notes.

     “indenture security holder” means a Holder.

     “indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.

     “indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee.

     “obligor” on the indenture securities means the Company, each Subsidiary
Guarantor and any other obligor on the Notes.

     All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA,
defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule have
the meanings assigned to them by such definitions.

     SECTION 1.04 RULES OF CONSTRUCTION.

     Unless the context otherwise requires:

     (1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

     (2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to
it in accordance with GAAP and all financial calculations and determinations
contemplated by this Indenture shall be made in conformity with GAAP as in
effect as of the Closing Date;

     (3) “or” is not exclusive;

     (4) “including” means “including without limitation”;

     (5) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural
include the singular;

     (6) the principal amount of any noninterest bearing or other discount
security at any date shall be the principal amount thereof that would be shown
on a balance sheet of the Company dated such date prepared in accordance with
GAAP and accretion of principal on such security shall not be deemed to be the
incurrence of Debt;

     (7) all references to “principal” of the Notes include redemption price
and purchase price and all references to “interest” on the Notes include
Additional Interest, if any, as well as interest accruing after the
commencement of a proceeding under Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal
or state law for the relief of debtors (including post-petition interest),
whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding;

     (8) all exhibits are incorporated by reference herein and expressly made a
part of this Indenture;

     (9) all references to articles, sections and exhibits (and subparts
thereof) are to this Indenture; and

     (10) all references to statutes or rules (or their subparts) include
replacement or successor provisions.

11

 

ARTICLE II

THE NOTES

     SECTION 2.01 FORM AND DATING.

     (a) General. The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication
shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have
notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule, usage
or this Indenture. Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.
The Notes shall be in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof.

     The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are
hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Company, any Subsidiary
Guarantors and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture,
expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However,
to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions
of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be
controlling.

     (b) Global Notes. Notes issued in global form shall be substantially in
the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon
and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached
thereto). Notes issued in definitive form shall be substantially in the form
of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and
without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached
thereto). Each Global Note shall represent such of the outstanding Notes as
shall be specified therein and each shall provide that it shall represent the
aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed
thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of outstanding Notes
represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as
appropriate, to reflect exchanges, redemptions or transfers of beneficial
interests from one Global Note to another Global Note. Any endorsement of a
Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate
principal amount of outstanding Notes represented thereby shall be made by the
Trustee or the Notes Custodian, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance
with instructions given by the Holder or beneficial owner thereof as required
by Section 2.06.

     (c) Form of Initial Notes, Etc. All Initial Notes issued on the Closing
Date are being or will be offered and sold by the Initial Purchasers only (i)
to QIBs (in which case they will be evidenced by a Rule 144 Global Note) or
(ii) in reliance on Regulation S under the Securities Act (in which case they
will be evidenced by a Regulation S Global Note). After such initial offers
and sales, Initial Notes that are evidenced by Restricted Global Notes or
Restricted Definitive Notes may also be transferred to Institutional Accredited
Investors (in which case they shall be evidenced by Definitive Notes or by an
IAI Global Note. All Additional Notes issued after the Closing Date shall be
issued in such form, and shall be permitted to be resold, as shall be provided
in the Related Officers’ Certificate required by Section 2.14.

     (d) Series. All Initial Notes issued on the Closing Date shall be
designated as “Series A.” All Additional Securities with the same Issue Date
shall be designated as a separate series (other than Series A).

     SECTION 2.02 EXECUTION AND AUTHENTICATION.

     The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Company by its Chairman of
the Board of Directors, its President, one of its Executive or Senior Vice
Presidents or Chief Executive Officers or its Treasurer, and attested by its
Secretary or one of its Assistant Secretaries. The signature of any of these
officers may be manual or facsimile.

     If an Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at
the time a Note is authenticated, the Note shall nevertheless be valid. A Note
shall not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee.
The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated
under this Indenture. The Trustee shall, upon a written order of the Company
signed by an Officer (an “Authentication Order”), authenticate Initial Notes
for original issuance up to the aggregate principal amount stated in such
Authentication Order in such form as may be provided therein or in this
Indenture; provided, that the aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding
at any time may not exceed $300,000,000, except in accordance with Section
2.08. The Trustee may

12

 

appoint an authenticating agent acceptable to the Company to authenticate
Notes. An authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may
do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee
includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same
rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Company.

     SECTION 2.03 REGISTRAR, PAYING AGENT AND DEPOSITARY.

     The Company shall maintain an office or agency in the Borough of
Manhattan, The City of New York, where Notes may be presented for registration
of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”) and an office or agency where Notes
may be presented for payment (“Paying Agent”). The Registrar shall keep a
register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may
appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents.
The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent”
includes any additional paying agent. The Company shall enter into an
appropriate agency agreement with any Registrar, Paying Agent or other Agent
not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the mandatory terms of
the TIA not otherwise excluded hereunder. The Company may change any Paying
Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Registrar or Paying Agent
may resign at any time upon not less than 10 Business Days’ prior written
notice to the Company; provided, however, that the Trustee may resign as Paying
Agent or Registrar only if the Trustee also resigns as Trustee in accordance
with Section 7.10.

     The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of
any Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Company fails to appoint or
maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as
such. The Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or
Registrar.

     The Company initially appoints The Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) to act
as Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. The Company initially appoints
the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent and to act as Notes
Custodian (“Notes Custodian” or “Custodian”) with respect to the Global Notes.

     SECTION 2.04 PAYING AGENT TO HOLD MONEY IN TRUST.

     Prior to 10:00 a.m. on each due date of the principal and interest on any
Note, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent (or if the Company or a
Subsidiary is acting as Paying Agent, segregate and hold in trust for the
benefit of the Persons entitled thereto) by wire transfer a sum sufficient to
pay such principal and interest when so becoming due. The Company shall
require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee to agree in writing that the
Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all
money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium or
interest on the Notes, and shall notify the Trustee in writing of any default
by the Company in making any such payment. While any such default continues,
the Trustee may require a Paying Agent, and in such event any such Paying Agent
shall have the obligation, to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The
Company at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to
the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than
the Company or a Subsidiary) shall have no further liability for such money.
If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate and
hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by
it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating
to the Company, the Trustee shall serve as Paying Agent for the Notes.

     Any money deposited with any Paying Agent, or then held by the Company or
a domestic Subsidiary in trust for the payment of principal or interest on any
Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal and interest
has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company at its request, or, if
then held by the Company or a domestic Subsidiary, shall be discharged from
such trust; and the Noteholders shall thereafter, as general unsecured
creditors, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of
the Paying Agent with respect to such money, and all liability of the Company
or such permitted Subsidiary as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

     SECTION 2.05 HOLDER LISTS.

     The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably
practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of
all Holders and shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a). If the Trustee is
not the

13

 

Registrar, the Company shall furnish, or shall cause the Registrar (if
other than the Company) to furnish, to the Trustee at least seven Business Days
before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may
request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may
reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders of Notes and to
the extent applicable, the Company shall otherwise comply with TIA § 312(a).

     SECTION 2.06 TRANSFER AND EXCHANGE.

     (a) Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes. A Global Note may not be
transferred as a whole except by the Depositary to a nominee of the Depositary,
by a nominee of the Depositary to the Depositary or to another nominee of the
Depositary, or by the Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary
or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes shall be exchanged
by the Company for Definitive Notes if (i) the Company notifies the Trustee in
writing that the Depositary is no longer willing or able to act as a depositary
or ceases to be registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act and a
successor Depositary is not appointed within 90 days of such notice or
cessation and (ii) the Company in its sole discretion determines that the
Global Notes (in whole but not in part) should be exchanged for Definitive
Notes and delivers a written notice to such effect to the Trustee. Upon the
occurrence of any of the preceding events in (i) or (ii) above, Definitive
Notes shall be issued in such names as the Depositary shall instruct the
Trustee. Global Notes also may be exchanged or replaced, in whole or in part,
as provided in Sections 2.07 and 2.10. Every Note authenticated and delivered
in exchange for, or in lieu of, a Global Note or any portion thereof, pursuant
to this Section 2.06 or Section 2.07 or 2.10, shall be authenticated and
delivered in the form of, and shall be, a Global Note. A Global Note may not
be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a);
however, beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged
as provided in Section 2.06(b) or (c).

     (b) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes. The
transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes shall be
effected through the Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this
Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the
Restricted Global Notes shall be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable
to those set forth herein to the extent required in order for the Company to
comply with the Securities Act. Transfers and exchanges of beneficial
interests in the Global Notes also shall require compliance with either
subparagraph (i) or (ii) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the
other following subparagraphs, as applicable:

          (i) Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note; Transfers of
Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes for Interests in Other
Unrestricted Global Notes. Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note
may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the
transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided,
however, that prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period,
transfers of beneficial interests in a Regulation S Global Note may not be made
to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an
Initial Purchaser). Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may
be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial
interest in the same or any other Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders
or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect
the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(i).

          (ii) All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global
Notes. In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests
that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(i), the transferor of such beneficial
interest must deliver to the Registrar either (A) (1) an order from a
Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary in accordance
with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to credit or cause to
be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to
the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions
given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information
regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase or (B) (1)
an order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the Depositary
in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the Depositary to cause
to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to
be transferred or exchanged and (2) instructions given by the Depositary to the
Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such
Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred
to in (B)(1) above. Upon consummation of a Registered Exchange Offer by the
Company, the requirements of this Section 2.06(b)(ii) shall be deemed to have
been satisfied upon receipt by the Registrar of the instructions contained in
the Letter of

14

 

Transmittal delivered by the holder of such beneficial interests in the
Restricted Global Notes and the other documents contemplated by the Registered
Exchange Offer. Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or
exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture
and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the Securities Act, the Trustee or
Notes Custodian shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global
Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(g).

          (iii) Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note.
A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a
Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in
another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements
of Section 2.06(b)(ii) and the Registrar receives the following:

               (A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial
interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a
certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in
item (1) thereof;

               (B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial
interest in the Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a
certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in
item (2) thereof;

               (C) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial
interest in the IAI Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate
in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications and certificates
(including the certificate in the form of Exhibit D hereto) in item (3)
thereof, if applicable; or

               (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof.

          (iv) Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global
Note for Beneficial Interests in the Unrestricted Global Note. A beneficial
interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged for a beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes
delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global
Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section
2.06(b)(ii) and:

               (A) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement
in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Registrar receives
a certificate from such holder to such effect; or

               (B) the Registrar receives the following: (1) if the holder of such
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such
beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a
certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the
certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or (2) if the holder of such beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial
interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such
holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(4) thereof; and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (B) (except
in the case of a transfer contemplated by item (4)(a) or (d) of Exhibit B or by
item (4)(b) of Exhibit B in the case of any transfer after the Distribution
Compliance Period), an Opinion of Counsel in form, and from legal counsel,
reasonably acceptable to the Registrar and the Company to the effect that such
exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the
restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend
are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

     If any such transfer is effected pursuant to subparagraph (A) or (B) above
at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Company
shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with
Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global
Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount
of beneficial interests transferred pursuant to subparagraph (A) or (B) above.
Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or
transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note.

15

 

     (c) Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes.

          (i) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted
Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted
Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted
Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes
delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon
receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

               (A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note
proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note,
a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the
certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;

               (B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in
accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate from such
holder to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (1) thereof;

               (C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person
in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the
Securities Act, a certificate from such holder to the effect set forth in
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

               (D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to an Institutional
Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in subparagraphs (B)
through (C) above, a certificate from such holder to the effect set forth in
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications required by item (3)(b) thereof,
if applicable;

               (E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any
of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable
Restricted Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g),
and the Company shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order
pursuant to Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the
Person designated in the instructions a Restricted Definitive Note in the
appropriate principal amount. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in
exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this
Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such
authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial
interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary
and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such
Restricted Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so
registered. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(i) shall
bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on
transfer contained therein.

          (ii) Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted
Definitive Notes. A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note
or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof
in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only if:

               (A) such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration Statement
in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Registrar receives
a certificate from such holder to such effect; or

               (B) the Registrar receives the following: (1) if the holder of such
beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such
beneficial interest for a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private
Placement Legend, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C
hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof; or (2) if the
holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to
transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof
in the form of a Definitive Note that does not bear the Private Placement
Legend, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (4) thereof; and, in each such case set
forth in this subparagraph (D) (except in the case of a

16

 

transfer contemplated by item (4)(a) or (d) of Exhibit B or by item (4)(b)
of Exhibit B in the case of any transfer after the Distribution Compliance
Period an Opinion of Counsel in form, and from legal counsel, reasonably
acceptable to the Registrar and the Company to the effect that such exchange or
transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on
transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

          (iii) Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted
Definitive Notes. If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted
Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted
Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes
delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, then, upon
satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(ii), the Trustee
shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Unrestricted
Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(g), and the
Company shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order pursuant to
Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person
designated in the instructions an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the
appropriate principal amount. Any Unrestricted Definitive Note issued in
exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall
be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or
denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the
Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or
Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Unrestricted Definitive
Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any
Unrestricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(iii) shall not bear
the Private Placement Legend.

     (d) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests in
Global Notes.

          (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted
Global Notes. If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to
exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to
transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery
thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then,
upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:

               (A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange
such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate
from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications
in item (2)(b) thereof;

               (B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in
accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act, a certificate from such
Holder to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the
certifications in item (1) thereof;

               (C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S.
Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under
the Securities Act, a certificate from such Holder to the effect set forth in
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

               (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an
Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in
subparagraphs (B) through (C) above, a certificate from such Holder to the
effect set forth in Exhibit B, including the certifications required by item
3(b) thereof, or

               (E) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;

the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to
be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A), the
appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the Rule
144A Global Note, in the case of clause (C) above, the Regulation S Global
Note, and in all other cases, the IAI Global Note.

17

 

          (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted
Global Notes. A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Note
for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such
Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form
of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:

               (A) such transfer is effected pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement
in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the Registrar receives
a certificate from such holder to such effect; or

               (B) the Registrar receives the following: (1) if the Holder of such
Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for a beneficial
interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the
form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof;
or (2) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer
such Notes to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a
beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such
Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item
(4) thereof; and, in each such case set forth in this subparagraph (D) (except
in the case of a transfer contemplated by item (4)(a) or (d) of Exhibit B or by
item (4)(b) of Exhibit B in the case of any transfer after the Distribution
Compliance Period, an Opinion of Counsel, in form and from legal counsel
reasonably acceptable to the Registrar and the Company to the effect that such
exchange or transfer is in compliance with the Securities Act and that the
restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend
are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.
Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this
Section 2.06(d)(ii), the Trustee shall cancel the Restricted Definitive Notes
so transferred or exchanged and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate
principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.

          (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in
Unrestricted Global Notes. A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may
exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or
transfer such Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the
form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon
receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee shall cancel
the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be
increased the aggregate principal amount of one of the Unrestricted Global
Notes.

          (iv) Issuance of Unrestricted Global Notes. If any such exchange or
transfer from a Definitive Note to a beneficial interest in a Global Note is
effected pursuant to subparagraphs (ii)(A), (ii)(B) or (iii) of this Section
2.06(d) at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the
Company shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance
with Section 2.02, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted
Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of
Definitive Notes so exchanged or transferred.

     (e) Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes. Upon
request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the
provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar shall register the transfer
or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or
exchange, the requesting Holder shall present or surrender to the Registrar the
Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of
transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar duly executed by such Holder or
by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting
Holder shall provide any additional certifications, documents and information,
as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section
2.06(e).

          (i) Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes. Any
Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of
Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note
if the Registrar receives the following:

               (A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the
Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of
Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;

               (B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then
the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto,
including the certifications in item (2) thereof;

18

 

               (C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to an
Institutional Accredited Investor in reliance on an exemption from the
registration requirements of the Securities Act other than those listed in
subparagraphs (A) and (B) above, then the transferor must deliver a certificate
in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications required by item
(3)(b) thereof, if applicable; or

               (D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Company
or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof.

          (ii) Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. Any
Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an
Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take
delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if:

               (A) any such transfer is effected pursuant to a Shelf Registration
Statement in accordance with the Registration Rights Agreement and the
Registrar receives a certificate from such Holder to such effect; or

               (B) the Registrar receives the following: (1) if the Holder of such
Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to exchange such Notes for an Unrestricted
Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C
hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or (2) if the
Holder of such Restricted Definitive Notes proposes to transfer such Notes to a
Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted
Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B
hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; and, in each such
case set forth in this subparagraph (D) (except in the case of a transfer
contemplated by item (4)(a) or (d) of Exhibit B or by item (4)(b) of Exhibit B
in the case of any transfer after the Distribution Compliance Period, an
Opinion of Counsel in form, and from legal counsel, reasonably acceptable to
the Registrar and the Company to the effect that such exchange or transfer is
in compliance with the Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer
contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in
order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act.

          (iii) Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes. A
Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Notes to a Person who
takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon
receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register
the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder
thereof.

     (f) Legends. The following legends shall appear on the face of all Global
Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically
stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.

          (i) Private Placement Legend.

               (A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and
each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution
thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:

     “THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF
1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED
OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S.
PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1)
REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE
144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING
THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR (AS DEFINED IN RULE
501(a)(1), (2), (3), OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN “ACCREDITED
INVESTOR”), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, WITHIN TWO YEARS AFTER THE ORIGINAL
ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY, RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT
(A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A
QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A

19

 

UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN ACCREDITED
INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISHES (OR HAS FURNISHED ON ITS
BEHALF BY A U.S. BROKER-DEALER) TO THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING
CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER
OF THIS SECURITY (THE FORM OF WHICH LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE FOR
THIS SECURITY), (D) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN
COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO THE
EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF
AVAILABLE), (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION
REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE
COMPANY SO REQUESTS) OR (G) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO
WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS
LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY WITHIN TWO YEARS
AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY, IF THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN
ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE
TRUSTEE AND THE COMPANY SUCH CERTIFICATIONS, LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER
INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO CONFIRM THAT SUCH
TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION NOT
SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT. AS USED
HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON”
HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.”

               (B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note
issued pursuant to subparagraphs (b)(iv), (c)(ii), (c)(iii), (d)(ii), (d)(iii),
(e)(ii) or (e)(iii) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange
therefor or substitution thereof) shall not bear the Private Placement Legend.

          (ii) Global Note Legend. Each Global Note shall bear a legend in
substantially the following form (unless otherwise specified by the
Depositary):

     “THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE
HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A
NOMINEE THEREOF. THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A NOTE
REGISTERED, AND NO TRANSFER OF THE NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED,
IN THE NAME OF ANY PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF,
EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.”

     (g) Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes. At such time as all
beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for
Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or
cancelled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note shall be returned to
or retained and cancelled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11. At
any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global
Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof
in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive
Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note shall be
reduced accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on such Global Note by the
Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such
reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred
to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest
in another Global Note, the principal amount of Notes represented by such other
Global Note shall be increased accordingly and an endorsement shall be made on
such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the
Trustee to reflect such increase.

     (h) General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges.

          (i) The Notes shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Note for
registration of transfer and in compliance with this Section 2.06. When a Note
is presented to the Registrar with a request to register a transfer, the
Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if the requirements of
Section 8-401 of the Uniform Commercial Code and this Section 2.06 are met.
When Notes are presented to the Registrar with a request

20

 

to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other
denominations, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same
requirements are met.

          (ii) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall
execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes
upon receipt of an Authentication Order.

          (iii) No service charge shall be made to a holder of a beneficial interest
in a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of
transfer or exchange, but the Company may require payment of a sum sufficient
to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection
therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge
payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.07 and 9.06).

          (iv) The Registrar shall retain copies of all certificates, Opinions of
Counsel, notices and other written communications received pursuant to this
Section 2.06. The Company shall have the right to inspect and make copies of
all such certificates, Opinions of Counsel, notices or other written
communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written
notice to the Registrar.

          (v) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of
transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes shall be the valid
obligations of the Company, evidencing the same indebtedness, and entitled to
the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes
surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

          (vi) The Company, Trustee and Registrar shall not be required (A) to
issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period
beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of
Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 and ending at the close of business on
the day of selection, (B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note
so selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion
of any Note being redeemed in part or (C) to register the transfer of or to
exchange a Note between a record date and the next succeeding interest payment
date.

          (vii) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any
Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Company may deem and treat the Person in
whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the
purpose of receiving payment of principal of, premium, if any, and interest on
such Notes, payment of the redemption price of the Notes and for all other
purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Company shall be affected
by notice to the contrary.

          (viii) The Trustee shall authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in
accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02.

          (ix) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to
be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a
registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile, with an
original of such document to be sent promptly thereafter.

          (x) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, as to any
certifications and certificates delivered to the Registrar pursuant to this
Section 2.06, the Registrar’s duties shall be limited to confirming that any
such certifications and certificates delivered to it are in the form of
Exhibits B, C and D attached hereto. The Registrar shall not be responsible
for confirming the truth or accuracy of representations made in any such
certifications or certificates.

     SECTION 2.07 REPLACEMENT NOTES.

     If a mutilated Note is surrendered to the Registrar or if the Holder of a
Note claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the
Company shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note if
the requirements of Section 8-405 of the Uniform Commercial Code are met, such
that the Holder (i) satisfies the Company or the Trustee within a reasonable
time after he has notice of such loss, destruction or wrongful taking and the
Registrar does not register a transfer prior to receiving such notification,
(ii) makes such request to the Company

21

 

or the Trustee prior to the Note being acquired by a protected purchaser
as defined in Section 8-303 of the Uniform Commercial Code (a “protected
purchaser”) and (iii) satisfies any other reasonable requirements of the
Trustee and the Company including evidence of the destruction, loss or theft of
the Note. Such Holder shall furnish an indemnity bond sufficient in the
judgment of the Trustee to protect the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor, the
Trustee, the Paying Agent, and the Registrar from any loss that any of them may
suffer if a Note is replaced. The Company and the Trustee may charge the
Holder for their expenses in replacing a Note including the payment of a sum
sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be required.
In the event any such mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Note has
become or is about to become due and payable, the Company in its discretion may
pay such Note instead of issuing a new Note in replacement thereof.

     Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Company.

     The provisions of this Section 2.07 are exclusive and shall preclude (to
the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the
replacement or payment of mutilated, lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken Notes.

     SECTION 2.08 OUTSTANDING NOTES.

          Outstanding Notes, means, as of the date of determination, all Notes
theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture, except:

          (i) Notes theretofore cancelled by the Trustee or delivered to the Trustee
for cancellation;

          (ii) Notes for whose payment or redemption money in the necessary amount
has been theretofore deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent (other than
the Company) in trust or set aside and segregated in trust by the Company (if
the Company shall act as its own Paying Agent) for the holders of such Notes;
provided, however, that if such Notes are to be redeemed, then notice of such
redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision therefor
satisfactory to the Trustee has been made and the date for such redemption has
passed;

          (iii) Notes, except to the extent provided in Section 8.04, with respect
to which the Company has effected defeasance as provided in Article VIII; and

          (iv) Notes paid pursuant to Section 2.07 and Notes in exchange for or in
lieu of which other Notes have been authenticated and delivered pursuant to
this Indenture, other than any such Notes in respect of which there shall have
been presented to the Trustee proof satisfactory to it that such Notes are held
by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Notes are valid obligations of the
Company;

     provided, however, that in determining whether the holders of the
requisite principal amount of Notes Outstanding have performed any Act
hereunder, Notes owned by the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or
any Affiliate of the Company or of such other obligor shall be disregarded and
deemed not to be Outstanding (provided, that in connection with any offer by
the Company or any obligor to purchase Notes, Notes tendered by a holder shall
be Outstanding until the date of purchase), except that, in determining whether
the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such Act, only Notes which a
Trust Officer of the Trustee actually knows to be so owned shall be so
disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith may be
regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee establishes to the satisfaction of the
Trustee the pledgee’s right to act with respect to such Notes and that the
pledgee is not the Company or any other obligor upon the Notes or any Affiliate
of the Company or of such other obligor.

     SECTION 2.09 INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.

     SECTION 2.10 TEMPORARY NOTES.

     Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Company
may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, shall
authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the
form of Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers
appropriate for

22

 

temporary Notes and as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee.
Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Trustee shall
authenticate Definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Holders of
temporary Notes shall be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.

     SECTION 2.11 CANCELLATION.

     All Notes surrendered for payment, redemption, transfer or exchange shall,
if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the
Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office. All Notes so delivered shall be
promptly cancelled by the Trustee. The Company may at any time deliver to the
Trustee for cancellation any Notes previously authenticated and delivered
hereunder which the Company may have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and may
deliver to the Trustee (or to any other Person for delivery to the Trustee) for
cancellation any Notes previously authenticated hereunder which the Company has
not issued, and all Notes so delivered shall be promptly cancelled by the
Trustee. No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or in exchange for any
Notes cancelled as provided in this Section, except as expressly permitted by
this Indenture. All cancelled Notes held by the Trustee shall be delivered to
the Company upon Company Request. The acquisition of any Notes by the Company
shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the indebtedness
represented thereby unless and until such Notes are surrendered to the Trustee
for cancellation. The Notes shall not be disposed of until exchanged in full
for Definitive Notes or until payment thereon is made in full.

     SECTION 2.12 DEFAULTED INTEREST.

     (a) Any interest on any Note which is payable but is not punctually paid
or duly provided for on any Interest Payment Date (herein called “Defaulted
Interest”) shall forthwith cease to be payable to the registered holder on the
relevant Regular Record Date by virtue of his having been such registered
holder, and such Defaulted Interest may be paid by the Company, at its election
in each case, as provided in clause (1) or (2) below:

          (1) The Company may elect to make payment of any Defaulted Interest to the
Persons in whose names such Notes (or their respective Predecessor Note) are
registered at the close of business on a Special Record Date for the payment of
such Defaulted Interest, which shall be fixed in the following manner. The
Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of Defaulted Interest
proposed to be paid on each such Note and the date of the proposed payment, and
at the same time the Company shall deposit with the Trustee prior to 10:00
a.m., New York City time, an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount
proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest or shall make
arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of
the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the
benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause
provided. Thereupon the Trustee shall fix a Special Record Date for the
payment of such Defaulted Interest. The Trustee shall promptly notify the
Company of such Special Record Date and, in the name and at the expense of the
Company, shall cause notice of the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest
and the Special Record Date therefor to be mailed, first-class postage prepaid,
to the holders of such Notes at their addresses as they appear in the Note
Register, not less than 15 days prior to such Special Record Date. Notice of
the proposed payment of such Defaulted Interest and the Special Record Date
therefor having been mailed as aforesaid, such Defaulted Interest shall be paid
to the Persons in whose names such Notes (or their respective Predecessor Note)
are registered at the close of business on such Special Record Date and shall
no longer be payable pursuant to the following clause (2).

          (2) The Company may make payment of any Defaulted Interest on Notes in any
other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements of any securities
exchange on which such Notes may be listed, and upon such notice as may be
required by such exchange, if, after notice is given by the Company to the
Trustee of the proposed payment pursuant to this clause, such manner of payment
shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

     (b) Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section, each Note
delivered under this Indenture upon transfer of, in exchange for, or in lieu
of, any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and
to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.

23

 

     SECTION 2.13 CUSIP, ISIN OR COMMON CODE NUMBERS.

     The Company in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP,” “ISIN” or “Common Code”
numbers (if then generally in use) and, if so, the Trustee shall use such
numbers in notices of redemption or repurchase as a convenience to Holders;
provided, however, that any such notice may state that no representation is
made as to the correctness of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as
contained in any notice of a redemption or repurchase and that reliance may be
placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes, and any
such redemption or repurchase shall not be affected by any defect in or
omission of such numbers. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee of any
change in “CUSIP,” “ISIN” or “Common Code” numbers.

     SECTION 2.14 ISSUANCE OF ADDITIONAL NOTES.

     If authorized by a Board Resolution, the Issuer shall be entitled to issue
Additional Notes under this Indenture which shall have substantially identical
terms as the Notes, other than with respect to the date of issuance, issue
price, amount of interest payable on the first interest payment date applicable
thereto or upon a registration default as provided under a registration rights
agreement related thereto, if any (and if such Additional Notes shall be issued
in the form of Unrestricted Notes, other than with respect to transfer
restrictions); provided that such issuance shall be made in compliance with
this Indenture; provided, however, that no Additional Notes may be issued at a
price that would cause such Additional Notes to have “original issue discount”
within the meaning of Section 1273 of the Code. The Initial Notes issued on
the Closing Date and any Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class
for all purposes under this Indenture.

     With respect to any Additional Notes, the Issuer shall set forth in an
Officers’ Certificate, a copy of which shall be delivered to the Trustee, or in
a supplemental indenture, the following information:

     (1) the aggregate principal amount of Notes outstanding immediately prior
to the issuance of such Additional Notes;

     (2) the aggregate principal amount of such Additional Notes to be
authenticated and delivered pursuant to this Indenture;

     (3) the issue price and the issue date of such Additional Notes and the
amount of interest payable on the first interest payment date applicable
thereto;

     (4) the “CUSIP”, “ISIN” or “Common Code” number, as applicable, of such
Additional Notes; and

     (5) whether such Additional Notes shall be Restricted Notes, and in which
form and pursuant to which exemptions from the Securities Act they may be
issued and resold, or whether they shall be Unrestricted Notes issued pursuant
to a registration statement under the Securities Act.

ARTICLE III

REDEMPTION

     SECTION 3.01 OPTIONAL REDEMPTION.

     The Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part
at any time at a redemption price (the “Redemption Price”) equal to the greater
of:

	•	 	100% of the principal amount thereof; or
	 
	•	 	as determined by an Independent Investment Banker, the
sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of
principal and interest on the Notes to be redeemed (not including
any portion of such payments of interest accrued to the
Redemption Date) discounted to
the Redemption Date on a semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year
consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Adjusted Treasury Rate,
plus 50 basis points,

24

 

     plus, in either of the above cases, accrued and unpaid interest to the
Redemption Date on the Notes to be redeemed.

     “Adjusted Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any Redemption Date:

	•	 	the yield, under the heading which represents the
average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most
recently published statistical release designated “H.15(519)” or
any successor publication which is published weekly by the Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and which establishes
yields on actively traded United States Treasury securities
adjusted to constant maturity under the caption “Treasury
Constant Maturities,” for the maturity corresponding to the
Comparable Treasury Issue (if no maturity is within three months
before or after the Remaining Life (as defined below), yields for
the two published maturities most closely corresponding to the
Comparable Treasury Issue shall be determined and the Adjusted
Treasury Rate shall be interpolated or extrapolated from such
yields on a straight line basis, rounding to the nearest month);
or
	 
	•	 	if such release (or any successor release) is not
published during the week preceding the calculation date or does
not contain such yields, the rate per annum equal to the
semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable
Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable
Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal
amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such
Redemption Date. The Adjusted Treasury Rate shall be calculated
on the third Business Day preceding the Redemption Date.

     “Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security
selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to
the remaining term of the Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the
time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in
pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the
remaining term of such securities (“Remaining Life”).

     “Comparable Treasury Price” means (1) the average of four Reference
Treasury Dealer Quotations for such Redemption Date, after excluding the
highest and lowest Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the
Independent Investment Banker obtains fewer than four such Reference Treasury
Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

     “Independent Investment Banker” means one of the Reference Treasury
Dealers appointed by the Company.

     “Reference Treasury Dealer” means any primary U.S. Government securities
dealer in New York City selected by the Company.

     “Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each
Reference Treasury Dealer and any Redemption Date, the average, as determined
by the Independent Investment Banker, of the bid and asked prices for the
Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its
principal amount) quoted in writing to the Independent Investment Banker at
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such
Redemption Date.

     SECTION 3.02 ELECTION TO REDEEM; NOTICE TO TRUSTEE.

     The election of the Company to redeem the Notes shall be evidenced by a
Board Resolution. The Company shall, not less than 35 (unless a shorter notice
period is acceptable to the trustee) nor more than 60 days before the
Redemption Date fixed by the Company, notify the Trustee of such Redemption
Date, the Redemption Price, the CUSIP numbers and the principal amount of Notes
to be redeemed.

25

 

     SECTION 3.03 SELECTION BY TRUSTEE OF NOTES TO BE REDEEMED.

     If less than all the Notes are to be redeemed at the election of the
Company, the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60
days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the Outstanding Notes
not previously called for redemption, by such method as the Trustee shall deem
fair and appropriate and which may provide for the selection for redemption of
portions (equal to the minimum authorized denomination for Notes or any
integral multiple thereof) of the principal amount of Notes in a denomination
larger than the minimum authorized denomination for Notes pursuant to Section
2.01(a) in the currency in which the Notes are denominated. The portions of
the principal amount of Notes so selected for partial redemption shall be equal
to the minimum authorized denominations for Notes pursuant to Section 2.01(a)
in the currency in which the Notes are denominated or any integral multiple
thereof. In any case when more than one Note is registered in the same name,
the Trustee, in its discretion, may treat the aggregate principal amount so
registered as if it were represented by one Note.

     The Trustee shall promptly notify the Company and the U.S. Depositary for
the Notes (if other than itself) in writing of the Notes selected for
redemption and, in the case of any Notes selected for partial redemption, the
principal amount thereof to be redeemed.

     For all purposes of this Indenture, unless the context otherwise requires,
all provisions relating to the redemption of Notes shall relate, in the case of
any Note redeemed or to be redeemed only in part, to the portion of the
principal amount of such Note which has been or is to be redeemed.

     SECTION 3.04 NOTICE OF REDEMPTION.

     Notice of redemption shall be given by the Company, or at the Company’s
written request, by the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Company,
not less than 30 days and not more than 60 days prior to the Redemption Date to
the holders of the Notes to be redeemed pursuant to this Article III, in the
manner provided in Section 12.02. Any notice so given shall be conclusively
presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such
notice. Failure to give such notice, or any defect in such notice to the
holder of any Note, in whole or in part, shall not affect the sufficiency of
any notice of redemption with respect to the holder of any other Note.

     All notices of redemption shall identify the Notes to be redeemed
(including CUSIP number) and shall state:

     (a) the Redemption Date,

     (b) the Redemption Price,

     (c) that Notes are being redeemed by the Company pursuant to provisions
contained in this Indenture or the terms of the Notes, together with a brief
statement of the facts permitting such redemption,

     (d) that all Outstanding Notes are to be redeemed,

     (e) that on the Redemption Date the Redemption Price will become due and
payable upon each such Note to be redeemed, and that interest thereon, if any,
shall cease to accrue on and after said date, and

     (f) the Place or Places of Payment where such Notes are to be surrendered
for payment of the Redemption Price.

     SECTION 3.05 DEPOSIT OF REDEMPTION PRICE.

     On or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Redemption Date for
any Notes, the Company shall deposit with the Trustee or with a Paying Agent
(or, if the Company is acting as its own Paying Agent, segregate

26

 

and hold in
trust as provided in Section 4.05) an amount of money in the currency in which
such Notes are denominated sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of such Notes
which are to be redeemed on that date.

     SECTION 3.06 NOTES PAYABLE ON REDEMPTION DATE.

     Notice of redemption having been given as aforesaid, any Notes so to be
redeemed shall, on the Redemption Date, become due and payable at the
Redemption Price in the currency in which the Notes are payable, and from and
after such date (unless the Company shall default in the payment of the
Redemption Price) such Notes shall cease to bear interest. Upon surrender of
any such Note for redemption in accordance with said notice, such Note shall be
paid by the Company at the Redemption Price; provided, however, that
installments of interest on Notes which have a Stated Maturity on or prior to
the Redemption Date for such Notes shall be payable according to the terms of
such Notes and the provisions of Section 2.04, Section 2.12 and Section 4.05.

     If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender
thereof for redemption, the principal (and premium, if any) shall, until paid,
bear interest from the Redemption Date at the rate prescribed therefor in the
Note.

     SECTION 3.07 NOTES REDEEMED IN PART.

     Any Note which is to be redeemed only in part shall be surrendered at the
Corporate Trust Office with, if the Company, the U.S. Depositary for the Notes
or the Trustee so requires, due endorsement by, or a written instrument of
transfer in form satisfactory to the Company, the U.S. Depositary for the Notes
and the Trustee duly executed by, the holder thereof or such holder’s attorney
duly authorized in writing, and the Company shall execute, and the Trustee
shall authenticate and deliver to the holder of such Note without service
charge, a new Note or Notes, of like tenor and form, of any authorized
denomination as requested by such holder in aggregate principal amount equal to
and in exchange for the unredeemed portion of the principal of the Note so
surrendered. In the case of a Note providing appropriate space for such
notation, at the option of the holder thereof, the Trustee, in lieu of
delivering a new Note or Notes as aforesaid, may make a notation on such Note
of the payment of the redeemed portion thereof.

     SECTION 3.08 MANDATORY DISPOSITION OF NOTES PURSUANT TO GAMING LAWS.

     Each holder and beneficial owner, by accepting or otherwise acquiring an
interest in the Notes, shall be deemed to have agreed that if the Gaming
Authority of any jurisdiction in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries
conducts or proposes to conduct gaming requires that a Person who is a holder
or beneficial owner must be licensed, qualified or found suitable under the
applicable Gaming Laws, such holder or beneficial owner shall apply for a
license, qualification or a finding of suitability within the required time
period. If such Person fails to apply or become licensed or qualified or is
found unsuitable (a “Disqualified Holder”), then the Company shall have the
right, at its option, notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture:

     (i) to require such Person to dispose of its Notes or beneficial interest
therein within 30 days of receipt of notice of the Company’s election or such
earlier date as may be requested or prescribed by such Gaming Authority; or

     (ii) to redeem such Notes, which Redemption Date may be less than 30 days
following the notice of redemption if so requested or prescribed by the Gaming
Authority, at a redemption price equal to:

          (1) the lesser of:

     (a) the Person’s cost, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if
any, to the earlier of the Redemption Date or the date of the
finding of unsuitability or failure to comply; and

     (b) 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and
unpaid interest to the earlier of the Redemption Date and the date
of the finding of unsuitability; or

27

 

     (2) such other amount as may be required by applicable Gaming Laws
or by order of any Gaming Authority.

     The Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of any such Disqualified
Holder status or redemption as soon as practicable. The Company shall not be
responsible for any costs or expenses any such holder or beneficial owner may
incur in connection with its application for a license, qualification or a
finding of suitability. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture,
immediately upon the imposition of a requirement to dispose of Notes by a
Gaming Authority, such Person shall, to the extent required by applicable
Gaming Laws, have no further right (i) to exercise, directly or indirectly,
through any trustee, nominee or any other person or entity, any right conferred
by the Notes or (ii) to receive any interest, dividends or any other
distributions or payments with respect to the Notes or any remuneration in any
form with respect to the Notes from the Company or the Trustee, except the
redemption price.

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS

     SECTION 4.01 PAYMENT OF PRINCIPAL, PREMIUM AND INTEREST.

     The Company covenants and agrees for the benefit of the Notes, that it
will duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and
interest on the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this
Indenture.

     SECTION 4.02 REPORTS

     (a) Whether or not required by the Commission, so long as any Notes are
outstanding, the Company shall furnish to the Holders within 15 days after the
time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and regulations:

          (1) all quarterly and annual financial information that would be required
to be contained in a filing with the Commission on Forms 10-Q and 10-K if the
Company were required to file such Forms, including a “Management’s Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” (“MD&A”) and,
with respect to the annual information only, a report thereon by the Company’s
certified independent accountants; and

          (2) all current reports that would be required to be filed with the
Commission on Form 8-K if the Company were required to file such reports.

     (b) In addition, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, for so long as
any Notes remain outstanding, shall furnish to the Holders and to securities
analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information
required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.
The Company shall at all times comply with TIA § 314(a).

     SECTION 4.03 OFFICER’S CERTIFICATE AS TO COMPLIANCE.

     The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of
each fiscal year, a certificate of the principal executive officer, principal
financial officer or principal accounting officer of the Company stating
whether or not, to the knowledge of the signer thereof, the Company is in
compliance with all covenants and conditions under this Indenture, and, in the
event of any noncompliance, specifying such noncompliance and the nature and
status thereof of which such signer may have knowledge. For purposes of this
Section, such compliance shall be determined without regard to any period of
grace or requirement of notice provided under this Indenture.

28

 

     SECTION 4.04 MAINTENANCE OF OFFICE OR AGENCY.

     The Company will maintain in each Place of Payment an office or agency
where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Notes may be
surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, where Notes that are
convertible may be surrendered for conversion, if applicable, and where notices
and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture
may be served. If the Notes are listed on The Stock Exchange of the United
Kingdom and the Republic of Ireland, the Luxembourg Stock Exchange or any other
stock exchange located outside the United States and such stock exchange shall
so require, the Company will maintain a Paying Agent for the Notes in London,
Luxembourg or any other required city located outside the United States, as the
case may be, so long as the Notes are listed on such exchange, and subject to
any laws or regulations applicable thereto, in a Place of Payment located
outside the United States an office or agency where any Notes may be
surrendered for registration of transfer, where Notes may be surrendered for
exchange or redemption and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in
respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give
prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the
location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to
maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the
Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and
demands may be made or served at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee and
the Company hereby appoints the Trustee as its agent to receive all
presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

     The Company may also from time to time designate different or additional
offices or agencies to be maintained for such purposes (in or outside of such
Place of Payment), and may from time to time rescind any such designations;
provided, however, that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner
relieve the Company of its obligations described in the preceding paragraph.
The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such
additional designation or rescission of designation and any change in the
location of any such different or additional office or agency.

     SECTION 4.05 MONEY FOR NOTES; PAYMENTS TO BE HELD IN TRUST.

     If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent with respect
to the Notes, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (and
premium, if any) or interest on any of the Notes, segregate and hold in trust
for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the
principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due until such sums
shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided, and
will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

     Whenever the Company shall have one or more Paying Agents with respect to
the Notes, it will, by or on each due date of the principal (and premium, if
any) or interest on any Notes, deposit with any such Paying Agent a sum
sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming
due (in same day funds and, if a Global Note is Outstanding, by 10:00 a.m., New
York City time, in order for the Trustee to make payment to the U.S. Depositary
for such Note in accordance with rules of such U.S. Depositary), such sum to be
held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto, and (unless any
such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee
of its action or failure so to act.

     The Company will cause each Paying Agent with respect to the Notes other
than the Trustee to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which
such Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of
this Section, that such Paying Agent will:

     (a) hold all sums held by it for the payment of the principal of (and
premium, if any) or interest on Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons
entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise
disposed of as herein provided;

     (b) give the Trustee notice of any default by the Company (or any other
obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any payment of principal (and premium,
if any) or interest on the Notes; and

     (c) at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the
written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held
in trust by such Paying Agent.

29

 

     The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction
and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company
Order direct any Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held in trust by
the Company or such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the
same trusts as those upon which such sums were held by the Company or such
Paying Agent; and, upon such payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such
Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such
money.

     Any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by
the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any)
or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such
principal (and premium, if any) or interest has become due and payable shall be
paid to the Company upon Company Request, or (if then held by the Company)
shall be discharged from such trust; and the holder of such Note shall
thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for
payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with
respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee
thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that the Trustee or such
Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, shall at the
expense of the Company cause to be transmitted in the manner and to the extent
provided by Section 12.02, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that,
after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the
date of such notification, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining
will be repaid to the Company upon Company Request.

     SECTION 4.06 CORPORATE EXISTENCE.

     Subject to Articles V and X, the Company will do or cause to be done all
things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its and each
Subsidiary Guarantor’s corporate existence, rights (charter and statutory) and
franchises; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to
preserve any such right or franchise if the Company shall determine that the
preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of
the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, taken as a whole.

     SECTION 4.07 WAIVER OF CERTAIN COVENANTS.

     The Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any term,
provision or condition set forth in Sections 4.04 through 4.06 or 4.08 through
4.12 if before the time for such compliance the holders of at least a majority
in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes shall, by Act of such holders,
either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance
with such term, provision or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or
affect such term, provision or condition except to the extent expressly so
waived, and, until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the
Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such term, provision or
condition shall remain in full force and effect; provided that no waiver of any
requirement to provide a Guarantee or Collateral shall be effective without the
Act of the holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby.

SECTION 4.08 GUARANTEE AND COLLATERAL MATTERS.

     (a) The Company shall from time to time (i) cause each Subsidiary of the
Company that is not an Excluded Subsidiary to become, on the Issue Date or, if
such Subsidiary is acquired or created after the Issue Date or such Subsidiary
was an Excluded Subsidiary but thereafter is not an Excluded Subsidiary, at the
later of (A) the time of the acquisition, creation or change in status of such
Subsidiary and (B) the time at which such Subsidiary Incurs Indebtedness or
such Subsidiary guarantees or secures any Indebtedness of the Company, a
guarantor of the obligations of the Company under this Indenture and the Notes
by executing this Indenture (directly, by supplemental indenture or by a
joinder agreement, a form of which is attached hereto as exhibit F) as a
Subsidiary Guarantor or by executing a Guarantee in substantially the form of
Article X (provided that the provision of a Guarantee by a Subsidiary after the
Issue Date shall be subject to compliance with any applicable Gaming Laws and
the Company agrees that (subject to Section 4.08(b)) it shall not have any such
Subsidiary that is not an Excluded Subsidiary unless it is permitted to give
such Guarantee under applicable Gaming Laws) and (ii) deliver to the Trustee an
Opinion of Counsel, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, that such
Guarantee is the valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Subsidiary
Guarantor, subject to customary exceptions for bankruptcy, fraudulent transfer
and equitable principles.

     (b) The actions set forth in Section 4.08(a) shall be taken within 10 days
of the time on which any Person is required to become a Subsidiary Guarantor,
provided that if such Person is not permitted to give a

30

 

Guarantee under
applicable Gaming Laws, then, unless such Person has become a guarantor of the
Credit Facilities, any Existing Senior Notes, such period shall be extended as
long as the Company continues to use best efforts to obtain the requisite
consents for such Guarantee from the applicable Gaming Authority. Each Note
issued after the date of execution by any additional Subsidiary Guarantor of a
Guarantee set forth in this Indenture shall be endorsed with a form of
Guarantee that has been executed by such Subsidiary Guarantor. However, the
failure of any Note to have endorsed thereon a Guarantee executed by such
Subsidiary Guarantor shall not affect the validity or enforceability of such
Guarantee. In the case of a Subsidiary that becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor
after the Issue Date as a result of its guarantee of Indebtedness of the
Company (and not as a result of its Incurrence of Indebtedness), if such
Subsidiary thereafter no longer guarantees any Indebtedness and has not
Incurred any Indebtedness, then, upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of
an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, to the effect that such
conditions to release of the Guarantee by such Subsidiary have been satisfied,
the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to
evidence the release of such Subsidiary Guarantor from its Guarantee
Obligations under its Guarantee.

     (c) Prior to the Collateral Release Date (or thereafter if a Collateral
Event has occurred and the Collateral Release Date has not again occurred), the
Company from time to time shall cause each Subsidiary Guarantor to (i) execute
such Collateral Documents as may be necessary to grant a security interest in
substantially all of the assets and properties, whether real, personal or
mixed, or tangible or intangible, of such Subsidiary Guarantor to secure its
Guarantee, and to execute and deliver all documents, and take all such other
actions as may be necessary or reasonably requested by the Trustee to grant the
Trustee a valid, enforceable and perfected Lien on all of the assets and
properties of the Subsidiary Guarantor included in the Collateral, pari passu
with Liens thereon securing the Credit Facilities and the Existing Senior Notes
(and additional senior notes and guarantees subject to the Intercreditor
Agreement), provided that the provision of such Collateral Documents and such
Collateral by a Subsidiary that becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor after the Issue
Date (or the pledge of stock of any new Subsidiary that becomes subject to
applicable Gaming Laws) shall be subject to compliance with any applicable
Gaming Laws, and (ii) deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel, in form
reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, that such Collateral Documents are the
valid, binding and enforceable obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor,
subject to customary exceptions for bankruptcy, fraudulent transfer and
equitable principles, and create valid and perfected Liens on the Collateral
therein securing such Subsidiary Guarantor’s Guarantee.

     (d) Prior to the Collateral Release Date (or thereafter if a Collateral
Event has occurred and the Collateral Release Date has not again occurred) and
subject to compliance with applicable Gaming Laws, the Company will not, and
will not permit any Subsidiary to create, incur or suffer to exist any Lien
upon any of their properties or assets (including capital stock), that secures
the Credit Facilities and the Existing Senior Notes, without making effective
provision to secure all of the Notes and Guarantees then outstanding by such
Lien, equally and
ratably with (or prior to) the Credit Facilities and the Existing Senior
Notes, so long as the Credit Facilities and the Existing Senior Notes shall be
so secured.

     (e) A Collateral Release shall not constitute or be construed as a release
(or to require the release) of the Guarantee of any Subsidiary Guarantor under
this Indenture. The Company will not, and will not permit any Subsidiary to,
create or acquire or have any Subsidiary that is not an Excluded Subsidiary
without making effective provision for such Subsidiary to become a Subsidiary
Guarantor under this Indenture. In the event that the Company or any
Subsidiary shall create or acquire any Subsidiary that is (i) not a guarantor
of the Company’s Indebtedness (including the Notes, the Credit Facilities and
the Existing Senior Notes), and not subject to any covenants in, or Liens
securing, the Credit Facilities or the Existing Senior Notes, or (ii) a
non-U.S. Subsidiary whose only tangible assets are located in foreign nations
or a holding company of any non-U.S. Subsidiaries whose only tangible assets
are located in foreign nations, provided such holding company has no other
assets or operations, then such Subsidiary shall be an Excluded Subsidiary.

     SECTION 4.09 CONDITIONAL COLLATERAL; GAMING APPROVALS.

     Prior to the Collateral Release Date, the Company shall use commercially
reasonable efforts to obtain all necessary consents from the applicable Gaming
Authorities (i) to grant a Lien on the Conditional Collateral in favor of the
Collateral Agent pursuant to the Collateral Documents; (ii) to place
restrictions on the transfer of the equity securities of the Company’s
corporate Subsidiaries holding Gaming Licenses; and (iii) to agree not to
encumber such equity securities. Upon receipt of all consents needed to grant
such Lien on any Conditional Collateral, the

31

 

Company shall promptly take all
action (or cause the Subsidiary Guarantors to take all action) necessary
(including execution and delivery of Collateral Documents or supplements
thereto) in order to grant and perfect in favor of the Collateral Agent a Lien
on such Conditional Collateral, pari passu with the Lien on such Conditional
Collateral securing the Credit Facilities and the Existing Senior Notes (and
additional senior notes and guarantees subject to the Intercreditor Agreement).
In addition, prior to the Collateral Release Date, the Company shall use
commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all necessary consents from the
applicable lessors to grant a Lien on the Non-Principal Property Collateral in
favor of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Collateral Documents and, upon
receipt of all consents needed to grant such Lien on any Non-Principal Property
Collateral, the Company shall promptly take all action (or cause the Subsidiary
Guarantors to take all action) necessary (including execution and delivery of
Collateral Documents or supplements thereto) in order to grant and perfect in
favor of the Collateral Agent a Lien on such Non-Principal Property Collateral,
pari passu with the Lien on such Non-Principal Property Collateral securing the
Credit Facilities and the Existing Senior Notes.

     SECTION 4.10 LIMITATION ON LIENS.

     (a) Other than as provided in Section 4.10(c) below and subject to
compliance with any applicable Gaming Laws, neither the Company nor any
Subsidiary Guarantor will, directly or indirectly, issue, assume or guarantee
any Indebtedness secured by a Lien upon any Principal Property or on any
evidences of Indebtedness or shares of capital stock of, or other ownership
interests in, any Subsidiaries (regardless of whether the Principal Property,
Indebtedness, capital stock or ownership interests were acquired before or
after the date hereof) without effectively providing that all of the Notes or
Guarantees then outstanding, as the case may be, shall be secured equally and
ratably with (or prior to) the Indebtedness so long as such Indebtedness shall
be so secured, except that this restriction will not apply to:

     (i) Liens existing on the date of original issuance of the Notes;

     (ii) Liens affecting property of a corporation or other entity
existing at the time it becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor or at the time it
is merged into or consolidated with the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor
(provided that such Liens are not incurred in connection with, or in
contemplation of, such entity becoming a Subsidiary Guarantor or such
merger or consolidation and do not extend to or cover property of the
Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor other than property of the entity so
acquired or which becomes a Subsidiary Guarantor);

     (iii) Liens (including purchase money Liens) existing at the time of
acquisition thereof on property acquired after the date hereof or to
secure Indebtedness Incurred prior to, at the time of, or within 24
months after the acquisition for the purpose of financing all or part of
the purchase price of property acquired after the date hereof (provided
that such Liens do not extend to or cover any property of the Company or
any Subsidiary Guarantor other than the property so acquired);

     (iv) Liens on any property to secure all or part of the cost of
improvements or construction thereon or Indebtedness Incurred to provide
funds for such purpose in a principal amount not exceeding the cost of
such improvements or construction;

     (v) Liens which secure Indebtedness of a Subsidiary of the Company
to the Company or to a Subsidiary Guarantor or which secure Indebtedness
of the Company to a Subsidiary Guarantor;

     (vi) Liens on the stock, partnership or other equity interest of the
Company or Subsidiary Guarantor in any Joint Venture or any Subsidiary
which owns an equity interest in such Joint Venture to secure
Indebtedness, provided the amount of such Indebtedness is contributed
and/or advanced solely to such Joint Venture;

     (vii) Liens to government entities, including pollution control or
industrial revenue bond financing;

32

 

     (viii) Liens required by any contract or statute in order to permit
the Company or a Subsidiary of the Company to perform any contract or
subcontract made by it with or at the request of a governmental entity;

     (ix) mechanic’s, materialman’s, carrier’s or other like Liens,
arising in the ordinary course of business;

     (x) Liens for taxes or assessments and similar charges;

     (xi) zoning restrictions, easements, licenses, covenants,
reservations, restrictions on the use of real property and other minor
irregularities of title; and

     (xii) any extension, renewal, replacement or refinancing of any
Indebtedness secured by a Lien permitted by any of the foregoing clauses
(i) through (vi).

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing,

     (i) if any of the Existing Senior Notes are hereafter secured by any
Liens on any of the assets of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor,
then the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantor shall, substantially
concurrently with the granting of such Liens, subject to such Liens
having been approved by all applicable Gaming Authorities to the extent
the Gaming Laws of the applicable jurisdiction require such approval,
grant perfected Liens in the same collateral to secure the Notes (or
Guarantees, as the case may be), equally, ratably and on a pari passu
basis. The Liens granted pursuant to this provision shall be (A) granted
concurrently with the granting of any such Liens, and (B) granted
pursuant to instruments, documents and agreements which are no less
favorable to the Trustee and the holders of the Notes than those granted
to secure the Existing Senior Notes. In connection with the granting of
any such Liens, the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall provide
to the Trustee (y) policies of title insurance on customary terms and
conditions, to the extent that policies of title insurance on the
corresponding property are provided to the holders of the Existing Senior
Notes or their respective trustee (and in an insured amount that bears
the same proportion to the aggregate outstanding amount thereof), and (z)
legal opinions and other assurances as the Trustee may reasonably
request.

     (ii) if the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors become entitled to
the release of all of the equal, ratable and pari passu Liens securing
the Credit Facilities and the Existing Senior Notes (and any
additional senior notes or guarantees subject to the Intercreditor
Agreement), and provided that no Default or Event of Default has then
occurred and remains continuing, the Company and the Subsidiary
Guarantors may in their sole discretion request that the Collateral Agent
(or the Trustees and the Administrative Agents with respect to the Credit
Facilities) release any Liens securing the Notes, the Existing Senior
Notes, such other notes and guarantees and the Credit Facilities, and in
such circumstances the Collateral Agent (or the Trustee) shall so release
such Liens.

     (c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor
may create, assume or suffer to exist Liens not otherwise permitted as
described above, provided that at the time of such incurrence, assumption or
sufferance, after giving effect to such Lien, the sum of outstanding
Indebtedness secured by such Liens (not including Liens permitted under Section
4.10(a) above) plus all Attributable Debt in respect of Sale and Lease-Back
Transactions entered into (not including Sale and Lease-Back Transactions
expressly permitted under Section 4.11(a) below), measured, in each case, at
the time the Lien is incurred, does not exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible
Assets, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to any Liens that may at
any time secure any of the Existing Senior Notes.

     SECTION 4.11 LIMITATION ON SALE AND LEASEBACK TRANSACTIONS.

     (a) Other than as provided in Section 4.11(b) below, neither the Company
nor any Subsidiary Guarantor will enter into any Sale and Lease-Back
Transaction, unless either:

33

 

     (i) the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor would be entitled,
pursuant to the provisions described in clauses (i) through (xii) of
Section 4.10(a) above, to create, assume or suffer to exist a Lien on the
property to be leased without equally and ratably securing the Notes; or

     (ii) an amount equal to the greater of the net cash proceeds of such
sale or the fair market value of such property (in the good faith opinion
of the Board of Directors) is applied within 120 days to the retirement
or other discharge of its Funded Debt.

     (b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor
may enter into Sale and Lease-Back Transactions not otherwise permitted as
described above, provided that at the time of entering into such Sale and
Lease-Back Transaction, after giving effect to such Sale and Lease-Back
Transaction, the sum of outstanding Indebtedness secured by Liens (not
including Liens permitted under Section 12.9) plus all Attributable Debt in
respect of Sale and Lease-Back Transactions entered into (not including Sale
and Lease-Back Transactions permitted under Section 4.11(a) above), measured,
in each case, at the time any such Sale and Lease-Back Transaction is entered
into, does not exceed 15% of Consolidated Net Tangible Assets, provided that
the foregoing shall not apply to any Liens that may at any time secure any of
the Existing Senior Notes.

     SECTION 4.12 COLLATERAL EVENT AFTER COLLATERAL RELEASE DATE.

     If following a Collateral Release, a Collateral Event occurs, the Company
shall, and shall cause each of the Subsidiary Guarantors to, within 30 days
following the occurrence of such Collateral Event (provided that such
Collateral Event is then continuing) and in any event not later than the
granting of any Liens in such collateral to secure the Credit Facilities, the
Existing Senior Notes or other senior notes and guarantees subject to the
Intercreditor Agreement, grant Liens in substantially all assets and
properties, whether real, personal or mixed, or tangible or intangible, of the
Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors to secure the Notes and Guarantees,
provided that the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall not be obligated
to provide Liens in any assets and properties unless and until all approvals of
Gaming Authorities required for Liens in the respective assets and properties
are obtained but, if approvals of Gaming Authorities are not required (or have
been obtained) to provide Liens in any such assets or properties to secure the
Credit Facilities, the Existing Senior Notes or such other notes and
guarantees, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall not provide Liens
in such assets or properties to secure the Credit Facilities, the Existing
Senior Notes or such other notes and guarantees until the required approvals of
Gaming Authorities are obtained for the Liens in such assets or properties to
secure the Notes and the Guarantees. The Company shall, and shall cause each
Subsidiary Guarantor to, use its best efforts to obtain all necessary consents
from the applicable Gaming Authorities to grant such Liens to secure the Notes
and Guarantees and, upon receipt of all consents needed to grant such a Lien,
shall promptly take all action (or cause the Subsidiary Guarantors to take all
action) necessary (including execution and delivery of Collateral Documents) in
order to grant and perfect such a Lien. The Liens granted pursuant to this
Section 4.12 shall be equal, ratable and pari passu with any Liens securing the
Credit Facilities and the Existing Senior Notes and shall be granted pursuant
to instruments, documents and agreements which are (i) substantially in the
form of the Collateral Documents in effect as of the date hereof or otherwise
reasonably acceptable to the Trustee and (ii) no less favorable, in any
material respect, to the holders of the Notes than the form of instruments,
documents and agreements provided to secure the Credit Facilities and the
Existing Senior Notes. Each holder of the Outstanding Notes, by its acceptance
of a Note, consents and agrees to the terms of such Collateral Documents
(including, without limitation, the provisions providing for foreclosure and
release of Collateral) that are deemed by the Trustee to be reasonably
acceptable and, without limitation, authorizes the Trustee to make changes to
the form of the Collateral Documents in effect as of the date hereof in order
to provide appropriate exceptions from representations, warranties and
covenants for any intervening Liens permitted under Section 4.10 and to conform
to corresponding changes made to the form of instruments, documents and
agreements securing the Credit Facilities and the Existing Senior Notes in
effect as of the date hereof. In connection with the granting of any such
Liens, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall contemporaneously
provide to the Trustee policies of title insurance on customary terms and
conditions, to the extent policies of title insurance on the corresponding
assets and properties are provided to the Administrative Agents or the trustees
under the Credit Facilities and the Existing Senior Notes (and in an insured
amount that bears the same proportion to the aggregate principal amount of the
Outstanding Notes as the insured amount in the policies provided to the
Administrative Agents or the trustees bears to the aggregate amount of the
Credit Facilities and the Existing Senior Notes), Opinions of Counsel required
under Section 314(b) of the TIA and other assurances as the Trustee may
reasonably request.

34

 

ARTICLE V

CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, CONVEYANCE, TRANSFER OR LEASE

     SECTION 5.01      COMPANY MAY CONSOLIDATE, ETC., ONLY ON CERTAIN TERMS

     The Company shall not consolidate with, merge with or into, or sell,
assign, convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially in
their entirety (computed on a consolidated basis) to any Person unless:

     (a)      either (i) the Company is the surviving entity or (ii) the successor
or transferee (the “successor corporation”) is a corporation organized and
existing under the laws of the United States, any State thereof or the District
of Columbia and shall expressly assume, by an indenture supplemental hereto,
executed and delivered to the Trustee, all of the obligations of the Company
under the Notes and this Indenture;

     (b)      immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of
Default or Default shall exist; and

     (c)      the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and
an Opinion of Counsel conforming to the provisions of Section 12.05 hereof and
each stating that such consolidation, merger, conveyance, transfer or lease and
such supplemental indenture comply with this provision and that all conditions
precedent herein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied
with.

     The Trustee is hereby authorized to take any action deemed by it to be
necessary or desirable to confirm or ensure the validity, perfection and
priority of the Lien in favor of the Beneficiaries on the Collateral as a
result of any such transaction; provided, that this sentence shall create no
obligation on the Trustee to take any such action.

     SECTION 5.02      SUCCESSOR CORPORATION SUBSTITUTED.

     Upon any consolidation with or merger into any other corporation, or any
conveyance, transfer or lease of the properties and assets of the Company
substantially in their entirety in accordance with Section 5.01, the successor
corporation formed by such consolidation or into which the Company is merged or
to which such conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be
substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company under
this Indenture with the same effect as if such successor corporation had been
named as the Company herein.

ARTICLE VI

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

     SECTION 6.01      EVENTS OF DEFAULT.

     "Event of Default” wherever used herein with respect to the Notes means
any one of the following events (whatever the reason for such Event of Default
and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of
law, pursuant to any judgment, decree or order of any court or any order, rule
or regulation of any administrative or governmental body):

     (a)      default in the payment of any interest upon any Note when it becomes
due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 30 days; or

     (b)       default in the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any, on)
any Note at its Maturity (upon acceleration, optional or mandatory redemption
or otherwise); or

     (c)      default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or warranty of
the Company in this Indenture (other than a covenant or warranty a default in
whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section specifically
dealt with) or in the Collateral Documents, and continuance of such default or
breach for a period of 60 days after there has been given, by registered or
certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee
by the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, a
written

35

 

notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be
remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder; or

     (d)      the acceleration or maturity of any Indebtedness of the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor (other than Non-recourse Indebtedness), at any time, in an
amount in excess of the greater of (i) $25,000,000 and (ii) 5% of Consolidated
Net Tangible Assets, if such acceleration is not annulled within 30 days after
written notice to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee
by the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes; or

     (e)       entry of final judgments against the Company or any Subsidiary
Guarantor which remain undischarged for a period of 60 days, provided that the
aggregate of all such judgments exceeds $25,000,000 and judgments exceeding
$25,000,000 remain undischarged for 60 days after written notice to the Company
by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the holders of at least 25%
in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes; or

     (f)      the entry of a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or
any Significant Subsidiary by a court having jurisdiction in the premises in an
involuntary case under the federal Bankruptcy Laws, as now or hereafter
constituted, or any other applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or
other similar law, or a decree or order adjudging the Company or any
Significant Subsidiary a bankrupt or insolvent, or approving as properly filed
a petition seeking reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition of or
in respect of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary under any applicable
federal or state law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee,
custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar official) of the Company or
any Significant Subsidiary or of any substantial part of its property, or
ordering the winding up or liquidation of its affairs, and the continuance of
any such decree or order unstayed and in effect for a period of 90 consecutive
days; or

     (g)      the commencement by the Company or any Significant Subsidiary of a
voluntary case under the federal Bankruptcy Laws, as now or hereafter
constituted, or any other applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or
other similar law, or the consent by it to the entry of an order for relief in
an involuntary case under any such law or to the appointment of a receiver,
liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee, sequestrator (or other similar
official) of the Company or any Significant Subsidiary or of any substantial
part of its property, or the making by it of an assignment for the benefit of
its creditors, or the admission by it in writing of its inability to pay its
debts generally as they become due, or the taking of corporate action by the
Company or any Significant Subsidiary in furtherance of any such action; or

     (h)      repudiation by the Company or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors of
their obligations under the Collateral Documents or the Guarantees or the
Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor takes any action that causes, or asserts,
or fails to timely take any action that it knows, or has been notified by the
Trustee, is necessary to prevent, the unenforceability of the Collateral
Documents or the Guarantees against the Company or any of the Subsidiary
Guarantors for any reason, or is necessary to maintain the perfection of the
material Liens of the Collateral Documents, except for such matters as are
expressly permitted under this Indenture or the Collateral Documents.

     SECTION 6.02      ACCELERATION OF MATURITY; RESCISSION AND ANNULMENT.

     If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clause
(f) or (g) of Section 6.01) with respect to Notes at the time Outstanding
occurs and is continuing, then in every such case the Trustee or the holders of
not less than 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes may declare the
principal amount of all the Notes to be due and payable immediately, by a
notice in writing to the Company (and to the Trustee if given by holders), and
upon any such declaration such principal amount (or specified amount) plus
accrued and unpaid interest (and premium, if payable) shall become immediately
due and payable. Upon payment of such amount all obligations of the Company in
respect of the payment of principal of the Notes shall terminate.

     At any time after such a declaration of acceleration with respect to Notes
has been made and before a judgment or decree for payment of the money due has
been obtained by the Trustee as hereinafter in this Article provided, the
holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, by
written notice to the Company and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such
declaration and its consequences if:

36

 

     (a)      the Company has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to
pay

          (1)      all overdue installments of interest on all Notes,

          (2)      the principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Notes which have become
due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon at
the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Notes,

          (3)      to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon
overdue installments of interest on each Note at the rate or rates prescribed
therefor in such Notes, and

          (4)      all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents
and counsel; and

     (b)      all Events of Default with respect to Notes, other than the nonpayment
of the principal of Notes which has become due solely by such declaration of
acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.13.

No such rescission and waiver shall affect any subsequent default or impair any
right consequent thereon.

     If an Event of Default described in clause (f) or (g) of Section 6.01
occurs with respect to the Company or any Significant Subsidiary, the principal
of, premium, if any, and accrued interest on the Notes shall be due and payable
immediately without any further action or notice.

		
	SECTION 6.03 	COLLECTION OF INDEBTEDNESS AND SUITS FOR ENFORCEMENT BY
TRUSTEE.

     The Company covenants that, if:

     (a)      default is made in the payment of any installment of interest on any
Note when such interest or payment becomes due and payable and such default
continues for a period of 30 days, or

     (b)      default is made in the payment of principal of (or premium, if any,
on) any Note at the Maturity thereof,

then the Company will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to it, for the benefit
of the holders of such Notes, the amount then due and payable on such Notes for
the principal (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, and, in addition
thereto, such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and
expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.

     If the Company fails to pay such amount forthwith upon such demand, the
Trustee, in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, may institute a
judicial proceeding for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, and may
prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree, and may enforce the same
against the Company or any other obligor upon such Notes and collect the moneys
adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the
property of the Company or any other obligor upon such Notes wherever situated.
In addition, if an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee
shall have the remedies set forth in the Collateral Documents and Section 11.06
hereof.

     If an Event of Default with respect to Notes occurs and is continuing,
then the Trustee may, in its discretion, proceed to protect and enforce its
rights and the rights of the holders of Notes by such appropriate judicial
proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most effectual to protect and enforce any
such rights, whether for the specific enforcement of any covenant or agreement
in this Indenture or the Collateral Documents or in aid of the exercise of any
power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy.

     The Trustee shall be under no duty to the Company or any Subsidiary
Guarantor to make or give any presentment, demand for performance, notice of
nonperformance, protest, notice of protest, notice of dishonor, or

37

 

other notice
or demand in connection with any Collateral, or to take any steps necessary to
preserve any rights against prior parties except as expressly provided in this
Indenture. The Trustee shall not be liable to the Company or the Subsidiary
Guarantors for failure to collect or realize upon any or all of the Collateral,
or for any delay in so doing, nor shall the Trustee be under any duty to the
Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors to take any action with regard thereto.
The Trustee shall have no duty to the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors to
comply with any recording, filing, or other legal requirements necessary to
establish or maintain the validity, priority or enforceability of the security
interests in, or the Trustee’s rights in or to, any of the Collateral.

     SECTION 6.04      TRUSTEE MAY FILE PROOFS OF CLAIM.

     In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation,
bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other
judicial proceedings, or any voluntary or involuntary case under the federal
Bankruptcy Laws, as now or hereafter constituted, relative to the Company or
any Subsidiary Guarantor, or the property of the Company or of any Subsidiary
Guarantor or their creditors, the Trustee (irrespective of whether the
principal of such Notes shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or
by declaration of acceleration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the
Trustee shall have made any demand on the Company or any Subsidiary
Guarantor for the payment of overdue principal or interest) shall be
entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise,

     (a)      to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of principal (and
premium, if any) and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes and to
file such other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order
to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable
compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents
and counsel) and of the holders of such Notes allowed in such judicial
proceeding, and

     (b)      to collect and receive any moneys or other property payable or
deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same;

and any receiver, assignee, trustee, custodian, liquidator, sequestrator (or
other similar official) in any such proceeding is hereby authorized by each
such holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the
Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to such holders,
to pay to the Trustee any amount due it for the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel,
and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07.

     Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to
authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any holder any plan of
reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or
the rights of any holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in
respect of the claim of any holder in any such proceeding.

		
	SECTION 6.05 	TRUSTEE MAY ENFORCE CLAIMS WITHOUT POSSESSION OF DEBT
SECURITIES.

     All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Notes or
Guarantees set forth in this Indenture may be prosecuted and enforced by the
Trustee without the possession of any of such Notes or Guarantees or the
production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding
instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name, as trustee of an
express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the
payment of the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of
the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the holders
of the Notes in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

     SECTION 6.06      APPLICATION OF MONEY COLLECTED.

     Any money collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article shall be
applied in the following order, at the date or dates fixed by the Trustee and,
in case of the distribution of such money on account of principal (and premium,
if any) or interest, upon presentation of the Notes and the notation thereon of
the payment if only partially paid and upon surrender thereof if fully paid:

38

 

     FIRST: To the payment of all amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07;

     SECOND: To the payment of the amounts then due and unpaid for principal of
(and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes ratably, without preference or
priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on such Notes
for principal (and premium, if any) and interest, respectively;

     THIRD: without duplication, to holders of Notes for any other obligations
owing to the holders of Notes under the Notes, this Indenture or the Collateral
Documents; and

     FOURTH: The balance, if any, to the Person or Persons entitled thereto.

     SECTION 6.07      LIMITATION ON SUITS.

     No holder of any Note shall have any right to institute any proceeding,
judicial or otherwise, with respect to this Indenture, the Guarantees or the
Collateral Documents, or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for
any other remedy hereunder, unless:

     (a)      such holder has previously given written notice to the Trustee of a
continuing Event of Default;

     (b)      the holders of not less than 25% in principal amount of the
Outstanding Notes shall have made written request to the Trustee to institute
proceedings in respect of such Event of Default in its own name as Trustee
hereunder;

     (c)      such holder or holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity
satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities to be
incurred in compliance with such request;

     (d)      the Trustee for 60 days after its receipt of such notice, request and
offer of indemnity has failed to institute any such proceeding; and

     (e)      no direction inconsistent with such written request has been given to
the Trustee during such 60-day period by the holders of at least a majority in
principal amount of the Outstanding Notes;

it being understood and intended that no one or more of such holders shall have
any right in any manner whatever by virtue of, or by availing of, any provision
of this Indenture or the Guarantees to affect, disturb or prejudice the rights
of any other such holders, or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or
preference over any other of such holders or to enforce any right under this
Indenture, the Guarantees or the Collateral Documents, except in the manner
herein provided and for the equal and ratable benefit of all of such holders.
For the protection and enforcement of the provisions of this Section 6.07, each
and every holder of Notes and the Trustee shall be entitled to such relief as
can be given at law or in equity.

		
	SECTION 6.08 	UNCONDITIONAL RIGHT OF HOLDERS TO RECEIVE PRINCIPAL, PREMIUM
AND INTEREST.

     Notwithstanding any other provision in this Indenture, except for
restrictions imposed by Gaming Laws or Gaming Authorities on payments by
entities holding Gaming Licenses, the holder of any Note shall have the right,
which is absolute and unconditional, to receive payment of the principal of
(and premium, if any) and (subject to Section 2.04, Section 2.12, Section 4.05
and Section 3.08) interest on such Note on the respective Stated Maturity or
Maturities expressed in such Note (or, in the case of redemption, on the
Redemption Date) and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment
and interest thereon, and such right shall not be impaired without the consent
of such holder except that no holder shall have the right to institute any such
suit, if and to the extent that the institution or prosecution thereof or the
entry of judgment therein would under applicable law result in the surrender,
impairment, waiver, or loss of the Liens of the Collateral Documents upon any
property subject to the Lien in favor of the Beneficiaries.

39

 

     SECTION 6.09      RESTORATION OF RIGHTS AND REMEDIES.

     If the Trustee or any holder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any
right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued
or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or
to such holder, then and in every such case the Company, the Trustee and the
holders shall, subject to any determination in such proceeding, be restored
severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter
all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the holders shall continue as though
no such proceeding had been instituted.

     SECTION 6.10      RIGHTS AND REMEDIES CUMULATIVE.

     Except as otherwise expressly provided elsewhere in this Indenture, no
right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the
holders is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every
right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law (including Gaming Laws),
be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder
or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion
or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent
the concurrent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or
remedy.

     SECTION 6.11      DELAY OR OMISSION NOT WAIVER.

     No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any holder to exercise any right
or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or
remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or any acquiescence
therein. Every right and remedy given by this Indenture or by law to the
Trustee or to the holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as
may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the holders, as the case may be.

     SECTION 6.12      CONTROL BY HOLDERS.

     The holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Outstanding
Notes shall have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting
any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust
or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes, provided that:

     (a)      such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law
(including Gaming Laws) or with this Indenture;

     (b)      subject to the provisions of Section 7.01, the Trustee shall have the
right to decline to follow any such direction if the Trustee in good faith
shall, by a Trust Officer or Trust Officers of the Trustee, determine that the
proceeding so directed would be unjustly prejudicial to the holders of Notes
not joining in any such direction; and

     (c)      the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee
which is not inconsistent with such direction.

     SECTION 6.13      WAIVER OF PAST DEFAULTS.

     The holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of
the Outstanding Notes, by notice to the Trustee, may, on behalf of the holders
of all the Notes, waive any past default hereunder and its consequences, except
a default:

     (a)      in the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on
any Note, or

     (b)      in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which, pursuant to
Article IX, cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the holder of
each Outstanding Note affected.

40

 

     Upon any such waiver, such default shall cease to exist, and any Event of
Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose
of the Notes under this Indenture, but no such waiver shall extend to any
subsequent or other default or impair any right consequent thereon.

     SECTION 6.14      UNDERTAKING FOR COSTS.

     All parties to this Indenture agree, and each holder of any Note by his
acceptance thereof shall be deemed to have agreed, that any court may in its
discretion require, in any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy
under this Indenture, or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken,
suffered or omitted by it as Trustee, the filing by any party litigant in such
suit other than the Trustee of an undertaking to pay the costs of such suit,
and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs, including
reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in such
suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses
made by such party litigant, but the provisions of this Section shall not apply
to any suit instituted by the Trustee, to any suit instituted by any holder or
group of holders holding in the aggregate more than 10% in principal amount of
the Outstanding Notes, or to any suit instituted by any holder of a Note for
the enforcement of the payment of the principal of (or premium, if any) or
interest on such Note on or after the respective Stated Maturity or Maturities
expressed in such Note (or, in the case of redemption, on or after the
Redemption Date).

     SECTION 6.15      WAIVER OF STAY OR EXTENSION LAWS.

     The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it
will not at any time insist upon, or plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim
or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay or extension law wherever
enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, which may affect the covenants
or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company (to the extent that it
may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any
such law, and covenants that it will not hinder, delay or impede the execution
of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the
execution of every such power as though no such law had been enacted.

     SECTION 6.16      DISQUALIFIED HOLDERS.

     To the extent required by applicable Gaming Laws, Notes held by a
Disqualified Holder shall, so long as held by such Person, be disregarded for
purposes of providing notices, directions, waivers or other actions and
determining the sufficiency of such notices, directions, waivers or actions
under this Article X.

ARTICLE VII

TRUSTEE

     SECTION 7.01      CERTAIN DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES.

     (a)      Except during the continuance of an Event of Default with respect to
the Notes,

               (1)      the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as
are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or
obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

               (2)      the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements
and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or
opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this
Indenture; but in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any
provisions hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the
Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not
they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

               (b)      In case an Event of Default with respect to Notes has occurred and is
continuing, the Trustee shall, with respect to the Notes, exercise such of the
rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of
care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use
under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

41

 

     (c)      No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the
Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure
to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that

          (1)      this subsection shall not be construed to limit the effect of
subsection (a) of this Section;

          (2)      the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good
faith by a Trust Officer, unless it shall be proved that the Trustee was
negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts;

          (3)      the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action taken,
suffered or omitted to be taken by it with respect to Notes in good faith in
accordance with the direction of the holders of at least a majority in
principal amount of the Outstanding Notes relating to the time, method and
place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or
exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture;
and

          (4)      the Trustee shall not be required to expend or risk its own funds or
otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties
hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have
reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate
indemnity against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

          (5)      the Trustee shall cooperate and comply with any order or directive of
a Gaming Authority in connection with this Indenture, including that the
Trustee submit an application for any license, finding of suitability or other
approval pursuant to any Gaming Laws (unless the Trustee shall have submitted
its resignation) and will cooperate fully and completely in any proceeding
related to such application; provided the Company agrees to prepare (or cause
the Subsidiary Guarantors to prepare) all documentation in connection with any
such order, directive, application and proceeding and to reimburse the Trustee
for all costs and expenses incurred by it in connection therewith.

     (d)      Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this
Indenture or the Collateral Documents relating to the conduct or affecting the
liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the
provisions of this Section. In the event of any conflict or ambiguity between
this Indenture and any of the Collateral Documents (including the Intercreditor
Agreement), the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and control with
respect to the Trustee’s rights, responsibilities and duties. The provisions
of this Indenture with respect to the Trustee’s rights, responsibilities and
duties are incorporated by reference into each of the Collateral Documents
(including the Intercreditor Agreement) and shall apply with respect to the
Trustee’s performance thereunder (whether in the capacity as Trustee or
Collateral Agent) as if set forth therein.

     SECTION 7.02      NOTICE OF DEFAULTS.

     Within 90 days after the occurrence of any default hereunder with respect
to Notes, the Trustee shall give notice to all holders of Notes of such default
hereunder known to the Trustee, unless such default shall have been cured or
waived; provided, however, that, except in the case of a default in the payment
of the principal of (or premium, if any) or interest on any Note, the Trustee
shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as the board of
directors, the executive committee or a trust committee of directors and/or
Trust Officers of the Trustee in good faith determine that the withholding of
such notice is in the interest of the holders of Notes; and provided, further,
that in the case of any default of the character specified in Section 6.01(d)
with respect to Notes, no such notice to holders shall be given until at least
30 days after the occurrence thereof. For the purpose of this Section, the
term “default” means any event which is, or after notice or lapse of time or
both would become, an Event of Default with respect to Notes.

     Notice given pursuant to this Section 7.02 shall be transmitted by mail:

     (a)      to all registered holders, as the names and addresses of the
registered holders appear in the Note Register; and

42

 

(b)      to each holder of a Note whose name and address appear in the
information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with Section
7.02(a) of this Indenture.

     SECTION 7.03      CERTAIN RIGHTS OF TRUSTEE.

     Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.01:

     (a)      the Trustee may conclusively rely, and shall be protected in acting or
refraining from acting, upon any resolution, certificate, statement,
instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond,
debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document
believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper
party or parties;

     (b)      any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be
sufficiently evidenced by a Company Request or Company Order and any resolution
of the Board of Directors shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Board
Resolution;

     (c)      whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall
deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking,
suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence
be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its
part, rely upon an Officers’ Certificate;

     (d)      the Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice
of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete
authorization and protection in respect of any action taken, suffered or
omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon;

     (e)      the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights
or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of
the holders of Notes pursuant to this Indenture, unless such holders shall have
offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the
costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance
with such request or direction;

     (f)      the Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the
facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument,
opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture,
note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the
Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into
such facts or matters as it may see fit, and, if the Trustee shall determine to
make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the
books, records and premises of the Company, personally or by agent or attorney;

     (g)      the Trustee may execute any of the trusts or powers hereunder or
perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through agents or
attorneys and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or
negligence on the part of any agent or attorney appointed with due care by it
hereunder;

     (h)      except with respect to Section 4.01, the Trustee shall have no duty to
inquire as to the performance of the Company’s covenants in Article IV hereof.
In addition, the Trustee shall not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default
or Event of Default except (i) any Default or Event of Default occurring
pursuant to Section 6.01(a), (b) or (c) or (ii) any Default or Event of Default
of which the Trustee shall have received written notification or obtained
actual knowledge;

     (i)      the Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered or
omitted to be taken by it in good faith and reasonably believed by it to be
authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by
this Indenture; and

     (j)      the Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officers’
Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers
authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture,
which Officers’ Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign
an Officers’ Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in
any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

43

 

     SECTION 7.04      NOT RESPONSIBLE FOR RECITALS OR ISSUANCE OF NOTES.

     The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except the Trustee’s
certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the
Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness. The
Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this
Indenture, the Guarantees, the Collateral Documents or of the Notes. The
Trustee shall not be accountable for the use or application by the Company of
any Notes or the proceeds thereof. The Trustee makes no representation as to
the validity, value or condition of any property covered or intended to be
covered by the Lien of the Collateral Documents or any part thereof or as to
the title of the Company to such property or as to the security afforded by the
Collateral Documents or hereby. The Trustee has not prepared or participated
in the negotiation of any of the Collateral Documents (including the
Intercreditor Agreement), and each holder, by the purchase of a Note, shall be
deemed to have requested and authorized the Trustee to execute and deliver the
Intercreditor Agreement.

     SECTION 7.05      MAY HOLD NOTES.

     The Trustee, any Paying Agent, the Registrar or any other agent of the
Company, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or
pledgee of Notes and, subject to Sections 7.08 and 7.13, may otherwise deal
with the Company with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee,
Paying Agent, Registrar or such other agent.

     SECTION 7.06      MONEY HELD IN TRUST.

     Money in any currency held by the Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust
hereunder need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required
by law. Neither the Trustee nor any Paying Agent shall be under any liability
for interest on any money received by it hereunder except as otherwise agreed
in writing with the Company.

     SECTION 7.07      COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT.

     The Company agrees:

     (a)      to pay to the Trustee from time to time such compensation as shall be
agreed in writing between the Company and the Trustee in Dollars for all
services rendered by it hereunder and under the Collateral Documents (which
compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the
compensation of a trustee of an express trust);

     (b)      except as otherwise expressly provided herein, to reimburse the
Trustee in Dollars upon its request for all reasonable expenses, disbursements
and advances incurred or made by the Trustee in accordance with any provision
of this Indenture or the Collateral Documents (including costs incurred in
connection with applications to any Gaming Authority and including the
reasonable compensation and the reasonable expenses and disbursements of its
agents and counsel), except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be
attributable to its negligence or willful misconduct; and

     (c)      to indemnify in Dollars the Trustee for, and to hold it harmless
against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or willful
misconduct on its part, arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or
administration of this trust or performance of its duties hereunder or under
the Collateral Documents, including the costs and expenses of defending itself
against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, a holder of Notes or any
other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of
any of its powers or duties hereunder.

     As security for the performance of the obligations of the Company under
this Section, the Trustee shall have a claim prior to the Notes, upon all
property and funds held or collected by the Trustee as such, except funds held
in trust for the payment of amounts due on the Notes.

     The obligations of the Company under this Section 7.07 to compensate and
indemnify the Trustee for reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances shall
constitute additional indebtedness under this Indenture and

44

 

shall survive the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and any rejection or termination
of this Indenture under any Bankruptcy Law. When the Trustee incurs expenses
or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(f) or
(g) occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services of the Trustee
are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

     SECTION 7.08      DISQUALIFICATION; CONFLICTING INTERESTS.

     The Trustee shall comply with the relevant provisions of the Trust
Indenture Act with respect to conflicts of interest and disqualification. If
such provisions require the Trustee to resign with respect to the Notes, the
Company shall take prompt steps to have a successor appointed, in the manner
and with the effect hereinafter specified in this Article.

     SECTION 7.09      CORPORATE TRUSTEE REQUIRED; ELIGIBILITY.

     There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder which shall be a
corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of
America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, authorized under such
laws to exercise corporate trust powers, having a combined capital and surplus
of at least $100,000,000, subject to supervision or examination by Federal,
State or District of Columbia authority. If such corporation publishes reports
of condition at least annually, pursuant to law or to the requirements of the
aforesaid supervising or examining authority, then for the purposes of this
Section, the combined capital and surplus of such corporation shall be deemed
to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth in its most recent report
of condition so published. Neither the Company nor any Affiliate of the
Company shall serve as Trustee upon any Notes.

     SECTION 7.10      RESIGNATION AND REMOVAL; APPOINTMENT OF SUCCESSOR.

     Subject to compliance with applicable Gaming Laws:

     (a)      No resignation or removal of the Trustee and no appointment of a
successor Trustee pursuant to this Article shall become effective until the
acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee under Section 7.11.

     (b)      The Trustee may resign at any time with respect to the Notes by giving
written notice thereof to the Company. If an instrument of acceptance by a
successor Trustee shall not have been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days
after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Trustee may
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor
Trustee with respect to the Notes.

     (c)      The Trustee may be removed at any time with respect to the Notes and a
successor Trustee appointed by Act of the holders of at least a majority in
principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, delivered to the Trustee and to the
Company. If an instrument of acceptance by a successor Trustee shall not have
been delivered to the Trustee within 30 days after the giving of such notice of
removal, the Trustee being removed may petition any court of competent
jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the
Notes.

     (d) If at any time:

          (1)      the Trustee shall fail to comply with Section 7.08 with respect to the
Notes after written request therefor by the Company or by any holder who has
been a bona fide holder of a Note for at least six months, or

          (2)      the Trustee shall cease to be eligible under Section 7.09 with respect
to the Notes and shall fail to resign after written request therefor by the
Company or by any such holder, or

          (3)      the Trustee shall become incapable of acting or shall be adjudged a
bankrupt or insolvent or a receiver of the Trustee or of its property shall be
appointed or any public officer shall take charge or control of the Trustee or
of its property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or
liquidation,

45

 

then, in any such case, (i) the Company, by a Board Resolution, may remove the
Trustee with respect to all Notes, or (ii) subject to Section 6.14, any holder
who has been a bona fide holder of a Note for at least six months may, on
behalf of himself and all others similarly situated, petition any court of
competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a
successor Trustee for the Notes.

     (e)      If the Trustee shall resign, be removed or become incapable of acting,
or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of Trustee for any cause, with
respect to the Notes, the Company, by a Board Resolution, shall promptly
appoint a successor Trustee or Trustees with respect to the Notes and shall
comply with the applicable requirements of Section 7.11. If, within one year
after such resignation, removal or incapability, or the occurrence of such
vacancy, a successor Trustee with respect to the Notes shall be appointed by
Act of the holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the
Outstanding Notes delivered to the Company and the retiring Trustee, the
successor Trustee so appointed shall, forthwith upon its acceptance of such
appointment, become the successor Trustee with respect to the Notes and, to
that extent, supersede the successor Trustee appointed by the Company. If no
successor Trustee with respect to the Notes shall have been so appointed by the
Company or the holders and accepted appointment in the manner hereinafter
provided, any holder who has been a bona fide holder of a Note for at least six
months may, subject to Section 6.07, on behalf of himself and all others
similarly situated, petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the
appointment of a successor Trustee with respect to the Notes.

     (f)      The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of
the Trustee with respect to the Notes and each appointment of a successor
Trustee with respect to the Notes in the manner and to the extent provided in
Section 12.02 to the holders of Notes. Each notice shall include the name of
the successor Trustee with respect to the Notes and the address of its
Corporate Trust Office.

     SECTION 7.11      ACCEPTANCE OF APPOINTMENT BY SUCCESSOR.

     Subject to compliance with applicable Gaming Laws:

     (a)      In the case of an appointment hereunder of a successor Trustee with
respect to all Notes, each such successor Trustee so appointed shall execute,
acknowledge and deliver to the Company and to the retiring Trustee an
instrument accepting such appointment, and thereupon the resignation or removal
of the retiring Trustee shall become effective and such successor Trustee,
without any further act, deed or conveyance, shall become vested with all the
rights, powers, trusts and duties of the retiring Trustee, but, on request of
the Company or the successor Trustee, such retiring Trustee shall, upon payment
of its charges, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such
successor Trustee all the rights, powers and trusts of the retiring Trustee,
and shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such successor Trustee all
property and money held by such retiring Trustee hereunder, subject
nevertheless to its claim, if any, provided for in Section 7.07.

     (b)      Upon request of any such successor Trustee, the Company shall execute
any and all instruments for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming
to such successor Trustee all such rights, powers and trusts referred to in
paragraph (a) of this Section, as the case may be.

     (c)      No successor Trustee shall accept its appointment unless at the time
of such acceptance such successor Trustee shall be qualified and eligible under
this Article.

		
	      SECTION 7.12 	MERGER, CONVERSION, CONSOLIDATION OR SUCCESSION TO BUSINESS.

     Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with
which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger,
conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any
corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust
business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder and
under the Collateral Documents, provided that such corporation shall be
otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article, without the execution or
filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties
hereto. In case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by
the Trustee then in office, any successor by merger, conversion or
consolidation to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and
deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor
Trustee

46

 

had itself authenticated such Notes. In case any Notes shall not have
been authenticated by such predecessor Trustee, any such successor Trustee
may authenticate and deliver such Notes, in either its own name or that of its
predecessor Trustee, with the full force and effect which this Indenture
provides for the certificate of authentication of the Trustee.

		
	      SECTION 7.13 	PREFERENTIAL COLLECTION OF CLAIMS AGAINST COMPANY.

     If and when the Trustee shall be or become a creditor of the Company (or
other obligor under the Notes), the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions
of the Trust Indenture Act regarding the collection of claims against the
Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor (or any such other obligor). A Trustee who
has resigned or been removed shall be subject to Trust Indenture Act Section
311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

     SECTION 7.14       APPOINTMENT OF AUTHENTICATING AGENT.

     As long as any Notes remain Outstanding, upon a Company Request, there
shall be an authenticating agent (the “Authenticating Agent”) appointed, for
such period as the Company shall elect, by the Trustee to act as its agent on
its behalf and subject to its direction in connection with the authentication
and delivery of the Notes. Notes authenticated by such Authenticating Agent
shall be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture and shall be valid and
obligatory for all purposes as if authenticated by such Trustee. Wherever
reference is made in this Indenture to the authentication and delivery of Notes
by the Trustee or to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication, such
reference shall be deemed to include authentication and delivery on behalf of
the Trustee by an Authenticating Agent and a certificate of authentication
executed on behalf of such Trustee by such Authenticating Agent, except that
only the Trustee may authenticate Notes upon original issuance and pursuant to
Section 2.07 hereof. Such Authenticating Agent shall at all times be a
corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of
America or of any state, authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust
powers, having a combined capital and surplus of at least $100,000,000 and
subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority. If such
Authenticating Agent publishes reports of condition at least annually, pursuant
to law or to the requirements of said supervising or examining authority, then
for purposes of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such
Authenticating Agent shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as
set forth in its most recent report of condition so published. If at any time
an Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the
provisions of this Section, such Authenticating Agent shall resign immediately
in the manner and with the effect specified in this Section.

     Any corporation into which any Authenticating Agent may be merged or
converted, or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting
from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which any Authenticating Agent
shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all of
the corporate agency or corporate trust business of any Authenticating Agent,
shall continue to be the Authenticating Agent with respect to the Notes for
which it served as Authenticating Agent without the execution or filing of any
paper or any
further act on the part of the Trustee or such Authenticating Agent. Any
Authenticating Agent may at any time, and if it shall cease to be eligible
shall, resign by giving written notice of resignation to the applicable Trustee
and to the Company.

     Upon receiving such a notice of resignation or upon such a termination, or
in case at any time any Authenticating Agent shall cease to be eligible in
accordance with the provisions of this Section 7.14 with respect to the Notes,
the Trustee shall, upon Company Request, appoint a successor Authenticating
Agent, and the Company shall provide notice of such appointment to all holders
of Notes in the manner and to the extent provided in Section 12.02. Any
successor Authenticating Agent, upon acceptance of its appointment hereunder,
shall become vested with all rights, powers, duties and responsibilities of its
predecessor hereunder, with like effect as if originally named as
Authenticating Agent herein. The Company agrees to pay to the Authenticating
Agent from time to time reasonable compensation for its services. The
Authenticating Agent for the Notes shall have no responsibility or liability
for any action taken by it as such at the direction of the Trustee, except
arising out of its negligence or willful misconduct.

     If an appointment is made pursuant to this Section, the Notes may have
endorsed thereon, in addition to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication,
an alternative certificate of authentication in the following form:

47

 

     This is one of the Notes designated therein referred to in the within
mentioned Indenture.

	 	 	 
	U.S. Bank National Association, As Trustee

	 
	By:
	 	 
	

	 	
 
	

	 	As Authenticating Agent

	 	 	 
	By:
	 	 
	

	 	
 
	

	 	Authorized Signatory

     SECTION 7.15       APPOINTMENT OF CO-TRUSTEE.

     Subject to compliance with applicable Gaming Laws and Section 310(a)(3) of
the Trust Indenture Act, if the Trustee deems it necessary or desirable in
connection with the Collateral and/or the enforcement of the Collateral
Documents, the Trustee may appoint a co-Trustee with such powers of the Trustee
as may be designated by the Trustee at the time of such appointment, and the
Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall, on request, execute and deliver to
such co-Trustee any deeds, conveyances or other instruments required by such
co-Trustee so appointed by the Trustee to more fully and certainly vest in and
confirm to such co-Trustee its rights, powers, trusts, duties and obligations
hereunder, including duties and obligations under Section 7.01(c)(5).

     SECTION 7.16      PAYING AGENT; REGISTRAR.

          (a)      Each Paying Agent or Registrar (other than the Company) shall be a
corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of
America or of any State and having a combined capital and surplus of at least
$500,000,000.

          (b)      Each Paying Agent or Registrar may resign at any time by giving
written notice thereof to the Company. The Company, by a Board Resolution and
upon giving written notice thereof to the Paying Agent or Registrar, may remove
such Paying Agent or Registrar at any time.

          (c)      If any Paying Agent or Registrar shall resign, be removed or become
incapable of acting, or if a vacancy shall occur in the office of any Paying
Agent or Registrar for any cause, the Company, by a Board Resolution, shall
promptly appoint a successor Paying Agent or Registrar.

          (d)      The Company shall give notice of each resignation and each removal of
any Paying Agent or Registrar and each appointment of a successor Paying Agent
or Registrar by mailing written notice of such event by first-class mail,
postage prepaid, to the Trustee. Each notice shall include the name and
address of the successor Paying Agent or Registrar.

          (e)      The Trustee is hereby initially appointed Paying Agent and Registrar.

          (f)      The Company shall enter into an appropriate written agency agreement
with any Paying Agent or Registrar not a party to this Indenture, which
agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such
Paying Agent or Registrar, including the provisions of Section 7.01(c)(5). The
Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any such
Paying Agent or Registrar.

     SECTION 7.17      REPORTS BY TRUSTEE.

     (a)      Within 60 days after May 15 of each year commencing with the first May
15 after the original issuance of the Notes, the Trustee, if so required under
the Trust Indenture Act, shall transmit by mail to all holders of Notes, in the
manner and to the extent provided in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), a
brief report dated as of such May 15 in accordance with and with respect to the
matters required by Trust Indenture Act Section 313(a). The Trustee shall also
transmit by mail to all holders of Notes, in the manner and to the extent
provided in Trust Indenture Act Section 313(c), a brief report in accordance
with and with respect to the matters required by Trust Indenture Act Section
313(b)(2).

48

 

     (b)      A copy of each report transmitted to holders of Notes pursuant to this
Section 7.3 shall, at the time of such transmission, be mailed to the Company
and filed with each stock exchange, if any, upon which the Notes are listed and
also with the Commission. The Company will notify the Trustee promptly if the
Notes are listed on any stock exchange or of any delisting thereof.

     (c)      Gaming License Requirements. To the extent required by Gaming Laws,
the Trustee will provide any applicable Gaming Authority upon its or the
Company’s request with:

          (1)      copies of all notices, reports and other written communications which
the Trustee gives to holders of Notes;

          (2)      a list of holders of Notes promptly after the original issuance of the
Notes, eight months and two months prior to the expiration date of each
then-current Gaming License held by the Company or its Subsidiaries, and upon
demand;

          (3)      notice of any Event of Default under this Indenture or of any Default,
any acceleration of the indebtedness evidenced or secured hereby, the
institution of any legal actions or proceedings before any court or
governmental authority in respect of this Indenture and any rescission,
annulment or waiver in respect of an Event of Default;

          (4)      notice of the removal or resignation of the Trustee within five
Business Days thereof;

          (5)      notice of any transfer or assignment of rights under this Indenture
(but no transfers or assignments of the Notes) within five Business Days
thereof; and

          (6)      a copy of any amendment to the Notes or this Indenture within five
Business Days of the effectiveness thereof.

The notice specified in clause (3) above shall be in writing and, except as set
forth below, shall be given within five Business Days after the Trustee has
transmitted the notice required by Section 7.02. In the case of any notice in
respect of any Event of Default, such Notice shall be accompanied by a copy of
any notice from the holders of the Notes, or a representative thereof or the
Trustee, to the Company and, if accompanied by any such notice to the Company,
shall be given simultaneously with the giving of any such notice to the
Company. In the case of any legal actions or proceedings, such notice shall be accompanied by a copy of the
complaint or other initial pleading or document.

     The Trustee shall in accordance with the limitations set forth herein
cooperate with any applicable Gaming Authority in order to provide such Gaming
Authority with information and documentation relevant to compliance with clause
(3) above and as otherwise required by any applicable Gaming Laws.

     The Company will advise the Trustee in writing of the expiration date of
any then-current Gaming License held by the Company or its Subsidiaries at
least nine months prior to the expiration thereof and the Trustee until so
advised may assume that such Gaming License has not expired.

     (d)      Reports pursuant to this Section 7.17 shall be transmitted by mail:

          (1)      to all holders of Notes, as the names and addresses of such holders of
Notes appear in the Note Register; and

          (2)      except in the cases of reports pursuant to subsection (b) of this
Section 7.3, to each holder of a Note whose name and address appear in the
information preserved at the time by the Trustee in accordance with Section
2.05.

     A copy of each such report shall, at the time of such transmission to
holders, be filed by the Trustee with each stock exchange upon which any Notes
are listed, with the Commission and also with the

49

 

Company. The Company will
notify the Trustee promptly when any of the Notes are listed on any stock
exchange or of any delisting thereof.

ARTICLE VIII

DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

	 	 	SECTION 8.01      SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE.

     This Indenture shall, upon Company Request, cease to be of further effect
with respect to the Notes (except as to any surviving rights of registration of
transfer or exchange of such Notes herein expressly provided for and rights to
receive payments of principal (and premium, if any) and interest on such Notes)
and the Trustee, at the expense of the Company, shall execute proper
instruments acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, when:

     (a)      either

          (1)      all Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (other than (i)
Notes which have been destroyed, lost or stolen and which have been replaced or
paid as provided in Section 2.07, and (ii) Notes for whose payment money has
theretofore been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the
Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from such trust, as
provided in Section 4.05) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation;
or

          (2)      all Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation,

          (i)      have become due and payable, or

          (ii)      will become due and payable at their Stated Maturity within one
year, or

          (iii)      are to be called for redemption within one year under
arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for the giving of notice by the
Trustee in the name, and at the expense, of the Company;

     (b)      the Company, in the case of subclause (i), (ii) or (iii) of clause
(a)(2) of this Section, has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited
with the Trustee as trust funds in trust for such purpose an amount sufficient
to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes for principal (and
premium, if any) and interest to the date of such deposit (in the case of Notes
which have become due and payable) or to the Stated Maturity or Redemption
Date, as the case may be; provided, however, in the event a petition for relief
under the federal bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter constituted, or any
other applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law,
is filed with respect to the Company within 91 days after the deposit and the
Trustee is required to return the deposited money to the Company, the
obligations of the Company under this Indenture with respect to such Notes
shall not be deemed terminated or discharged;

     (c)      the Company has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable
hereunder by the Company;

     (d)      the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and
an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent herein
provided for relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have
been complied with; and

     (e)      the Company has delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel or a
ruling by the Internal Revenue Service to the effect that holders of the Notes
will not recognize income, gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes as a
result of such deposit and discharge.

     Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, the
obligations of the Company to the Trustee under Section 7.07, the obligations
of the Company to any Authenticating Agent under Section 7.14, the obligations
of the Company under Section 4.01, and, if money shall have been deposited with
the Trustee pursuant

50

 

to clause (b) of this Section, the obligations of the
Trustee under Section 8.02 and the last paragraph of Section 4.05, shall
survive.

     SECTION 8.02      APPLICATION OF TRUST MONEY.

     Subject to the provisions of the last paragraph of Section 4.05, all money
deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.01 shall be held in trust and
applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes, and this
Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent
(including the Company acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may
determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium, if
any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the
Trustee.

     SECTION 8.03      APPLICABILITY OF ARTICLE.

     Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.04, the Company may terminate
its obligations under the Notes and this Indenture as set forth in Section
8.04.

     SECTION
8.04     DEFEASANCE UPON DEPOSIT OF MONEYS OR U.S. GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS.

     At the Company’s option, either (a) the Company shall be deemed to have
been Discharged (as defined below) from its obligations with respect to Notes
and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be deemed to have been discharged from
their obligations under their Guarantees in respect of the Notes (“legal
defeasance option”) or (b) the Company shall cease to be under any obligation
to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in Sections 5.01,
4.03, 4.08, 4.09, 4.10, 4.11 and 4.12 with respect to Notes and the Subsidiary
Guarantors shall cease to be under any obligation to comply with any term,
provision or condition set forth in Section 10.11 (or comparable provisions of
its Guarantee if not set forth in Article IX) with respect to their Guarantees
in respect of the Notes (“covenant defeasance option”) at any time after the
applicable conditions set forth below have been satisfied:

     (a)      The Company shall have deposited or caused to be deposited irrevocably
with the Trustee as trust funds in trust, specifically pledged as security for,
and dedicated solely to, the benefit of the holders of the Notes (i) money in
an amount, or (ii) U.S. Government Obligations (as defined below) which through
the payment of interest and principal in respect thereof in accordance with
their terms will provide, not later than one day before the due date of any
payment, money in an amount, or (iii) a combination of (i) and (ii),
sufficient, in the opinion (with respect to (i) and (ii)) of a nationally
recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written
certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, to pay and discharge each
installment of principal (including any mandatory sinking fund payments) of and
premium, if any, and interest on, the Outstanding Notes on the dates such
installments of interest or principal and premium are due;

     (b)      Such deposit shall not cause the Trustee to have a conflicting
interest as defined in Section 7.08 and for purposes of the Trust Indenture
Act;

     (c)      Such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or
constitute a default under, this Indenture or any other agreement or instrument
to which the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor is a party or by which it is
bound;

     (d)      If the Notes are then listed on any national securities exchange, the
Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel or a letter
or other document from such exchange to the effect that the Company’s exercise
of its option under this Section would not cause such Notes to be delisted;

     (e)      No Event of Default or Default shall have occurred and be continuing
on the date of such deposit and, with respect to the legal defeasance option
only, no Event of Default under Section 6.01(f) or Section 6.01(g) or event
which with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an
Event of Default under Section 6.01(f) or Section 6.01(g) shall have occurred
and be continuing on the 91st day after such date;

51

 

     (f)      The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel
or a ruling from the Internal Revenue Service to the effect that the holders of
the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for United States federal
income tax purposes as a result of such deposit, defeasance or Discharge.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company exercises its covenant defeasance
option and an Event of Default under Section 6.01(f) or Section 6.01(g) or
event which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become
an Event of Default under Section 6.01(f) or Section 6.01(g) shall have
occurred and be continuing on the 91st day after the date of such deposit, the
obligations of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors referred to under the
definition of covenant defeasance option with respect to such Notes shall be
reinstated; and

     (g)      The Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’
Certificate certifying the conditions set forth in clauses (a) through (f) of
this Section 8.04 have been satisfied.

     Upon Discharge (or if the Company exercised its covenant defeasance option
and no Event of Default under Section 6.01(f) or Section 6.01(g) or event
which, with the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become an
Event of Default under Section 6.01(f) or Section 6.01(g) shall have occurred
and be continuing on the 91st day after the requisite deposit, then on such
91st day (or, if earlier, on the Collateral Release Date)) the Collateral
pledged under the Collateral Documents will be released and the Trustee, on
demand of the Company, shall execute such documents as shall be necessary to
release the Collateral and to terminate the obligations of the Company under
the Collateral Documents (and, upon Discharge (or such 91st day), the
obligations of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors under Article XI shall
terminate); provided that no such release or termination shall affect the
Collateral Documents insofar as they secure obligations other than the Notes
and Guarantees.

     “Discharged” means that the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be
deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by, and
obligations under, the Notes and the Guarantees in respect of the Notes and to
have satisfied all the obligations under this Indenture and the Collateral
Documents in respect of the Notes (and the Trustee, at the expense of the
Company, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except (i)
the rights of holders of Notes to receive, from the trust fund described in
clause (a) above, payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and
interest on such Notes when such payments are due, (ii) the Company’s
obligations with respect to the Notes under Sections 2.10, 2.06, 2.07, 4.04 and
8.05 and (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee
hereunder and under the Collateral Documents.

     “U.S. Government Obligations” means securities that are (i) direct
obligations of the United States for the payment of which its full faith and
credit is pledged, or (ii) obligations of a Person controlled or supervised by
and acting as an agency or instrumentality of the United States the payment of
which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by
the United States, which, in either case under clauses (i) or (ii), are not
callable or redeemable at the option of the issuer thereof prior to the final
Maturity Date of the Notes, and shall also include a depository receipt issued
by a bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any such U.S.
Government Obligation or a specific payment of interest on or principal of any
such U.S. Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the
holder of a depository receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such
custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to
the holder of such depository receipt from any amount received by the custodian
in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or the specific payment of
interest on or principal of the U.S. Government Obligation evidenced by such
depository receipt.

     SECTION
8.05    DEPOSITED MONEYS AND U.S. GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS TO BE HELD IN TRUST.

     All moneys and U.S. Government Obligations deposited with the Trustee
pursuant to Section 8.04 in respect of Notes shall be held in trust and applied
by it, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to
the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Company
acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the holders of
such Notes, of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal (and
premium, if any) and interest, if any, but such money need not be segregated
from other funds except to the extent required by law.

     The Company shall indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other
charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Government Obligations deposited
pursuant to Section 8.04 or the principal and interest received in

52

 

respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the
account of the holders of the Outstanding Notes.

     SECTION 8.06      REPAYMENT TO COMPANY.

     The Trustee and any Paying Agent shall promptly pay or return to the
Company upon Company Request any moneys or U.S. Government Obligations held by
them at any time that are not required for the payment of the principal of (and
premium, if any) and interest on the Notes for which money or U.S. Government
Obligations have been deposited pursuant to Section 8.04.

     The provisions of the last paragraph of Section 4.05 shall apply to any
money held by the Trustee or any Paying Agent under this Article that remains
unclaimed for two years after the Maturity of any Notes for which money or U.S.
Government Obligations have been deposited pursuant to Section 8.04.

ARTICLE IX

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES

     SECTION 9.01      SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITHOUT CONSENT OF HOLDERS.

     Without the consent of any holders, the Company, when authorized by a
Board Resolution, and the Trustee, at any time and from time to time, may enter
into one or more indentures supplemental hereto or amendments to the Collateral
Documents, in form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the
following purposes:

     (a)      to evidence the succession of another corporation to the rights of the
Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor and the assumption by such successor of the
covenants and obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor contained
herein, in the Collateral Documents and in the Notes; or

     (b)      to add to the covenants of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors,
for the benefit of the holders of Notes, or to surrender any right or power
herein conferred upon the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors; or

     (c)      to add any additional Events of Default; or

     (d)      to supplement any of the provisions of this Indenture or the
Collateral Documents to such extent as shall be necessary to permit or
facilitate the defeasance and discharge of Notes pursuant to Article VIII,
provided that any such action shall not adversely affect the interests of the
holders of Notes in any material respect; or

     (e)      to evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment hereunder by
a successor Trustee with respect to the Notes and the Collateral Documents, and
to add to or change any of the provisions of this Indenture as shall be
necessary to provide for or facilitate the administration of the trusts
hereunder by more than one trustee; or

     (f)      to comply with the requirements of the Commission in connection with
the qualification of this Indenture under the Trust Indenture Act; or

     (g)      to cure any ambiguity; or

     (h)      to correct or supplement any provision herein or in any Collateral
Document which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision herein
or therein; or

     (i)      to eliminate any conflict between the terms of this Indenture, the
Collateral Documents and the Notes and the Trust Indenture Act; or

     (j)      to make any other provisions with respect to matters or questions
arising under this Indenture or the Collateral Documents which shall
not be inconsistent with any provision of this Indenture or the Collateral

53

 

Documents; provided such other provisions shall not adversely affect the interests of the
holders of Outstanding Notes;

     (k)      to make any amendments or supplements required by Article XI; or

     (l)      to establish a series of Additional Notes as contemplated by Section
2.14 and to make any change to Article II, Section 4.01 or the Exhibits hereto
that applies only to Additional Notes (other than a change relating to other
provisions of this Indenture incorporated or referenced in Article II, Section
4.01 or any such Exhibit).

     The terms of any document entered into pursuant to this Section shall be
subject to prior approval, if required, of any applicable Gaming Authority.

     SECTION 9.02      SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES WITH CONSENT OF HOLDERS.

     With the written consent of the holders of not less than at least a
majority in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, by Act of said holders
delivered to the Company and the Trustee, the Company, when authorized by a
Board Resolution, and the Trustee may enter into an indenture or indentures
supplemental hereto, or amendments to the Guarantees or the Collateral
Documents for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner
or eliminating any of the provisions of this Indenture, the Guarantees or the
Collateral Documents or of modifying in any manner the rights of the holders of
the Notes under this Indenture, the Guarantees or the Collateral Documents;
provided, however, that no such supplemental indenture shall, without the
consent of the holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby,

     (a)      change the Stated Maturity of the principal of, or any installment of
principal of or interest on, any Note, or reduce the principal amount thereof
or the rate (or extend the time for payment) of interest thereon or any premium
payable upon redemption thereof, or change the currency in which the principal
of (and premium, if any) or interest on such Note is denominated or payable, or impair the right to
institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or after the Stated
Maturity thereof (including, in the case of redemption, on or after the
Redemption Date), or alter any redemption provisions in a manner adverse to the
holders of Notes or release any Subsidiary Guarantor under any Guarantee or any
collateral securing the Notes (except in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the Guarantees or the Collateral Documents); or

     (b)      reduce the percentage in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes,
the consent of whose holders is required for any supplemental indenture, or the
consent of whose holders is required for any waiver of compliance with certain
provisions of this Indenture or certain defaults hereunder and their
consequences provided for in this Indenture; or

     (c)      modify any of the provisions of this Section, Section 4.07 or Section
6.13, except to increase any such percentage or to provide that certain other
provisions of this Indenture cannot be modified or waived without the consent
of the holder of each Outstanding Note affected thereby; provided, however,
that this clause shall not be deemed to require the consent of any holder with
respect to changes in the references to “the Trustee” and concomitant changes
in this Section, or the deletion of this proviso, in accordance with the
requirements of Sections 7.11 and 9.01(f); or

     (d)      modify any of the provisions of this Indenture which by their terms
expressly require the consent of each affected holder of Notes to modify.

     It shall not be necessary for any Act of holders under this Section to
approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it
shall be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

     The terms of any document entered into pursuant to this Section shall be
subject to prior approval, if required, of any applicable Gaming Authority. To
the extent required by applicable Gaming Laws, Notes held by a Disqualified
Holder shall, so long as held by such a Person, be disregarded for purposes of
providing consents and determining the sufficiency of consents under this
Section 9.02.

54

 

     SECTION 9.03      EXECUTION OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.

     In executing, or accepting the additional trusts created by, any
supplemental indenture permitted by this Article or the modifications thereby
of the trusts created by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to
receive, and (subject to Section 7.1) shall be fully protected in relying upon,
an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture
is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and the Collateral Documents. The
Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such supplemental
indenture which adversely affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or
immunities under this Indenture or otherwise in a material way.

     SECTION 9.04      EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.

     Upon the execution of any supplemental indenture under this Article, this
Indenture shall be modified in accordance therewith, and such supplemental
indenture shall form a part of this Indenture for all purposes; and every
holder of Notes theretofore or thereafter authenticated and delivered hereunder
shall be bound thereby.

     SECTION 9.05      CONFORMITY WITH TRUST INDENTURE ACT.

     Every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article shall
conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect.

     SECTION 9.06      REFERENCE IN NOTES TO SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURES.

     Notes authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental
indenture pursuant to this Article may, and shall, if required by the Trustee,
bear a notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for
in such supplemental indenture. If the Company shall so determine, new Notes
so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Board of
Directors, to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by
the Company and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for
Outstanding Notes.

ARTICLE X

NOTE GUARANTEES

     SECTION 10.01      GUARANTEE.

     (a)      In consideration of good and valuable consideration, the receipt and
sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, each of the Subsidiary Guarantors,
jointly and severally, hereby unconditionally guarantees, which guarantee shall
be secured as provided in the Collateral Documents (each such guarantee,
together with each New Guarantee and any future guarantees executed pursuant to
Section 4.08 hereof, being a “Guarantee”), to each holder of a Note
authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee, irrespective of
the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Note or the obligations
of the Company under this Indenture or the Note, that: (i) the principal of
and interest on the Note will be paid in full when due, whether at the maturity
or interest payment date, by acceleration, call for redemption, upon a purchase
offer or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal and interest, if any,
of the Note, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Company to the holders
or the Trustee under this Indenture or the Note will be promptly paid in full
or performed, all in accordance with the terms of this Indenture and the Note;
and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any
securities or any of such other obligations, they will be paid in full when due
or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether
at maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption, upon a purchase offer or
otherwise (collectively, the “Guaranteed Obligations”). This Guarantee is a
guarantee of payment and not of collection.

     Failing payment when due of any amount so guaranteed for whatever reason,
the Subsidiary Guarantors shall be jointly and severally obligated to pay the
same before failure to so pay becomes an Event of Default.

     (b)      Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that (i) its obligations with regard
to this Guarantee shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity,
regularity or enforceability of the Note or this Indenture, any amendments

55

 

to the Indenture, the Notes or the Collateral Documents (other than this Article
X), the absence of any action to enforce the same, any delays in obtaining or
realizing upon (or failures to obtain or realize upon) Collateral, the recovery
of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any
other circumstances that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable
discharge or defense of a guarantor and (ii) this Guarantee will not be
discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the
Note and this Indenture. Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby waives
diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the
event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a
proceeding first against the Company or right to require the prior disposition
of the assets of the Company to meet its obligations, protest, notice and all
demands whatsoever. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each of
the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby waives, to the extent permitted under Nev.
Rev. Stat. 40.495, any rights arising out of Nev. Rev. Stat. 40.430.

     (c)      If any holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to
return to either the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or any Custodian,
Trustee, or similar official acting in relation to either the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor, any amount paid by either the Company or any of the
Subsidiary Guarantors to the Trustee or such holder, this Guarantee, to the
extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect.
Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors agrees that it will not be entitled to any
right of subrogation in relation to the holders in respect of any obligations
guaranteed hereby except as set forth in Section 10.05 hereof.

     (d)      Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors agrees that (i) the maturity of the
obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Section 6.02
hereof for the purposes of this Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction
or other prohibition preventing such acceleration as to the Company of the
obligations guaranteed hereby, and (ii) in the event of any declaration of
acceleration of those obligations as provided in Section 6.02, those
obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and
payable by each of the Subsidiary Guarantors for the purpose of this Guarantee.

     SECTION 10.02      EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF GUARANTEE.

     To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01, each of the
Subsidiary Guarantors agrees that a notation of such Guarantee substantially in
the form of the notation included in the Note annexed hereto as Exhibit A shall
be endorsed on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that
this Indenture shall be executed on behalf of such Subsidiary Guarantor by a
duly authorized officer.

     Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors agrees that its Guarantee set forth in
Section 10.01 shall remain in full force and effect and apply to all the Notes
notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such
Guarantee.

     If an Officer whose facsimile signature is on a Note no longer holds that
office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Guarantee is
endorsed, the Guarantee shall be valid nevertheless.

     The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof
hereunder, shall constitute due delivery of the Guarantee set forth in this
Indenture on behalf of the Subsidiary Guarantors.

     SECTION 10.03      LIMITATION OF SUBSIDIARY GUARANTOR’S LIABILITY.

     Each Subsidiary Guarantor and by its acceptance hereof each holder hereby
confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the guarantee by
such Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to its Guarantee set forth in this Indenture
not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of any federal
or state law. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the holders and each
Subsidiary Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each such
Subsidiary Guarantor under this Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum
amount as will, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed
liabilities of such Subsidiary Guarantor and after giving effect to any
collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Subsidiary
Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Subsidiary Guarantor
under its Guarantee set forth in this Indenture or pursuant to Section 10.04,
result in the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under such Guarantee not
constituting a fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer under federal or
state law. This Section 10.03 is for the benefit of the creditors of each
Subsidiary Guarantor.

56

 

     SECTION 10.04      CONTRIBUTION.

     In order to provide for just and equitable contribution among the
Subsidiary Guarantors, the Subsidiary Guarantors agree, inter se, that in the
event any payment or distribution is made by any Subsidiary Guarantor (a
“Funding Guarantor”) under the Guarantee, such Funding Guarantor shall be
entitled to a contribution from each other Subsidiary Guarantor in a pro rata
amount based on the net worth of each Subsidiary Guarantor (including the
Funding Guarantor but, in the case of Detroit, not in excess of the amount of
proceeds of borrowings under the Credit Facilities made available to Detroit)
for all payments, damages and expenses incurred by that Funding Guarantor in
discharging the Company’s obligations with respect to the Notes or any other
Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations with respect to the Guarantee.

     SECTION 10.05      RIGHTS UNDER THE GUARANTEE.

     No payment by any Subsidiary Guarantor pursuant to the provisions hereof
to the Trustee shall entitle such Subsidiary Guarantor to any payment out of
any Collateral held by the Trustee under this Indenture or any Collateral
Documents.

     (a)      Each of the Subsidiary Guarantors waives notice of the issuance, sale
and purchase of the Note and notice from the Trustee or the holders from time
to time of any of the Note of their acceptance and reliance on this Guarantee.

     (b)      Notwithstanding any payment or payments made by the Subsidiary
Guarantors by reason of this Guarantee, the Subsidiary Guarantors shall not be
subrogated to any rights of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or any holder
against the Company until all the Note shall have been paid or deemed to have
been paid within the meaning of the Indenture. Any payment made by the
Subsidiary Guarantors by reason of this Guarantee shall be in all respects
subordinated to the full and complete payment or discharge under this Indenture
of all obligations guaranteed hereby, and no payment by the Subsidiary
Guarantors by reason of this Guarantee shall give rise to any claim of the
Subsidiary Guarantors against the Trustee or any holder of the Note. Unless
and until the Note shall have been paid or deemed to have been paid within the
meaning of the Indenture, neither the Subsidiary Guarantors nor any of them
will assign or otherwise transfer any such claim against the Company to any
other person.

     (c)      No set-off, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any obligation or
any defense of any kind or nature (other than performance by the Subsidiary
Guarantors of their obligations hereunder) which any Subsidiary Guarantor may
have or assert against the Trustee or any holder of any Note shall be available
hereunder to such Subsidiary Guarantor against the Trustee.

     (d)      Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees to pay all costs, expenses and fees,
including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, which may be incurred by
the Trustee in enforcing or attempting to enforce this Guarantee or protecting
the rights of the Trustee, the Collateral Agent or the holders of the Notes, if
any, in accordance with this Indenture.

     SECTION 10.06      PRIMARY OBLIGATIONS.

     Each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that it is directly liable to each holder
hereunder, that the obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder are
independent of the obligations of the Company or any other guarantor, and that
a separate action may be brought against each Subsidiary Guarantor, whether
such action is brought against the Company or any other Subsidiary Guarantor or
whether the Company or any other guarantor is joined in such action. Each
Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that its liability hereunder shall be immediate and
shall not be contingent upon the exercise or enforcement by the Trustee or the
holders of the Notes of whatever remedies they may have against the Company or
any other guarantor, or the enforcement of any Lien or realization upon any
Collateral the Trustee may at any time possess. Each Subsidiary Guarantor
agrees that any release which may be given by the Trustee or the holders of the
Notes to the Company or any other guarantor shall not release such Subsidiary
Guarantor. Each Subsidiary Guarantor consents and agrees that the Trustee
shall be under no obligation to marshal any property or assets of the Company
or any other guarantor in favor of such Subsidiary Guarantor, or against or in
payment of any or all of the Guaranteed Obligations.

57

 

     SECTION 10.07      WAIVERS.

     (a)      Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby waives any right to receive, or any
claim or defense based on failure to receive: (i) notice of the amount of the
Guaranteed Obligations; (ii) notice of any adverse change in the financial
condition of the Company or of any other fact that might increase such
Subsidiary Guarantor’s risk hereunder; (iii) notice of a Default or Event of
Default; and (iv) all other notices (except if such notice is specifically
required to be given to such Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture or any
of the Collateral Documents to which such Subsidiary Guarantor is a party) and
demands to which such Subsidiary Guarantor might otherwise be entitled.

     (b)      Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby waives the right by statute or
otherwise to require the Trustee or the holders to institute suit against the
Company (or against any other Person) or to exhaust any rights and remedies
which the Trustee or the holders have or may have against the Company (or
against any other Person). In this regard, each Subsidiary Guarantor agrees
that it is bound to the payment of each and all of the Guaranteed Obligations,
whether now existing or hereafter arising, as fully as if such Guaranteed
Obligations were directly owing to the guaranteed party by such Subsidiary
Guarantor. Each Subsidiary Guarantor further waives any defense arising by
reason of any disability or other defense (other than the defense that the
Guaranteed Obligations shall have been fully and finally performed and
indefeasibly paid) of the Company or by reason of the cessation from any cause
whatsoever of the liability of the Company in respect thereof.

     (c)      Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby waives: (i) any claim or defense
directly or indirectly arising from or caused by any election of remedies by
the Trustee or holders of the Notes, whether or not such election of remedies
directly or indirectly results in impairment or loss of rights or claims of
such Subsidiary Guarantor against the Company or other Persons; and (ii) any
defenses based on suretyship law or impairment of collateral.

     SECTION 10.08      RELEASES.

     Each Subsidiary Guarantor consents and agrees that, without notice to or
by such Subsidiary Guarantor and without affecting or impairing the obligations
of such Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder, the Trustee may, by action or inaction,
compromise or settle, extend the period of duration or the time for the
payment, or discharge the performance of, or may refuse to, or otherwise not
enforce, or may, by action or inaction, release all or any one or more parties
to, any one or more of the terms and provisions of this Indenture or the
Collateral Documents or may grant other indulgences to the Company in respect
thereof, or may, by action or inaction, release or substitute any other
guarantor, if any, of the Guaranteed Obligations, or may enforce, exchange,
release, or waive, by action or inaction, any security for the Guaranteed
Obligations or any other guaranty of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any portion
thereof.

     SECTION 10.09      NO ELECTION.

     The Trustee shall have the right to seek recourse against each Subsidiary
Guarantor to the fullest extent provided for herein and no election by the
Trustee to proceed in one form of action or proceeding, or against any party,
or on any obligation, shall constitute a waiver of Trustee’s right to proceed
in any other form of action or proceeding, or against other parties unless the
Trustee has expressly waived such right in writing.

     SECTION 10.10      FINANCIAL CONDITION OF THE COMPANY.

     Each Subsidiary Guarantor represents and warrants to the Trustee and
holders that it is currently informed of the financial condition of the Company
and, of all other circumstances which a diligent inquiry would reveal and which
bear upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guaranteed Obligations. Each
Subsidiary Guarantor further represents and warrants to the Trustee and holders
that it has read and understands the terms and conditions of this Indenture and
the Collateral Documents. Each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby covenants that it
will continue to keep itself informed of the Company’s financial condition, the
financial condition of other guarantors, if any, and of all other circumstances
which bear upon the risk of nonpayment or nonperformance of the Guaranteed
Obligations.

58

 

     SECTION 10.11      CONSOLIDATION, MERGER, ETC., ONLY ON CERTAIN TERMS.

     No Subsidiary Guarantor shall consolidate with, merge with or into, or
sell, assign, convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets substantially
in their entirety (computed on a consolidated basis) to any Person, unless:

     (i)      subject to the following paragraph, the Person formed by or
surviving any such consolidation or merger (if other than the Subsidiary
Guarantor, another Subsidiary Guarantor or the Company) is a corporation
organized and existing under the laws of the United States, any State
thereof or the District of Columbia and assumes, by supplemental indenture
hereto, all of the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under this
Guarantee and this Indenture;

     (ii)      immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event
of Default or Default shall exist; and

     (iii)      such Person executing the supplemental indenture required
pursuant to clause (i) above, has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’
Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel conforming to the provisions of
Section 12.05 hereof and each stating that such consolidation, merger,
conveyance, transfer or lease and such supplemental indenture comply with
this provision and that all conditions precedent herein provided for
relating to such transaction have been complied with.

     Notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, in the event of (a) a sale or
other disposition of all of the assets of any Subsidiary Guarantor, by way of
merger, consolidation or otherwise or (b) a sale or other disposition of all of
the capital stock of any Subsidiary Guarantor, then the Subsidiary Guarantor
(in the event of a sale or other disposition, by way of such a merger,
consolidation or otherwise, of all of the capital stock of such Subsidiary
Guarantor) or the corporation acquiring the property (in the event of a sale or
other disposition of all of the assets of the Subsidiary Guarantor) will be
released and relieved of any obligations under its Guarantee set forth in this
Indenture, except in the event of a sale or other disposition to the Company,
any other Subsidiary Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof. Upon delivery by the
Company to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and Opinion of Counsel
conforming to the provisions of Section 12.05 hereof, to the effect that such
sale or other disposition was made by the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor
in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee shall execute
any documents reasonably required in order to evidence the release of any such
Subsidiary Guarantor from its Guaranteed Obligations under its Guarantee set
forth in this Indenture.

ARTICLE XI

COLLATERAL AND SECURITY

     SECTION 11.01      EXECUTION OF COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS.

     The Trustee, at the Company’s expense, will execute and deliver and the
Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor will execute, deliver, file and record
all instruments and do all acts and other things as may be reasonably necessary
to provide for the Liens under the Collateral Documents, in accordance with the
terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and this Indenture; provided that, with
respect to any Collateral Documents that may be executed after the Issue Date
and that are not subject to approvals under applicable Gaming Laws that have
been obtained by the Company, the Trustee, the Company and each Subsidiary
Guarantor will comply with applicable Gaming Laws in connection with such
Collateral Documents. The Trustee, at the Company’s expense, will cooperate
reasonably with the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor in doing all such
acts and things required by the preceding sentence.

     SECTION 11.02      COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS.

     The due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and
interest on the Notes when and as the same shall be due and payable, whether on
an interest payment date, at maturity, by acceleration, repurchase, redemption
or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest (to the
extent permitted by law), if any, on the Notes and performance of all other
obligations of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors to the holders of the
Outstanding Notes or the Trustee under this Indenture, the Guarantees and the
Notes, according to the terms hereunder or thereunder, shall be secured as
provided in the Collateral Documents, subject to Section 15.4

59

 

hereof. Each holder of the Outstanding Notes, by its acceptance of a Note, consents and
agrees to the terms of the Collateral Documents (including, without limitation,
the provisions providing for foreclosure and release of Collateral) as the same
may be in effect or may be amended from time to time in accordance with the
terms thereof and hereof and authorizes and directs the Trustee to enter into
each of the Collateral Documents (including the Intercreditor Agreement) and to
perform its respective obligations and exercise its respective rights
thereunder in accordance therewith. The Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor
shall do or cause to be done all such acts and things as may be necessary or
proper, or as may be required by the provisions of the Collateral Documents, to
assure and confirm to the Trustee the security interest in the Collateral
contemplated hereby and by the Collateral Documents, as from time to time
constituted, so as to render the same available for the security and benefit of
this Indenture and of the Notes secured hereby, according to the intent and
purposes herein expressed. The Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall
take any and all actions necessary, or reasonably requested by the Trustee, to
cause the Collateral Documents to create and maintain, as security of the
Obligations of the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture
and the Notes, valid and enforceable, perfected (except as expressly provided
therein), Liens in and on all the Collateral (and in all assets and properties
of the Company and any Subsidiary Guarantor, whether real, personal or mixed,
tangible or intangible, which under this Indenture or any Collateral Documents
is required to be included in the Collateral), in favor of the Trustee,
superior to and prior to the rights of all third Persons except as permitted by
Section 4.10 and the Collateral Documents (including pari passu Indebtedness
permitted under the Intercreditor Agreement).

     Unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the
Trustee shall (in the absence of bad faith) not be required to take any action,
or to require the Company to take any action, to maintain the priority or
perfection of any Liens in the Collateral, other than as set forth in the
following two sentences. In the event that the Trustee receives an Opinion of
Counsel or an Officer’s Certificate or a written notice from the Company or any
holder of Outstanding Notes delivered pursuant to this Indenture requesting the
Trustee to take any action, or stating that any action is required to be taken,
in order to maintain the priority or perfection of any of the Liens of the
Trustee in the Collateral, the Trustee shall take such actions, or cause such
actions to be taken, as are set forth in such Opinion of Counsel, Officer’s
Certificate or written notice. The Trustee shall be deemed not to know of any
change in the law requiring the taking of such action unless such change is set
forth in a subsequent Opinion of Counsel or Officer’s Certificate delivered
pursuant to this Indenture or the Collateral Documents or a written notice from
the Company or holder of Outstanding Notes.

     SECTION 11.03      RECORDING AND OPINIONS.

     (a)      On the Issue Date and in connection with any Liens securing the
Indenture required after a Collateral Event, the Company and each Subsidiary
Guarantor shall have executed, delivered, filed and recorded or shall execute,
deliver, file and record, all instruments and documents, and shall have done or
shall do all such acts and other things, at the expense of the Company and each
Subsidiary Guarantor, as are necessary to subject the Collateral (other than
the Conditional Collateral and the Non-Principal Property Collateral, which
shall remain subject to Section 4.09 of this Indenture) to the Liens of the
Collateral Documents. Each of the Company and every Subsidiary Guarantor shall
execute, deliver, file and record all instruments and do all acts and other
things as may be reasonably necessary or advisable to perfect, maintain and
protect the Liens of the Collateral Documents.

     (b)      The Company shall furnish to the Trustee upon the execution and
delivery of this Indenture and as soon as practicable after a Collateral Event
following a Collateral Release, an Opinion of Counsel either (i) stating that
in the opinion of such counsel all action has been taken with respect to the
recording, registering and filing of this Indenture, financing statements or
other instruments necessary to make effective the Lien intended to be created
by the Collateral Documents, and reciting the details of such action, or (ii)
stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such action is necessary to
make such Lien effective.

     (c)      The Company shall furnish to the Trustee at the time of execution and
delivery of any Collateral Document, or any amendments or supplements thereto,
after the Issue Date by any Subsidiary Guarantor under Section 4.08, an Opinion
of Counsel to the effect set forth in subsection (c) of this Section 11.03, but
relating only to such additional Collateral Documents or new parties thereto.

     (d)      Prior to the Collateral Release Date (or after a Collateral Event has
occurred), the Company shall furnish to the Trustee on or prior to each
anniversary of the date hereof and upon the delivery of any Collateral

60

 

Document, an Opinion of Counsel, dated as of such date, stating that either (i)
(A) all action has been taken with respect to the recording, registering,
filing, rerecording and refiling of the Indenture, all supplemental indentures,
the Collateral Documents, financing statements, continuation statements or
other Collateral and all other instruments as are necessary or appropriate
fully to maintain, protect and preserve the Liens and the rights of the
holders, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee hereunder and under the
Collateral Documents, and reciting the details of such action or referring to
prior opinions of Counsel in which such details are given and (B) based on
relevant laws as in effect on the date of such Opinion of Counsel, all financing statements
and continuation statements have been executed and filed that are necessary as
of such date and during the succeeding 12 months fully to preserve and protect,
to the extent such protection and preservation are possible by filing, the
rights of the holders, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee hereunder and under
the Collateral Documents with respect to their Liens in the Collateral, or (ii)
no such action is necessary to maintain, preserve and protect the Liens and the
rights of the holders, the Collateral Agent and the Trustee hereunder and under
the Collateral Documents during such period. Such Opinion of Counsel shall be
required in addition to, and not in lieu of, any Officers’ Certificate required
under this Indenture or the Collateral Documents.

     SECTION 11.04      RELEASE AND SUBORDINATION OF COLLATERAL.

     (a)      Subject to subsections (b) and (c) of this Section 11.04, Collateral
may be released from the Lien and security interest created by the Collateral
Documents at any time or from time to time at the sole cost and expense of the
Company only (i) upon payment in full of the Notes in accordance with the terms
thereof and of this Indenture and all other obligations of the Company and each
Subsidiary Guarantor then due and owing under this Indenture, the Notes and the
Collateral Documents, (ii) upon the sale or other disposition of such
Collateral, except as expressly otherwise provided in this Indenture or the
Collateral Documents, provided that the Lien of the Collateral Documents shall
attach to any and all proceeds of such sale or other disposition, or (iii) upon
the Collateral Release Date, provided that the Trustee shall not be obligated
to effectuate a Collateral Release at any time when a Collateral Event exists,
a Default or Event of Default has then occurred and remains continuing or if
the Administrative Agent (or the trustees in respect of the Existing Senior
Notes and any additional senior notes and guarantees subject to the
Intercreditor Agreement) is not concurrently releasing the Liens securing the
Credit Facilities (or the Existing Senior Notes or any additional senior notes
and guarantees subject to the Intercreditor Agreement). Except as provided in
subdivision (b) of this Section 11.04, the Trustee shall not release any Lien
on any Collateral pursuant to clauses (i), (ii) or (iii) above unless and until
it shall have received from the Company an Officers’ Certificate certifying
that all conditions precedent hereunder have been met and that such release is
not in violation of any applicable Gaming Laws and such other documents
required by Section 11.05 hereof.

     Upon compliance with the foregoing provisions, the Trustee shall execute,
deliver or acknowledge any necessary or proper instruments of termination,
satisfaction or release to evidence the release of any Collateral permitted to
be released pursuant to this Indenture or the Collateral Documents.

     (b)      The Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors may, in the ordinary course
of business, without any release or consent by the Trustee or any holder of the
Notes and, from and after the Exemption Date, without any documents required by
Trust Indenture Act § 314(d) to the extent provided in the Exemption, (i) sell,
lease, transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of inventory, (ii) sell, lease,
transfer, assign or otherwise dispose of any assets that are damaged, worn out,
obsolete or no longer necessary for the proper conduct of the business of the
Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, provided that (A) such assets are
replaced by new Collateral being subject to the Lien of the Indenture and the
Collateral Documents and having at least equal value and utility as the
disposed assets (whether or not being the same character) or (B) such assets
(if not replaced) are not, in the aggregate, material to the conduct of the
business of the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, (iii) collect and dispose
of accounts receivable and checks and (iv) utilize cash on deposit in the
accounts of the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors. In each such case,
subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral
Documents governed by the Intercreditor Agreement, the Lien of this Indenture
and the Collateral Documents shall be deemed automatically released without any
action on the part of the Trustee, provided that the Lien of the Indenture and
the Collateral Documents shall attach to any and all proceeds of such
disposition. In connection with any such release, subject to the terms of the
Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral Documents governed by the
Intercreditor Agreement, upon delivery by the Company to the Trustee of an
Officers’ Certificate requesting release of assets under this Section 11.04(b)
(A) specifically describing the proposed released assets and (B) certifying
that such asset disposition complies with the terms and conditions of this
Section 11.04(b), the Trustee shall execute a release, without recourse, of the

61

 

aforementioned items of Collateral in the form provided by the Company or the
applicable Subsidiary Guarantor. To the extent that may be provided in the
Exemption, the fair value of Collateral released from the Liens of the
Indenture and the Collateral Documents under this Section 11.04(b) shall not be
considered in determining whether the aggregate fair value of Collateral
released from the Liens of the Indenture and the Collateral Documents in any
calendar year exceeds the 10% threshold specified in Section 314(d)(1) of the
Trust Indenture Act; provided that the Company’s right to rely on this sentence
at any time is conditioned upon
the Company having furnished to the Trustee all certificates described in
subdivision (c) of Section 11.05 hereof that were required to be furnished to
the Trustee at or prior to such time.

     (c)      Subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the Collateral
Documents governed by the Intercreditor Agreement, no release of Collateral
pursuant hereto shall be effective as against the holders of Notes and no
Collateral shall be released pursuant to Section 11.04(a), without the prior
written consent of the Trustee, at any time when an Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing and either (i) the maturity of the Notes shall have
been accelerated (whether by declaration or otherwise), or (ii) such Event of
Default is an Event of Default pursuant to clause (f) or (g) of Section 6.01.
In addition, subject to the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the
Collateral Documents governed by the Intercreditor Agreement, at any time when
an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and such Event of
Default is an Event of Default pursuant to clause (a) or (b), or clause (d) of
Section 6.01 in respect of obligations under the Credit Facilities and the
Existing Senior Notes, the Trustee may, and shall upon the request of the
holders of Outstanding Notes of at least 25% in principal amount of the Notes
then outstanding, by notice to the Company, prohibit any release or disposition
of Collateral otherwise permitted by subsections (a) or (b) of this Section
11.04.

     SECTION 11.05      CERTIFICATES OF THE COMPANY.

     (a)      The Company shall furnish to the Trustee prior to each proposed
release of Collateral pursuant to the Collateral Documents, all documents
required by TIA § 314(d), except as provided in subdivision (b) of Section
11.04 and except to the extent such requirement may be satisfied by delivery to
the Collateral Agent of Collateral Documents subject to the Intercreditor
Agreement. The Trustee may, to the extent permitted by Sections 7.01 and 7.03
hereof, accept as conclusive evidence of compliance with the foregoing
provisions the appropriate statements contained in such instruments. Any
certificate or opinion required by Trust Indenture Act § 314(d) may be made by
an Officer of the Company except in cases where Trust Indenture Act § 314(d)
requires that such certificate or opinion be made by an independent engineer,
appraiser or other expert within the meaning of Trust Indenture Act § 314(d).
The release of any Collateral from the Lien of any Collateral Document or the
subordination of any Lien of any Collateral Document shall not be deemed to
impair such Lien or the Collateral under the Collateral Documents in
contravention of the provisions of this Indenture or such Collateral Document
if and to the extent the Collateral or Lien is released or subordinated
pursuant to, and in accordance with, this Indenture and such Collateral
Document.

     (b)      The Company may from time to time file with the Commission a request
for an exemption (an “Exemption”) from the requirements of Section 314(d) of
the TIA for purposes of the releases of Collateral described in subdivision (b)
of Section 11.04, shall provide the Trustee with an Officer’s Certificate
setting forth the effective date (the “Exemption Date”) of the Exemption, if
granted, and shall provide the Trustee with a copy of any Exemption granted by
the Commission and promptly inform the Trustee of any amendment to, or any
rescission or termination of, the Exemption.

     (c)      In the case of transactions permitted by subdivision (b) of Section
11.04 hereof, the Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 15 days after
the end of each of the six-month periods ended on January 31 and July 31 in
each year, an Officers’ Certificate to the effect that all transactions
effected pursuant to subdivision (b) of Section 11.04 hereof during the
preceding six-month period were made by the Company and the Subsidiary
Guarantors in the ordinary course of business and that all proceeds therefrom
were used by the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors in connection with their
respective businesses or to make payments on the Notes or as otherwise
permitted under this Indenture and the Collateral Documents.

62

 

		
	      SECTION 11.06 	AUTHORIZATION OF ACTIONS TO BE TAKEN BY THE TRUSTEE UNDER THE COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS.

     Subject to compliance with any applicable Gaming Laws and to the
provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee may, in its sole
discretion and without the consent of the holders of Outstanding Notes, on
behalf of the holders of Outstanding Notes, take all actions it deems
necessary or appropriate in order to (a) enforce any of the terms of the
Collateral Documents and (b) collect and receive any and all amounts payable in
respect of the Obligations of the Company hereunder. Subject to the provisions
of the Intercreditor Agreement, the Trustee shall have the power to institute
and to maintain such suits and proceedings as it may reasonably deem expedient
to prevent any impairment of the Collateral by any acts that may be unlawful or
in violation of the Collateral Documents or this Indenture, and such suits and
proceedings as the Trustee may reasonably deem expedient to preserve or protect
its interest and the interests of the holders of Outstanding Notes in the
Collateral (including power to institute and maintain suits or proceedings to
restrain the enforcement of or compliance with any legislative or other
governmental enactment, rule or order that may be unconstitutional or otherwise
invalid if the enforcement of, or compliance with, such enactment, rule, or
order would impair the security interest hereunder or be prejudicial to the
interests of the holders of Outstanding Notes or the Trustee).

		
	     SECTION 11.07 	AUTHORIZATION OF RECEIPT OF FUNDS BY THE TRUSTEE UNDER THE COLLATERAL DOCUMENTS.

     The Trustee is authorized to receive any funds for the benefit of the
holders of Outstanding Notes distributed under the Collateral Documents, and to
make further distributions or such funds to the holders of Outstanding Notes
according to the provisions of this Indenture and the Collateral Documents.

ARTICLE XII

MISCELLANEOUS

     SECTION 12.01      TRUST INDENTURE ACT CONTROLS.

     If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with
another provision which is required to be included in this Indenture by the
TIA, the required provision shall control.

     SECTION 12.02      NOTICES.

     Any notice or communication shall be in writing and shall hand delivered
or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt
requested) or sent by telex or telecopier, to the following addresses:

	 	 	 
	if to the Company:
	 
	 	 
	

	 	MGM MIRAGE
	 
	

	 	MGM Mirage 3600 Las Vegas Boulevard South,
	

	 	Las Vegas, Nevada 89109
	 
	 	 
	

	 	telecopier no.: (702)693-7628
	 
	 	 
	

	 	Attention of: Treasurer.

	 	 	 
	if to the Trustee:
	

	 	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
	

	 	60 Livingston Avenue,
	

	 	St. Paul, MN 55107-2292
	 
	 	 
	

	 	telecopier no.: (651) 495-8097

63

 

Attention of: Corporate Trust Administration

     The Company or the Trustee by notice to the other may designate additional
or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications. Any notice or
communication to the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantors or the Trustee, shall
be deemed to have been given or made as of the date delivered if personally
delivered; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt is acknowledged, if
telecopied; and five (5) calendar days after mailing if sent by registered or
certified mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address
shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the
addressee).

     Any notice or communication mailed to a Noteholder shall be made in
compliance with Section 313(c) of the TIA and mailed to the Noteholder at the
Noteholder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar
and shall be sufficiently given if so mailed within the time prescribed.

     Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Noteholder or any defect in
it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Noteholders. If a
notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly
given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

     SECTION 12.03      COMMUNICATION BY HOLDERS WITH OTHER HOLDERS.

     Noteholders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other
Noteholders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes.
The Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone
else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

     SECTION 12.04      CERTIFICATE AND OPINION AS TO CONDITIONS PRECEDENT.

     Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take or
refrain from taking any action under this Indenture, at the request of the
Trustee the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

     (1)      an Officers’ Certificate in form and substance satisfactory to the
Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05) stating
that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided
for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with,
provided, however, that with respect to matters of law, an Officers’
Certificate may be based upon an Opinion of Counsel, unless the signers know,
or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that such Opinion of Counsel
is erroneous; and

     (2)      an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance satisfactory to the
Trustee (which shall include the statements set forth in Section 12.05) stating
that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been
complied with, provided, further, that with respect to matters of fact an
Opinion of Counsel may rely on an Officers’ Certificate or certificates of
public officials, unless the signer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable
care should know, that any such document is erroneous.

     To the extent applicable, the Company shall comply with Section 314(c)(3) of the TIA.

     SECTION 12.05       STATEMENTS REQUIRED IN CERTIFICATE OR OPINION.

     Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a covenant or
condition provided for in this Indenture shall include:

     (1)      a statement that the individual making such certificate or opinion has
read such covenant or condition;

     (2)      a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or
investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such
certificate or opinion are based;

64

 

     (3)      a statement that, in the opinion of such individual, he has made such
examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an
informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been
complied with or satisfied; and

     (4)      a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such individual,
such covenant or condition has been complied with.

     SECTION 12.06      RULES BY TRUSTEE, PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR.

     The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or a meeting of
Noteholders. The Registrar and the Paying Agent may make reasonable rules for
their functions.

     SECTION 12.07      LEGAL HOLIDAYS.

     Unless otherwise specified pursuant to this Indenture or in any Note, in
any case where any Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity of
any Note shall not be a Business Day at any Place of Payment for the Notes,
then (notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture or of the Notes)
payment of principal (and premium, if any) or interest need not be made at such
Place of Payment on such date, but may be made on the next succeeding Business
Day at such Place of Payment with the same force and effect as if made on the
Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or at the Stated Maturity, and no
interest shall accrue on the amount so payable for the period from and after
such Interest Payment Date, Redemption Date or Stated Maturity, as the case may
be, to such Business Day if such payment is made or duly provided for on such
Business Day.

     SECTION 12.08      GOVERNING LAW.

     THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND SECURITY GUARANTEES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY,
AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEVADA BUT WITHOUT
GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT
THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.
EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO AGREES TO SUBMIT TO THE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS
OF THE STATE OF NEVADA IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING
TO THIS INDENTURE OR THE NOTES.

     SECTION 12.09      NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS.

     No direct or indirect incorporator, employee, stockholder, director or
officer, as such, past, present or future of the Company or any successor
corporation or any of the Company’s Affiliates, shall have any personal
liability in respect of the obligations of the Company under the Notes or this
Indenture, either directly or through the Company, by reason of his, her or its
status as such incorporator, stockholder, employee, director or officer. Each
holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. Such waiver
and release are part of the consideration for the issuance of the Notes.

     SECTION 12.10      SUCCESSORS.

     All agreements of the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor in this
Indenture and the Notes (including the Note Guarantee endorsements thereon)
shall bind their successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture
shall bind its successors.

     SECTION 12.11      MULTIPLE ORIGINALS.

     The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed
copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same
agreement. One signed copy is enough to prove this Indenture.

65

 

     SECTION 12.12      TABLE OF CONTENTS; HEADINGS.

     The table of contents, cross-reference sheet and headings of the Articles
and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference
only, are not intended to be considered a part hereof and shall not modify or
restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

     SECTION 12.13      SEVERABILITY.

     In case any one or more of the provisions in this Indenture, in the Notes
or in the Guarantees shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in any
respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such
provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions shall not in
any way be affected or impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the
provisions hereof shall be enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.

     SECTION 12.14      NO ADVERSE INTERPRETATION OF OTHER AGREEMENTS.

     This Indenture may not be used to interpret another indenture, loan or
debt agreement of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Any such indenture,
loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

     SECTION 12.15      NO PARENT LIABILITY.

     In the event (a) there is any Default, Event of Default or other default
or alleged default by the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Affiliate of
any thereof under this Indenture, the Notes, any Guarantee or any other
document, instrument or agreement arising out of or relating to any of the
foregoing (collectively, the “Transaction Documents”) or (b) the Trustee, any
holder of any Note or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing has or may have any
claim arising from or relating to the terms of any Transaction Document,
neither the Trustee, such holder or such Affiliate shall commence any lawsuit
or otherwise seek to impose any liability whatsoever in respect thereof against
Tracinda Corporation or its shareholder (hereinafter collectively referred to
as “Tracinda”). Tracinda shall not have any liability whatsoever with respect
to any Transaction Document or any matters relating to or arising from any
Transaction Document. None of the Trustee, any holder of any Note or any
Affiliate of any of the foregoing shall assert or permit any Person claiming
through any of them to assert a claim or impose any liability against Tracinda
as to any matter or thing arising out of or relating to any Transaction
Document or any alleged breach or default of any Transaction Document by the
Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or any Affiliate thereof. Tracinda is not a
party to any Transaction Document and is not liable for any alleged breach or
default of any Transaction Document by the Company, any Subsidiary Guarantor or
any Affiliate of any thereof. The terms of this Section 12.15 shall control,
notwithstanding anything to the contrary appearing in any Transaction Document.

66

 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be
duly executed and delivered all as of the day and year first above written.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	MGM MIRAGE
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	By:
	 	/S/ BRYAN L. WRIGHT

	

	 	Name:
	 	BRYAN L. WRIGHT

	

	 	Title:
	 	VP-Asst. Gen Counsel & Asst. Secretary

	 
	 	 	 	 
	 	 	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	By:
	 	/S/ BENJAMIN J. KRUEGER

	

	 	Name:
	 	BENJAMIN J. KRUEGER

	

	 	Title:
	 	Trust Officer

SIGNATURE PAGE TO MGM MIRAGE INDENTURE

FEBRUARY 2004

67

 

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS:

AC HOLDING CORP. II, a Nevada corporation

AC HOLDING CORP., a Nevada corporation

BEAU RIVAGE DISTRIBUTION CORP., a Mississippi corporation

BEAU RIVAGE RESORTS, INC., a Mississippi corporation

BELLAGIO II, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company

BELLAGIO, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company

BOARDWALK CASINO, INC., a Nevada corporation

BUNGALOW, INC., a Mississippi corporation

COUNTRY STAR LAS VEGAS, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company

DESTRON, INC., a Nevada corporation

EGARIM, INC., an Alabama corporation

GRAND LAUNDRY, INC., a Nevada corporation

LV CONCRETE CORP., a Nevada corporation

M.I.R. TRAVEL, a Nevada corporation

MAC, CORP., a New Jersey corporation

METROPOLITAN MARKETING, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company

MGM GRAND ATLANTIC CITY, INC., a New Jersey corporation

MGM GRAND CONDOMINIUMS, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company

MGM GRAND DETROIT, INC., a Delaware corporation

MGM GRAND HOTEL, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company

MGM GRAND NEW YORK, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company

MGM GRAND RESORTS, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company

MGM MIRAGE ADVERTISING, INC., a Nevada corporation

MGM MIRAGE AVIATION CORP., a Nevada corporation

MGM MIRAGE CORPORATE SERVICES, a Nevada corporation

MGM MIRAGE DESIGN GROUP, a Nevada corporation

MGM MIRAGE DEVELOPMENT, INC., a Nevada corporation

MGM MIRAGE ENTERTAINMENT AND SPORTS, a Nevada corporation

MGM MIRAGE INTERNATIONAL, a Nevada corporation

MGM MIRAGE MANUFACTURING CORP., a Nevada corporation

MGM MIRAGE OPERATIONS, INC., a Nevada corporation

MGM MIRAGE RETAIL, a Nevada corporation

MH, INC., a Nevada corporation

MIRAGE LAUNDRY SERVICES CORP., a Nevada corporation

MIRAGE LEASING CORP., a Nevada corporation

MIRAGE RESORTS, INCORPORATED, a Nevada corporation

MMNY LAND COMPANY, INC., a New York corporation

MRGS CORP., a Nevada corporation

NEW PRMA LAS VEGAS, INC., a Nevada corporation

NEW YORK — NEW YORK HOTEL & CASINO, LLC, a Nevada limited
liability company

PRMA LAND DEVELOPMENT COMPANY, a Nevada corporation

PRMA, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company

RESTAURANT VENTURES OF NEVADA, INC., a Nevada corporation

68

 

THE APRIL COOK COMPANIES, a
Nevada corporation

THE MIRAGE CASINO-HOTEL, a Nevada corporation

THE PRIMADONNA COMPANY, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company

TREASURE ISLAND CORP., a Nevada corporation

VIDIAD, a Nevada corporation

	 	 	 
	By:

	 	/S/ BRYAN L. WRIGHT
	

	 	
 
	Name:

	 	BRYAN L. WRIGHT
	Title:

	 	Assistant Secretary
	

	 	 

SIGNATURE PAGE TO MGM MIRAGE INDENTURE

FEBRUARY 2004

69

 

EXHIBIT A

FORM OF GLOBAL NOTE

CUSIP No. ______________

     THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER
REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF.
THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR A NOTE REGISTERED, AND
NO TRANSFER OF THE NOTE IN WHOLE OR IN PART MAY BE REGISTERED, IN THE NAME OF
ANY PERSON OTHER THAN SUCH DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE THEREOF, EXCEPT IN THE
LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

     THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF
1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED
OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, U.S.
PERSONS EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW. BY ITS ACQUISITION HEREOF, THE HOLDER (1)
REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE
144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT), (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING
THIS SECURITY IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OR (C) IT IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR (AS DEFINED IN RULE
501(a)(1), (2), (3), OR (7) UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) (AN “ACCREDITED
INVESTOR”), (2) AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT, WITHIN TWO YEARS AFTER THE ORIGINAL
ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY, RESELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT
(A) TO THE COMPANY OR ANY SUBSIDIARY THEREOF, (B) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A
QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES
ACT, (C) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR THAT, PRIOR TO SUCH
TRANSFER, FURNISHES (OR HAS FURNISHED ON ITS BEHALF BY A U.S. BROKER-DEALER) TO
THE TRUSTEE A SIGNED LETTER CONTAINING CERTAIN REPRESENTATIONS AND AGREEMENTS
RELATING TO THE RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY (THE FORM OF WHICH
LETTER CAN BE OBTAINED FROM THE TRUSTEE FOR THIS SECURITY), (D) OUTSIDE THE
UNITED STATES IN AN OFFSHORE TRANSACTION IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT, (E) PURSUANT TO THE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION PROVIDED BY
RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (IF AVAILABLE), (F) IN ACCORDANCE WITH
ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND
BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL IF THE COMPANY SO REQUESTS) OR (G) PURSUANT TO
AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT AND (3) AGREES
THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE
SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF
THIS SECURITY WITHIN TWO YEARS AFTER THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY, IF
THE PROPOSED TRANSFEREE IS AN ACCREDITED INVESTOR, THE HOLDER MUST, PRIOR TO
SUCH TRANSFER, FURNISH TO THE TRUSTEE AND THE COMPANY SUCH CERTIFICATIONS,
LEGAL OPINIONS OR OTHER INFORMATION AS EITHER OF THEM MAY REASONABLY REQUIRE TO
CONFIRM THAT SUCH TRANSFER IS BEING MADE PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A
TRANSACTION NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES
ACT. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION,” “UNITED STATES” AND
“U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT.

MGM MIRAGE

5.875% Senior Note Due February 27, 2014

	 	 	 	 	 
	No.
_____

	 	 	 	$ [________]

     MGM MIRAGE, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay to
Cede & Co. or registered assigns, or its registered assigns, the principal sum
of [_______] in U.S. Dollars on February 27, 2014.

A-1

 

 

	 	 	 
	Interest Payment Dates:

	 	February 27 and August 27
	 
	 	 
	Record Dates:

	 	February 12 and August 12
	 
	 	 
	Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this
Note.

A-2

 

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this instrument to be duly
executed.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	MGM MIRAGE
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	By
	

	

	 	Name:	 	 
	

	 	Title:	 	 

Attest:

Bryan L. Wright
Vice President, Assistant General Counsel

and Assistant Secretary

[Authentication Page to Follow]

A-3

 

CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

     This is one of the Notes designated therein referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

Dated:

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

As Trustee
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	By
	 
	

	 	 
	

	

	 	 	 	Authorized Signatory

A-4

 

[FORM OF REVERSE SIDE OF NOTE]

5.875 % Senior Note Due February 27, 2014

     1.      INTEREST

     MGM MIRAGE, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), promises to pay
interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate per annum shown above
and shall pay Additional Interest, if any, payable pursuant to the relevant
Registration Rights Agreement.

     The Company shall pay interest (including Additional Interest, if any)
semi-annually in arrears on February 27 and August 27 of each year commencing
on August 27, 2004. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent
date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from
February 27, 2004 with respect to this Note. Interest shall be computed on the
basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

     2.       METHOD OF PAYMENT

     The Company shall pay interest (except defaulted interest but including
Additional Interest, if any) on the Notes to the Persons who are registered
holders of Notes at the close of business on the February 12 or August 12
immediately preceding the interest payment date even if Notes are canceled
after the record date and on or before the interest payment date. Holders must
surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments. The Company
shall pay principal and interest in money of the United States that at the time
of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts. However,
all payments in respect of this Note (including principal, premium, if any,
interest and Additional Interest, if any) must be made by wire transfer of
immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Holder hereof.

     3.       PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR

     Initially,
U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (the “Trustee”) shall act as
Paying Agent and Registrar. The Company may appoint and change any Paying
Agent, Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Company or any
domestically organized Subsidiary may act as Paying Agent, Registrar.

     4.       INDENTURE

     The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of March 23, 2004
(the “Indenture”), among the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors and the
Trustee. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture and
those made part of the Indenture by reference to the TIA. Terms defined in the
Indenture and not defined herein have the meanings ascribed thereto in the
Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Noteholders are
referred to the Indenture and the TIA for a statement of those terms.

     The Notes are secured (as provided in the Collateral Documents) senior
obligations of the Company. Subject to the conditions set forth in the
Indenture, the Company may issue Additional Notes in an unlimited principal
amount. This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Indenture. The Notes
include the Initial Notes and the Additional Notes. The Initial Notes and the
Additional Notes are treated as a single class of Notes under the Indenture.
The Subsidiary Guarantors have, jointly and severally, unconditionally
guaranteed the Guaranteed Obligations on a senior basis pursuant to the terms
of the Indenture.

     5.      OPTIONAL REDEMPTION; MANDATORY DISPOSITION PURSUANT TO GAMING LAWS

     The Notes are redeemable at the option of the Company, in whole or in part
at any time at a redemption price (the “Redemption Price”) equal to the greater
of:

	 	•	 	100% of the principal amount thereof; or

A-5

 

	 	•	 	as determined by an Independent Investment Banker, the
sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of
principal and interest on the Notes to be redeemed (not including
any portion of such payments of interest accrued to the
Redemption Date) discounted to the Redemption Date on a
semiannual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve
30-day months) at the Adjusted Treasury Rate, plus 50 basis
points,

     plus, in either of the above cases, accrued and unpaid interest to the
Redemption Date on the Notes to be redeemed.

     “Adjusted Treasury Rate” means, with respect to any Redemption Date:

	 	•	 	the yield, under the heading which represents the
average for the immediately preceding week, appearing in the most
recently published statistical release designated “H.15(519)” or
any successor publication which is published weekly by the Board
of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and which establishes
yields on actively traded United States Treasury securities
adjusted to constant maturity under the caption “Treasury
Constant Maturities,” for the maturity corresponding to the
Comparable Treasury Issue (if no maturity is within three months
before or after the Remaining Life (as defined below), yields for
the two published maturities most closely corresponding to the
Comparable Treasury Issue shall be determined and the Adjusted
Treasury Rate shall be interpolated or extrapolated from such
yields on a straight line basis, rounding to the nearest month);
or

	 	•	 	if such release (or any successor release) is not
published during the week preceding the calculation date or does
not contain such yields, the rate per annum equal to the
semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity of the Comparable
Treasury Issue, calculated using a price for the Comparable
Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal
amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for such
Redemption Date. The Adjusted Treasury Rate shall be calculated
on the third Business Day preceding the Redemption Date.

     “Comparable Treasury Issue” means the United States Treasury security
selected by an Independent Investment Banker as having a maturity comparable to
the remaining term of the Notes to be redeemed that would be utilized, at the
time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in
pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to the
remaining term of such securities (“Remaining Life”).

     “Comparable Treasury Price” means (1) the average of four Reference
Treasury Dealer Quotations for such Redemption Date, after excluding the
highest and lowest Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, or (2) if the
Independent Investment Banker obtains fewer than four such Reference Treasury
Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations.

     “Independent Investment Banker” means one of the Reference Treasury
Dealers appointed by the Company.

     “Reference Treasury Dealer” means any primary U.S. Government securities
dealer in New York City selected by the Company.

     “Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations” means, with respect to each
Reference Treasury Dealer and any Redemption Date, the average, as determined
by the Independent Investment Banker, of the bid and asked prices for the
Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its
principal amount) quoted in writing to the Independent Investment Banker at
5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day preceding such
Redemption Date.

     The rights of each holder or beneficial owner of Notes are subject to the
Gaming Laws and requirements of the Gaming Authorities. Notwithstanding any
other provision of the Indenture, if any Gaming Authority requires that a
holder or beneficial owner of Notes of a holder must be licensed, qualified or
found suitable under any Gaming Law, such holder or such beneficial owner shall
apply for a license, qualification or a finding of suitability,

A-6

 

as the case may be, within the required time period. If such person fails
to apply or become licensed or qualified or is not found suitable (in each
case, a “failure of compliance”), the Company shall have the right, at its
option, (i) to require such holder or owner to dispose of such holder’s or
owner’s Notes within 30 days of receipt of notice of the Company’s election or
such earlier date as may be requested or prescribed by such Gaming Authority,
or (ii) to redeem such Notes, which Redemption Date may be less than 30 days
following the notice of redemption if so requested or prescribed by the Gaming
Authority, at a redemption price equal to (a) the lesser of (1) the holder’s
cost, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the earlier of the
Redemption Date or the date of the finding of unsuitability or failure to
comply and (2) 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid
interest, if any, to the earlier of the Redemption Date and the date of the
finding of unsuitability or failure to comply or (b) such other amount as may
be required by applicable Gaming Laws or by order of any Gaming Authority. The
Company shall notify the Trustee in writing of any such failure of compliance
or redemption as soon as practicable. The Company shall not be responsible for
any costs or expenses any such holder or owner may incur in connection with its
application for a license, qualification or finding of suitability.
Immediately upon the imposition of a requirement to dispose of the Notes by a
Gaming Authority, such holder or beneficial owner shall, to the extent required
by applicable Gaming Laws, have no further right (i) to exercise, directly or
indirectly, through any trustee, nominee or any other person or entity, any
right conferred by the Notes, or (ii) to receive any remuneration in any form
with respect to the Notes from the Company or the Trustee, except the
redemption price.

     6.       NOTICES OF REDEMPTION

     Notices of redemption shall be mailed by first-class mail at least 30
(unless a shorter notice is acceptable to the Trustee) days but not more than
60 days before the redemption date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed at
its registered address all in accordance with the Indenture. If less than all
of the Notes are to be redeemed at any time (other than pursuant to paragraph 5
above) the particular Notes to be redeemed shall be selected not more than 60
days prior to the Redemption Date by the Trustee, from the Outstanding Notes
not previously called for redemption, by such method as the Trustee shall deem
fair and appropriate. On and after the redemption date, interest ceases to
accrue on Notes or portions of them called for redemption.

     7.       DENOMINATIONS; TRANSFER; EXCHANGE

     The Notes are in registered form without coupons in denominations of
$1,000 and whole multiples of $1,000. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes
in accordance with the Indenture. Upon any transfer or exchange, the Registrar
and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish
appropriate transfer documents and to pay any taxes required by law or
permitted by the Indenture. The Registrar shall not be required (A) to issue,
to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning
at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for
redemption and ending at the close of business on the day of selection, (B) to
register the transfer of or to exchange any Note so selected for redemption in
whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in
part or (C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a record
date and the next succeeding interest payment date.

8.       PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS

     The registered Holder of this Note may be treated as the owner of it for
all purposes.

9.       UNCLAIMED MONEY

     If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for
two years, the Paying Agent shall pay the money back to the Company at its
request, or if then held by the Company or a domestic Subsidiary, shall be
discharged from such trust (unless an abandoned property law designates another
Person for payment thereof). After any such payment, Holders entitled to the
money must look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of
the Paying Agent with respect to such money, and all liability of the Company
or such permitted Subsidiary as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease.

A-7

 

     10.       DISCHARGE AND DEFEASANCE

     Subject to certain conditions set forth in the Indenture, the Company at
any time may terminate some or all of its obligations under the Indenture with
respect to the Notes if, among other things, the Company deposits with the
Trustee funds for the payment of principal and interest on the Notes to
redemption or maturity, as the case may be.

     11.       AMENDMENT, WAIVER

     The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the
amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the
Company and the rights of the holders of the Notes under the Indenture at any
time by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the holders of a
majority in principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding. The
Indenture also contains provisions, with certain exceptions as therein
provided, permitting the holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes
at the time outstanding, on behalf of the holders of all such Notes, to waive
compliance by the Company with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain
past defaults under the Indenture and their consequences. The Indenture also
permits certain other amendments, modifications or waivers thereof only with
the consent of all affected holders of the Notes, while certain other
amendments or modifications may be made without the consent of any holders of
Notes. Any such consent or waiver by the holder of this Note shall be
conclusive and binding upon such holder and upon all future holders of this
Note and of any Note issued upon the transfer hereof or in exchange herefor or
in lieu hereof, whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon
this Note. The right of any holder of a Note (or such holder’s duly designated
proxy) to participate in any consent required or sought pursuant to any
provision of the Indenture (and the obligation of the Company to obtain any
such consent otherwise required from such holder) may be subject to the
requirement that such holder shall have been the holder of record of Notes as
of a date set by the Company and identified by the Trustee in a notice
furnished to holders of the Notes in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture.

     12.       DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

     Events of Default are set forth in the Indenture. If an Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least
25% in principal amount of outstanding Notes may declare the principal of,
premium, if any, and accrued interest (including Additional Interest, if any)
on all the Notes to be due and payable by notice in writing to the Company and
(if given by the Holders) the Trustee specifying the respective Events of
Default, and the same shall become immediately due and payable.

     Noteholders may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided
in the Indenture. The Trustee may refuse to enforce the Indenture or the Notes
unless it receives indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it.
Subject to certain limitations, Holders of a majority in principal amount of
the Notes may direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power. The
Trustee may withhold from Noteholders notice of any continuing Default (except
a Default in payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest) if and so long
as a committee of its Trust Officers in good faith determines that withholding
notice is in the interest of the Holders.

     13.       TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH THE COMPANY

     Subject to certain limitations imposed by the TIA, the Trustee under the
Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or
pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with and collect obligations owed to it
by the Company or its Affiliates and may otherwise deal with the Company or its
Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

     
14.       NO PERSONAL
LIABILITY OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES AND STOCKHOLDERS

     No past, present or future director, officer, employee, stockholder or
incorporator, as such, of the Company or any successor corporation shall have
any liability for any obligations of the Company under the Notes or the
Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of or by reason of such
obligations or their creation. Each holder by

A-8

 

accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and
release are part of the consideration for the issue of the Notes.

     15.       GOVERNING LAW

     THE NOTES SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS
OF THE STATE OF NEVADA BUT WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF
CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER
JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

     16.       AUTHENTICATION

     This Note and the Subsidiary Guarantee endorsed hereon shall not be valid
until an authorized signatory of the Trustee (or an authenticating agent)
manually signs the certificate of authentication on the other side of this
Note.

     17.       ABBREVIATIONS

     Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Noteholder or an
assignee, such as TEN COM (=tenants in common), TEN ENT (=tenants by the
entireties), JT TEN (=joint tenants with rights of survivorship and not as
tenants in common), CUST (=custodian), and U/G/M/A (=Uniform Gift to Minors
Act).

     18.       CUSIP NUMBERS

     Pursuant to a recommendation promulgated by the Committee on Uniform
Security Identification Procedures the Company has caused CUSIP numbers to be
printed on the Notes and has directed the Trustee to use CUSIP numbers in
notices of redemption as a convenience to Noteholders. No representation is
made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as
contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the
other identification numbers placed thereon.

     The Company shall furnish to any Noteholder upon written request and
without charge to the Noteholder a copy of the Indenture which has in it the
text of this Note in larger type. Requests may be made to:

MGM MIRAGE

3600 Las Vegas Boulevard South, Las Vegas, Nevada 89109

Attention of Secretary

A-9

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

     To assign this Note, fill in the form below:

     I or we assign and transfer this Note to

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)
 

 

(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. No.)
 

     and
irrevocably appoint
             agent to transfer this Note on the
books of the Company. The agent may substitute another to act for him.

     Date:                     Your Signature:                    

     Signature Guarantee:                                      

	

	 	(Signature must be guaranteed by a
	

	 	participant in a recognized signature
	

	 	guarantee medallion program)

     

     Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.
 

A-10

 

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

     The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Date of Exchange

	 	Amount of decrease
in Principal
Amount of this
Global Note
	 	Amount of increase
in Principal Amount
of this Global Note
	 	Principal amount of
this Global Note
following such
decrease or
increase
	 	Signature of
authorized
signatory of
Trustee or Notes
Custodian

A-11

 

EXHIBIT B

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

MGM MIRAGE

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

[TRUSTEE’S ADDRESS]

Attention: Corporate Trust Trustee Administration

	 	 	 
	 	Re:	MGM MIRAGE (the
“Company”)
	
	 	5.875% Senior Notes due 2014 (the
“Notes”).

     Reference is hereby made to that certain Indenture dated March 23, 2004
(the “Indenture”) between MGM MIRAGE, as Company
(the “Company”), the Initial
Guarantors (as defined therein) and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee
(the “Trustee”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the
meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                (the “Transferor”) owns and proposes to transfer the Notes
or interests in Notes specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of
$                   (the “Transfer”), to                    (the “Transferee”), as further
specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor
hereby certifies that:

     [CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]

     1.      o Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in
the Rule 144A Global Note or a Definitive Note Pursuant to Rule 144A. The
Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under
the United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
“Securities Act”),
and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial
interest in a Global Note or a Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person
that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the
beneficial interest in a Global Note or such Definitive Note for its own
account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person
exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is
a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a
transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in
compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any relevant State
of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or
Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in
the Private Placement Legend printed on the Rule 144A Global Note and/or the
Definitive Note and in the Indenture and with the Securities Act.

     2.      o Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in
the Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S.
The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or
Rule 904 under the Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby
further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a person in the
United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee
was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its
behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the
United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the
facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such
Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was
prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts
(as defined in Rule 902 of Regulation S) have been made in contravention of the
requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities
Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the
registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed
transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance
Period (as provided in Rule 904 of Regulation S), the transfer is not being
made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other
than an Initial Purchaser) and the interest transferred will be held
immediately thereafter through Euroclear or Clearstream. Upon consummation of
the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
transferred beneficial interest in a Global Note or Definitive Note will be
subject to the restrictions on Transfer enumerated in the Private Placement
Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and
in the Indenture and with the Securities Act.

B-1

 

     3.      o Check and complete if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial
interest in a IAI Global Note or a Restricted Definitive Note pursuant to any
provision of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A or Regulation S. The
Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions
applicable to beneficial interests in Restricted Global Notes and Restricted
Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act and
any applicable blue sky securities laws of any relevant State of the United
States, and accordingly the Transferor hereby further certifies that (check
one):

     (a)      o Such Transfer is being effected to the Company or a
subsidiary thereof; or

     (b)      o such Transfer is being effected to an Institutional
Accredited Investor and pursuant to an exemption from the registration
requirements of the Securities Act other than Rule 144A, Rule 144, Rule
903 or Rule 904, and the Transferor hereby further certifies that it has
not engaged in any general solicitation within the meaning of Regulation
D under the Securities Act and the Transfer complies with the transfer
restrictions applicable to beneficial interests in a Restricted Global
Note or Restricted Definitive Notes and the requirements of the exemption
claimed, which certification is supported by a certificate executed by
the Transferee in the form of Exhibit D to the Indenture (attached
hereto).

     Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of
the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be
subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement
Legend printed on IAI Global Note or the Restricted Definitive Notes and in the
Indenture and the Securities Act.

     4.      o Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in
an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note.

     (a)      o Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144. (i) The Transfer
is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the
Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained
in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any
relevant State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer
contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act. Upon
consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the
Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest in a Global Note or
Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer
enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted
Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.

     (b)      o Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S. (i) The
Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or
Rule 904 under the Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer
restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky
securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the
restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private
Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with
the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial
interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions
on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the
Restricted Global Notes, on Restricted Definitive Notes and in the
Indenture.

     (c)       o Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption. (i) The
Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an
exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act other
than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer
restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky
securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the
restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private
Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with
the Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in
accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial
interest in a Global Note or Definitive Note will not be subject to the
restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend
printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and
in the Indenture. This certificate and the statements contained herein
are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Company.

B-2

 

     (d)      o Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Registration Statement.
Such Transfer is being effected pursuant to an effective registration
statement under the Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus
delivery requirements of the Securities Act.

     

[Insert Name of
Transferor]

     

By:                                      

     Name:

     Title:

     Dated:                   

B-3

 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER

     1.      The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:

     [CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	(a)
	 	o
	 	a beneficial interest in the:
	 
	

	 	 	 	(i)
	 	o Rule 144A Global Note (CUSIP ), or
	 
	

	 	 	 	(ii)
	 	o Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP    ), or
	 
	

	 	 	 	(iii)
	 	o IAI Global Note (CUSIP    ), or
	 
	

	 	(b)
	 	o
	 	a Restricted Definitive Note.
	 

     2.      After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:

     [CHECK ONE]

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	(a)
	 	o
	 	a beneficial interest in the:
	 
	

	 	 	 	(i)
	 	o Rule 144A Global Note (CUSIP    ), or
	 
	

	 	 	 	(ii)
	 	o Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP    ), or
	 
	

	 	 	 	(iii)
	 	o IAI Global Note (CUSIP    ), or
	 
	

	 	 	 	(iv)
	 	o Unrestricted Global Note (CUSIP    ); or
	 
	

	 	(b)
	 	o
	 	a Restricted Definitive Note; or
	 
	

	 	(c)
	 	o
	 	an Unrestricted Definitive Note,

     in accordance with the terms of the Indenture.

B-4

 

EXHIBIT C

FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE

MGM MIRAGE

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

[TRUSTEE’S ADDRESS]

Attention: Corporate Trust Trustee Administration

	 	 	 
	Re:
	 	MGM MIRAGE (the
“Company”)
	
	 	5.875% Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”).

     Reference is hereby made to that certain Indenture dated March 23, 2004
(the “Indenture”) between MGM MIRAGE, as Company (the “Company”), the Initial
Guarantors (as defined therein) and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as trustee
(the “Trustee”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the
meanings given to them in the Indenture.

                , (the “Owner”) owns and proposes to exchange the Notes or
beneficial interests in the Notes specified herein, in the principal amount of
$            (the “Exchange”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner
hereby certifies that:

     1. Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in a
Restricted Global Note for Unrestricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial
Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note

         (a)      o Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with
the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for
a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal
amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being
acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has
been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the
Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the United States
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities
Act”), (iii) the
restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement
Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act
and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being
acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any
relevant State of the United States.

         (b)      o Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the
Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted
Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being
acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has
been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the
Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities
Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the
Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with
the Securities Act, (iv) the Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance
with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any relevant State of the
United States and (v) the conditions for issuance of Definitive Securities
under the Indenture have been satisfied.

         (c)      o Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial
interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s
Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an
Unrestricted Global Note, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial
interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii)
such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions
applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance
with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the
Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to
maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest is
being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of
any relevant State of the United States.

C-1

 

          (d)     o Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted
Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted
Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, the Owner hereby certifies
(i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own
account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance
with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and
pursuant to and in accordance with the Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions
on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not
required in order to maintain compliance with the Securities Act and (iv) the
Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any
applicable blue sky securities laws of any relevant State of the United States.

     2.      Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in
Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests
in Restricted Global Notes

          (a) o Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global
Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the
Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted
Definitive Note with an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that
the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account
without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance
with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will
continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the
Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the
Indenture and the Securities Act. The conditions for issuance of Definitive
Securities under the Indenture have been satisfied.

          (b) o Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial
interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the
Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the: [CHECK
ONE] o Rule 144A Global Note (only if the Owner is a QIB) or o Regulation S
Global Note (only if the Owner is Non-U.S. Person) or o IAI Global Note (only
if the Owner is an Institutional Accredited Investor other than a QIB) with an
equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest
is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such
Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions
applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance
with the Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky
securities laws of any relevant State of the United States. Upon consummation
of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the
beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer
enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted
Global Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

     This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your
benefit and the benefit of the Company.

	 	 	 
	

	 	   
	

	 	

	

	 	[Insert Name of Owner]
	

	 	
	

	 	By:   
	

	 	

	

	 	Name:
	

	 	Title:
	 
	 	 
	

	 	Dated:   
	

	 	

C-2

 

EXHIBIT D

FORM OF CERTIFICATE FROM ACQUIRING

INSTITUTIONAL ACCREDITED INVESTOR

MGM MIRAGE

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

[TRUSTEE’S ADDRESS]

Attention: Corporate Trust Trustee Administration

Ladies and Gentlemen:

     This certificate is delivered to request a transfer of $        principal
amount of the 5.875% Senior Notes due 2014 (the “Notes”) of MGM MIRAGE (the
“Company”).

     Upon transfer, the Notes would be registered in the name of the new
beneficial owner as follows:

     Name:                    

     Address:                    

     Taxpayer ID Number:                    

     The undersigned represents and warrants to you that:

     1.      We are an institutional “accredited investor” (as defined in Rule
501(a)(1), (2), (3) or (7) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
“Securities Act”), an “Institutional Accredited Investor”), and we are
acquiring the Notes not with a view to, or for offer or sale in connection
with, any distribution in violation of the Securities Act. We have such
knowledge and experience in financial and business matters as to be capable of
evaluating the merits and risk of our investment in the Notes and invest in or
purchase securities similar to the Notes in the normal course of our business.
We and any accounts for which we are acting are each able to bear the economic
risk of our or its investment.

     2.      We understand that the Notes have not been registered under the
Securities Act and, unless so registered, may not be sold except as permitted
in the following sentence. We agree, on our own behalf and on behalf of any
accounts for which we are acting as hereinafter stated, that if we should sell
the Notes or any interest therein, we will do so only (A) to the Company or a
subsidiary thereof, (B) in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act
to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined therein), (C) to an
Institutional Accredited Investor that, prior to such transfer, furnishes (or
has furnished on its behalf by a U.S. broker dealer) to you and to the Company
a signed letter substantially in the form of this letter, (D) outside the
United States in accordance with Rule 904 of Regulation S under the Securities
Act, (E) pursuant to the provisions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act or (F)
pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act, and
we further agree to provide to any person purchasing a Definitive Note or a
beneficial interest in a Global Note from us in a transaction meeting the
requirements of clauses (A) through (E) of this paragraph a notice advising
such purchaser that resales thereof are restricted as stated herein.

     3.      We understand that, on any proposed resale of the Notes or beneficial
interest therein, we will be required to furnish to you and the Company such
certifications, legal opinions and other information as you and the Company may
reasonably require to confirm that the proposed sale complies with the
foregoing restrictions. We further understand that the Notes purchased by us
will bear a legend to the foregoing effect.

D-1

 

4.      We are acquiring the Notes or beneficial interest therein purchased by
us for our own account or for one or more accounts (each of which is an
institutional “accredited investor”) as to each of which we exercise sole
investment discretion.

You and the Company are entitled to rely upon this letter and are
irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any
interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry
with respect to the matters covered hereby.

[Insert Name of
Accredited Investor]

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	By:

	

	 	 	 	Name:
	

	 	 	 	Title:
	

	 	Dated:
	
          ,
         

D-2

 

EXHIBIT E

[FORM OF NOTATION OF SECURITY GUARANTEE]

GUARANTEE

     For value received, the undersigned hereby unconditionally guarantee to
the holder of the Note upon which this Guarantee is endorsed the due and
punctual payment, as set forth in the Indenture pursuant to which this Note and
Guarantee were issued, of the principal of, premium (if any) and interest on
such Note when and as the same shall become due and payable for any reason
according to the terms of such Note and the Indenture. This Guarantee will not
become effective until the Trustee signs the certificate of authentication on
this Note. Such Guarantee is more fully set forth in the Indenture.

     Dated
as of [__], 2004

SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS

BELLAGIO II, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company

BELLAGIO, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company

METROPOLITAN MARKETING, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company

MGM GRAND CONDOMINIUMS, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company

MGM GRAND NEW YORK, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company

MGM GRAND RESORTS, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company

MGM MIRAGE AVIATION CORP., a Nevada corporation

MGM MIRAGE CORPORATE SERVICES, a Nevada corporation

MGM MIRAGE MANUFACTURING CORP., a Nevada corporation

MGM MIRAGE DEVELOPMENT, INC., a Nevada corporation

MGM MIRAGE Entertainment and Sports, a Nevada corporation

MGM MIRAGE International, a Nevada corporation

MGM MIRAGE OPERATIONS, INC., a Nevada corporation

MMNY LAND COMPANY, INC., a New York corporation

MGM Grand Hotel, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company

Grand Laundry, Inc., a Nevada corporation

Destron, Inc., a Nevada corporation

MGM Grand Atlantic City, Inc., a New Jersey corporation

MGM Grand Detroit, Inc., a Delaware corporation

New York-New York Hotel & Casino, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company

PRMA, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company

The Primadonna Company, LLC, a Nevada limited liability corporation

PRMA Land Development Co., a Nevada corporation

New PRMA Las Vegas, Inc., a Nevada corporation

AC Holding Corp., a Nevada corporation

AC Holding Corp. II, a Nevada corporation

The April Cook Companies, a Nevada corporation

Beau Rivage Distribution Corp., a Mississippi corporation

Beau Rivage Resorts, Inc., a Mississippi corporation

Boardwalk Casino, Inc., a Nevada corporation

Bungalow, Inc., a Mississippi corporation

Country Star Las Vegas, LLC, a Nevada limited liability company

EGARIM, Inc., an Alabama corporation

LV Concrete Corp., a Nevada corporation

MAC, CORP., a New Jersey corporation

MH, Inc., a Nevada corporation

M.I.R. Travel, a Nevada corporation

E-1

 

Mirage Resorts, Incorporated, a Nevada corporation

MGM Mirage Advertising, Inc., a Nevada corporation

MGM Mirage Design Group, a Nevada Corporation

MGM Mirage Retail, a Nevada corporation

The Mirage Casino-Hotel, a Nevada corporation

Mirage Laundry Services Corp., a Nevada corporation

Mirage Leasing Corp., a Nevada corporation

MRGS Corp., a Nevada corporation

Restaurant Ventures of Nevada, Inc., a Nevada corporation

Treasure Island Corp., a Nevada corporation

VidiAd, a Nevada corporation

	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	By:
	 	

	

	 	 	 	Bryan L. Wright
	

	 	 	 	Vice President, Assistant General Counsel
	

	 	 	 	and Assistant Secretary

E-2

 

EXHIBIT F

FORM OF INSTRUMENT OF JOINDER

(INDENTURES)

     THIS INSTRUMENT OF JOINDER (“Joinder”) is executed as of    , by the
undersigned Subsidiaries of MGM MIRAGE (“Joining Parties”), with reference to
the following guaranties each dated as of May 31, 2000:

	 	1.	 	Guaranty of 6.95% Notes Due 2005. The Guaranty made by
Mirage Resorts, Incorporated (as successor by merger to the
obligations of MGMGMR Acquisition, Inc. (“MGMGMR”)), a Nevada
corporation (“Mirage”), and certain subsidiaries of MGM MIRAGE
(“MGM”) in favor of JPMorgan Chase Bank (successor in interest to
PNC Bank, National Association) (the “6.95% Guaranty”), for the
holders of MGM’s 6.95% Senior Collateralized Notes due 2005
issued pursuant to the Indenture dated as of February 2, 1998
between MGM (under its former name MGM Grand, Inc. (“MGM Grand”))
and PNC Bank, National Association, as Trustee (the “6.95%
Indenture”).
	 
	 	2.	 	Guaranty of 6-7/8% Notes due 2008. The Guaranty made
by Mirage (as successor by merger to the obligations of MGMGMR),
and certain other subsidiaries of MGM in favor of U.S. Trust
Company, National Association (formerly known as U.S. Trust
Company of California, N.A.)(the “6-7/8% Guaranty”), for the
holders of MGM’s 6-7/8% Senior Collateralized Notes due 2008
issued pursuant to the Indenture dated as of February 6, 1998
between MGM (under its former name MGM Grand) and U.S. Trust
Company, National Association (formerly known as U.S. Trust
Company of California, N.A.), as Trustee (the “6-7/8%
Indenture”).
	 
	 	3.	 	Guaranty of 7.25% Senior Notes due 2006. The Guaranty
made by MGM (under its former name MGM Grand), and certain
subsidiaries of MGM in favor of U.S. Bank, N.A. (formerly known
as Firstar Bank of Minnesota, N.A) (the “7.25% Guaranty”), for
the holders of Mirage’s 7.25% Senior Notes due 2006 issued
pursuant to the Indenture dated as of October 15, 1996 between
Mirage and U.S. Bank, N.A. (formerly known as Firstar Bank of
Minnesota, N.A), as Trustee (the “7.25% Indenture”).
	 
	 	4.	 	Guaranty of 6.75% Senior Notes due 2007 and 7.25%
Debentures due 2017. The Guaranty made by MGM (under its former
name MGM Grand), and certain subsidiaries of MGM in favor of
First Security Bank, National Association (the “6.75% and 7.25%
Guaranty”), for the holders of Mirage’s 6.75% Notes due 2007 and
for the holders of Mirage’s 7.25% Debentures due 2017 issued
pursuant to the Indenture dated as of August 1, 1997 between
Mirage and First Security Bank, National Association, as Trustee
(the “6.75% and 7.25% Indenture”).
	 
	 	5.	 	Guaranty of 6.625% Notes due 2005 and 6.75% Notes due
2008. The Guaranty made by MGM (under its former name MGM
Grand), and certain subsidiaries of MGM in favor of JPMorgan
Chase Bank (the “6.625% and 6.75% Guaranty”), for the holders of
Mirage’s 6.625% Notes due 2005 and for the holders of Mirage’s
6.75% Notes due 2008 issued pursuant to the Indenture dated as of
February 4, 1998 between Mirage and JPMorgan Chase Bank, as
successor Trustee to PNC Bank, National Association (the “6.625%
and 6.75% Indenture”).
	 
	 	6.	 	Guaranty of 8 1/2% Notes Due 2010. The Guaranty made
by certain subsidiaries of MGM in favor of BNY Western Trust
Company, as successor to U.S. Trust Company, National Association
(the “8.50% Guaranty”), for the holders of MGM’s 8.50% Senior
Notes due

3

 

	 	 	 	2010 issued pursuant to the Indenture dated as of September 15,
2000 between MGM and U.S. Trust Company, National Association,
as Trustee (the “8.50% Indenture”).

     (The 6.95% Guaranty, the 6-7/8% Guaranty, the 7.25% Guaranty, the 6.75%
and 7.25% Guaranty, the 6.625%, the 6.75% Guaranty and the 8.50% Guaranty are
collectively referred to herein as the “Guaranties.”)

RECITALS

     Each Joining Party has become a Restricted Subsidiary of MGM under the
6.95% Indenture and the 6-7/8% Indenture, and as such is required pursuant to
Section 12.7 of the 6.95% Indenture and the 6-7/8% Indenture to become a party
to the Guaranties.

     NOW THEREFORE, each Joining Party jointly and severally agrees as follows:

AGREEMENT

     1.      By this Joinder, each Joining Party becomes a party to each of the
Guaranties as an additional joint and several “Guarantor.” Each Joining Party
agrees that, upon its execution hereof, it will become a Guarantor under each
of the Guaranties and will be bound by all terms, conditions, and duties
applicable to a Guarantor under each of the Guaranties.

     2.      The effective date of this Joinder is    .

     3.      Notice of acceptance hereof is waived.

4

 

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has executed this Joinder by
its duly authorized officer as of the date first written above.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	“Joining Parties”
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	By:	 	 
	

	 	 	 	

	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	By:	 	 
	

	 	 	 	

F-1exv10w1

 

Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units

EXHIBIT 10.1

Details

Interpretation – definitions are at the end of the General terms

	 	 	 	 	 
	Parties

	 	Vendor, MGM MIRAGE, Purchaser and Guarantor
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Vendor

	 	Name
	 	MGM Grand Australia Pty Ltd
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ACN
	 	069 214 473
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	Address
	 	3600 Las Vegas Boulevard South

Las Vegas, Nevada 89109

USA
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	Telephone
	 	(702) 693 8877
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	Fax
	 	(702) 693 7628
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	Attention
	 	Mr James Murren, President and
Chief 
Financial Officer, MGM MIRAGE
	 
	 	 	 	 
	MGM MIRAGE

	 	Name
	 	MGM MIRAGE
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	Address
	 	3600 Las Vegas Boulevard South

Las Vegas, Nevada 89109

USA
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	Telephone
	 	(702) 693 8877
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	Fax
	 	(702) 693 7628
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	Attention
	 	Mr James Murren, President and
Chief Financial Officer
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Purchaser

	 	Name
	 	SKYCITY Australia Pty Limited
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	ABN
	 	67 090 828 612
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	Address
	 	Railway Station Building, North

Terrace, Adelaide, SA 5000
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	Telephone
	 	(649) 363 6146
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	Fax
	 	(649) 363 6140
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	Attention
	 	Mr David Lilly, General Manager -

Group Finance
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Guarantor

	 	Name
	 	SKYCITY Entertainment Group Limited

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	1	 

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	ABN
	 	098 775 047
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	Address
	 	Level 6, Federal House, 86 Federal

Street, Auckland New Zealand
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	Telephone
	 	(649) 363 6146
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	Fax
	 	(649) 363 6140
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	Attention
	 	Mr David Lilly, General Manager -

Group Finance

	 	 	 	 	 
	Recitals

	 	A
	 	Diamond Darwin Pty Ltd (ACN 009 641 089) is a company
incorporated in the Northern Territory and has its registered
office at Level 3, MGM Grand Casino, Gilruth Avenue, Darwin
City, Northern Territory 0800 (“Company”).
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	B
	 	The Company has 10,000,000 issued shares, each of which is
fully paid.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	C
	 	Fernbank Pty Ltd (ACN 009 622 262) is the Trustee of the
Territory Property Trust (ABN 36 108 685 090), a trust
established by the Trust Deed (“Trust”).
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	D
	 	There are 29,000,010 issued units in the Trust, all of which
are fully paid.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	E
	 	The Vendor is the registered holder and beneficial owner of
all the issued shares in the capital of the Company and the
Vendor and the Company are the registered holders and
beneficial owners of all the issued units in the Trust.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	F
	 	At the date of this agreement, the issued shares in the
capital of the Company and the issued units in the Trust are
as set out in schedule 1.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	

	 	G
	 	The Vendor has agreed to sell and the Purchaser has agreed
to purchase the Shares and the Sale Units on the following
terms.
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Governing law

	 	 	 	New South Wales
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Date of agreement

	 	 	See Signing page

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	2	 

 

 

Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units

General terms

	1	 	Sale and purchase of Shares and Sale Units
	 
	1.1	 	Completion Date
	 
	 	 	The Vendor agrees to sell and transfer to the Purchaser on the
Completion Date and the Purchaser agrees to purchase from the Vendor on
the Completion Date, on the terms and conditions of this agreement, the
Shares and the Sale Units.
	 
	1.2	 	Unencumbered rights
	 
	 	 	The Shares and Sale Units must be transferred free from any mortgage,
charge, lien, pledge or other encumbrance and (subject to this
agreement) with all rights attached or accruing to them on and from the
date of this agreement.
	 
	1.3	 	Condition precedent
	 
	 	 	Until the conditions set forth in clauses 3.1 have been fulfilled or
waived, clause 1.1 does not come into effect and is not binding, the
Purchaser has no beneficial or legal interest in or entitlement to the
Shares or the Sale Units and the parties are not obliged to Complete.
	 
	2	 	Purchase Price
	 
	2.1	 	Purchase Price
	 
	 	 	The consideration payable for the Shares and the Sale Units is
$195,000,000.
	 
	2.2	 	Apportionment of Purchase Price
	 
	 	 	The Purchase Price will be apportioned between the Shares and the Sale
Units as follows:

	 	(a)	 	$11,000,000 as to the Sale Units; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	$184,000,000 as to the Shares.

	3	 	Conditions precedent
	 
	3.1	 	Conditions precedent
	 
	 	 	Clause 1.1 and Completion are conditional on:

	 	(a)	 	the Treasurer of the Commonwealth of Australia consenting,
under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975, to the
proposed

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	3	 

 

 

	 	 	 	acquisition by the Purchaser of the Shares and Sale Units, and
the Treasurer is to be deemed to have so consented:

	 	(i)	 	if the Purchaser receives written advice from
the Treasurer or on his behalf, without any term or
condition which the Purchaser considers on reasonable
grounds to be unacceptable, to the effect that the
acquisition of the Shares and Sale Units is not objected to
under the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	if ten days have elapsed from the day the
Treasurer ceased to be empowered to make any order under
Part II of the Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act in
relation to the proposed acquisition because of lapse of
time, notice of the proposed acquisition of the Shares and
Sale Units having been given to the Treasurer under the
Foreign Acquisitions and Takeovers Act 1975;

	 	(b)	 	the Minister for Racing, Gaming and Licensing in the
Northern Territory of Australia consenting in writing under clause
3 of the Casino Operator’s Agreement, to the acquisition of the
Shares and Sale Units by the Purchaser, and the appointment of new
directors and secretaries of the Company and the Subsidiaries, and
the Minister will be deemed to have so consented in writing if the
Vendor or the Purchaser receives written advice from or on behalf
of the Minister that he consents whether or not on any terms or
conditions, unless those terms or conditions require changes to the
Casino Operator’s Agreement which are both:

	 	(i)	 	not necessary to change references to the
Vendor, MGM Grand Inc. (now known as MGM MIRAGE) or MGM
Grand Diamond to references to the Purchaser or its holding
companies; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	not when taken with the Casino Operator’s
Agreement as a whole materially less favourable to the
Purchaser and the Company and Subsidiaries than the Casino
Operator’s Agreement is to the Vendor, MGM MIRAGE, MGM Grand
Diamond and the Company and Subsidiaries; and

	 	(c)	 	the Minister for Racing, Gaming and Licensing in the
Northern Territory of Australia agreeing to do the following at
Completion:

	 	(i)	 	pursuant to section 17(1A) of the Gaming
Control Act, amend or substitute the Casino Operator’s
Agreement (with the relevant parties) to remove all
substantive references to the Vendor, MGM MIRAGE or MGM
Grand Diamond in the operative provisions of the Casino
Operator’s Agreement and to make any other changes required
under the Minister’s consent referred to in paragraph (b)
above; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	pursuant to section 18(1A) of the Gaming
Control Act, amend the casino licence granted to Diamond
Leisure Pty Ltd to

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	4	 

 

 

	 	 	 	accord with the revised agreement as determined in
accordance with paragraph (i) above.

	3.2	 	Efforts of Parties
	 
	 	 	For the purposes of achieving fulfilment of all the conditions in clause 3.1:

	 	(a)	 	the Vendor must provide all reasonably necessary assistance
to the Purchaser with a view to obtaining the fulfilment of the
conditions of clause 3.1 in an expeditious manner;
	 
	 	(b)	 	the Purchaser must use its best endeavours to obtain the
fulfilment of the conditions in clause 3.1 in an expeditious
manner;
	 
	 	(c)	 	the Purchaser must notify the Foreign Investment Review
Board of this agreement within seven Business Days of the date of
this agreement in accordance with the Foreign Acquisitions and
Takeovers Act 1975 and all regulations under that Act;
	 
	 	(d)	 	the Purchaser and the Guarantor must (if required) sign any
substitute Casino Operator’s Agreement referred to in clause 3.1(c)
in the form reasonably required by the Minister unless:

	 	(i)	 	it would make a change to the (current)
Casino Operator’s Agreement to which both clauses 3.1(b)(i)
and 3.1(b)(ii) apply; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	it does not make a change to the (current)
Casino Operator’s Agreement requested by a party under
clause 3.4;

	 	(e)	 	the Purchaser and the Vendor must together notify the
Minister for Racing, Gaming and Licensing in the Northern Territory
of Australia in writing within seven Business Days of the date of
this agreement of the proposed sale and, if the Minister is
available, by the Purchaser and the Vendor each having a
representative meet together with him in person on the date of this
agreement; and
	 
	 	(f)	 	the Vendor and the Purchaser, as applicable, shall promptly
give the other:

	 	(i)	 	notice of any adverse findings or any
suggestions thereof by the Treasurer in relation to the
condition precedent in clause 3.1(a);
	 
	 	(ii)	 	copies of any submission in writing and any
correspondence and details of any discussions relevant to
the satisfaction of the condition precedent in clause 3.1(b)
or 3.1(c); and
	 
	 	(iii)	 	notice in writing upon it becoming aware
whether or not any of the conditions precedent referred to
in clause 3.1(a) (b) or (c) have been fulfilled.

	3.3	 	Restriction on amendments
	 
	 	 	Subject to clause 3.4, prior to Completion:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	5	 

 

 

	 	(a)	 	the Vendor and the Purchaser must not; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	the Vendor and the Purchaser must each procure that their
respective advisers and Related Bodies Corporate do not,

	 	 	request from or propose to the Minister for Racing, Gaming and Licensing
in the Northern Territory of Australia, nor invite the Minister to
propose or request, any changes to the Casino Operator’s Agreement.
	 
	3.4	 	Permitted amendments
	 
	 	 	The Vendor and the Purchaser acknowledge the only changes to the Casino
Operator’s Agreement that may be requested by or on behalf of the Vendor
or the Purchaser prior to Completion are changes that are:

	 	(a)	 	necessary in relation to the change of control of the
Company and removing the Vendor as a party to that agreement; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	a response by the Purchaser to changes proposed or
requested by the Minister, so long as the response is limited to
making the Minister’s changes, when taken with the Casino
Operator’s Agreement as a whole, not materially less favourable to
the Purchaser and the Company and Subsidiaries than the Casino
Operator’s Agreement is to the Vendor, MGM MIRAGE, MGM Grand
Diamond and the Company and Subsidiaries; or
	 
	 	(c)	 	requested or proposed after the Vendor and Purchaser have
each consented in writing.

	3.5	 	Conditions precedent and right to terminate
	 
	 	 	This agreement may be terminated by:

	 	(a)	 	the Vendor by notice given to the Purchaser if any of the
conditions in clause 3.1(a), (b) or (c) are not fulfilled by the
date that is 4 months after the date of this agreement (subject to
clause 3.6); or
	 
	 	(b)	 	either the Purchaser or the Vendor by notice given to the
other of them if:

	 	(i)	 	the Treasurer or the Minister has refused, by
notice in writing, to give the consent required under clause
3.1(a) or (b) (as the case may be) and, after appealing that
decision as far as is reasonable, the party who seeks to
avoid the agreement considers (acting reasonably) that a
reversal of that decision will not occur; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	any of the conditions in clauses 3.1(a), (b)
or (c) are not fulfilled within 6 months of the date of this
agreement,

	 	 	and only if the party who seeks to avoid the agreement has complied with
clauses 3.2 and 3.3. The notice must refer to this clause of the
agreement as the basis for termination and specify in reasonable detail
the unfulfilled condition.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	6	 

 

 

	3.6	 	Extension of time
	 
	 	 	Clause 3.5(a) will not apply if, on or before the date that is 4 months
after the date of this agreement, the Purchaser has given to the Vendor,
in relation to each of the conditions in clause 3.1(b) or (c) which are
not fulfilled on the date that is 4 months after the date of this
agreement, a statement in writing which:

	 	(a)	 	states that the Purchaser believes on reasonable grounds
that the condition is in the process of being fulfilled, or is
likely to be fulfilled, before the date that is 6 months after the
date of this agreement;
	 
	 	(b)	 	sets out those reasonable grounds; and
	 
	 	(c)	 	confirms that, apart from anything set out in the
statement, the Vendor has been fully and fairly notified under
clause 3.2(f) of all matters which the Purchaser is aware of that
are relevant to its belief referred to in paragraph (a).

	3.7	 	Post termination
	 
	 	 	If this agreement is terminated under clause 3.5 then, in addition to
any other rights, powers or remedies provided by law:

	 	(a)	 	each party is released from its obligations to further
perform the agreement except those imposing on it obligations of
confidentiality;
	 
	 	(b)	 	each party retains the rights it has against any other
party in respect of any past breach;
	 
	 	(c)	 	the Purchaser must return to the Vendor all documents and
other materials in any medium in its possession, power or control
which contain information relating to the Company or the
Subsidiaries, including the Records;
	 
	 	(d)	 	if the Purchaser has satisfied its obligations under
clauses 3.2 and 3.3, the Deposit must be paid to the Purchaser,
together with the amount of interest earned on the Deposit; and
	 
	 	(e)	 	if the Purchaser has not satisfied its obligations under
clause 3.2 or 3.3, the Deposit and all interest earned on it is
forfeited to the Vendor.

	4	 	Completion
	 
	4.1	 	Place of Completion
	 
	 	 	Completion of the sale and purchase of the Shares and Sale Units will
take place at:

	 	(a)	 	12 noon on:

	 	(i)	 	where all the conditions in clause 3.1 are
fulfilled or waived on a day that is less than 16 Business
Days but not less than 6

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	7	 

 

 

	 	 	 	Business Days before the last day of that calendar month,
the last day of that calendar month; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	where (i) above does not apply, the day which
is 10 Business Days after all the conditions in clause 3.1
have been fulfilled or waived;

	 	(b)	 	the offices of Mallesons Stephen Jaques, Solicitors, Level
60, Governor Phillip Tower, 1 Farrer Place, Sydney NSW 2000 and
the Boardroom, MGM Grand Casino, Gilruth Avenue, Darwin City, NT
0800,

	 	 	or any other time and place or places agreed by the Vendor and the
Purchaser.
	 
	4.2	 	Vendor obligations on Completion
	 
	 	 	The Vendor agrees to do the following on Completion:

	 	(a)	 	deliver to the Purchaser or its solicitors executed
transfers in favour of the Purchaser of all the Shares together
with the share certificates for the Shares and any consents which
the Purchaser reasonably requires to obtain registration of those
transfers;
	 
	 	(b)	 	deliver to the Purchaser or its solicitors executed
transfers in favour of the Purchaser of all the Sale Units together
with the unit certificates for the Sale Units and any consents
which the Purchaser reasonably requires to obtain registration of
those transfers;
	 
	 	(c)	 	upon receipt from the Purchaser or a third party nominated
by the Purchaser of the amount to be lent to Diamond Leisure Pty
Limited referred to in clause 5.3, procure the Company and the
Subsidiaries to immediately repay the Related Party Debt;
	 
	 	(d)	 	deliver to the Purchaser evidence of the discharges of the
guarantees, mortgages and charges set out in Schedule 3;
	 
	 	(e)	 	deliver to the Purchaser evidence that the transactions
referred to in clause 5.2 have occurred in accordance with this
agreement;
	 
	 	(f)	 	deliver to the Purchaser evidence that the Tax Sharing
Agreement has been entered into by the Vendor, the Company and each
of the Subsidiaries in accordance with clause 8.5(b), and that the
Clear Exit Payment has been made in accordance with that agreement;
and
	 
	 	(g)	 	cause:

	 	(i)	 	the board of directors of the Company to
direct that, subject to the payment of stamp duty, the
transfers of the Shares are registered;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	the board of directors of the Trustee to
direct that, upon the payment of stamp duty, the transfers
of the Sale Units are registered;

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	8	 

 

 

	 	(iii)	 	the delivery to the Purchaser or its nominee
of the common seal and any other company seals of the
Company and each of the Subsidiaries;
	 
	 	(iv)	 	the Records to be available to the Purchaser
at the Business Premises;
	 
	 	(v)	 	the delivery to the Purchaser or its nominee
of duly completed bank authorities, authorised by the boards
of directors of the Company and each of the Subsidiaries and
directed to that company’s bankers, authorising the
operation of each of its bank accounts by nominees of the
Purchaser;
	 
	 	(vi)	 	subject to the constitution of the Company
and each of the Subsidiaries and to receipt from the
Purchaser of consents to act signed by the relevant nominees
at least two (2) Business Days before Completion, the
appointment of the Purchaser’s nominees as directors and
secretaries of the Company and each of the Subsidiaries, and
the resignation of the incumbent directors and secretaries
of the Company and each Subsidiary (including an
acknowledgement by each of them that they are not entitled
to any payment or emolument from the Company or any
Subsidiary on resignation), but so that a properly
constituted board of directors is in existence at all times;
and
	 
	 	(vii)	 	the Company and Subsidiaries to sign and
deliver to the Vendor the appropriate form of termination of
any registration of a business name containing the words
“MGM Grand” or either of those words or anything similar,
duly signed on behalf of each Company and the Subsidiary
which is registered as trading under that name.

	4.3	 	Purchaser’s obligations on Completion
	 
	 	 	The Purchaser agrees to do the following on Completion:

	 	(a)	 	establish to the reasonable satisfaction of the Vendor that
the conditions precedent set out in clauses 3.1(a) and (b) have
been fulfilled and (if appropriate) deliver to the Vendor
documentation proving that they have;
	 
	 	(b)	 	cause the execution of an agreement to amend or substitute
the Casino Operator’s Agreement, in the form to be executed by the
Minister in accordance with the Minister’s agreement in
satisfaction of the condition in clause 3.2(c), by any of the
Purchaser, its Related Bodies Corporate and (following the
appointments under clause 4.2(g)(vi)) the Company and Subsidiaries
who are to be parties to that agreement; and
	 
	 	(c)	 	make payment in accordance with clauses 5.3 and 5.4.

	4.4	 	Simultaneous actions at Completion
	 
	 	 	In respect of Completion, including the parties’ obligations under
clauses 5.3 and 5.4:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	9	 

 

 

	 	(a)	 	the obligations of the parties under this agreement are
interdependent; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	if all actions required to be performed at Completion are
performed (or waived) they are to be taken to have occurred (unless
waived) simultaneously on the Completion Date.

	4.5	 	Completion does not occur on Completion Date — Purchaser’s default
	 
	 	 	If Completion does not occur on the date determined in accordance with
clause 4.1(a) by reason of the Purchaser’s default, then the Vendor may
give the Purchaser a notice in writing requiring it to satisfy its
obligations within five (5) Business Days. If the Purchaser fails to
satisfy those obligations by the date specified in the notice, then the
Vendor may terminate this agreement by a further notice in writing to
the Purchaser. Upon such termination, the Deposit and all interest
earned on it is forfeited to the Vendor and the Vendor may sue the
Purchaser for breach of contract.
	 
	4.6	 	Completion does not occur on Completion Date — Vendor’s default
	 
	 	 	If Completion does not occur on the date determined in accordance with
clause 4.1(a) by reason of the Vendor’s default, then the Purchaser may
give the Vendor a notice in writing requiring it to satisfy its
obligations within five (5) Business Days. If the Vendor fails to
satisfy those obligations by the date specified in the notice then the
Purchaser may terminate this agreement by a further notice in writing to
the Vendor. Upon such termination the Deposit, together with all
interest earned on the Deposit , must be paid to the Purchaser.
	 
	5	 	Payment of the Purchase Price and repayment of Related Party Debt
	 
	5.1	 	Deposit and Interest
	 
	 	 	On signing of this agreement, the Purchaser must pay $19,500,000 to
Mallesons Stephen Jaques (to be held by them in a controlled moneys
account on trust for the Vendor and the Purchaser to be applied in
accordance with this agreement), as a deposit and part payment of the
Purchase Price. On Completion, interest accruing on the Deposit must be
paid to the Vendor and:

	 	(a)	 	all of that interest accruing up to the earlier of
Completion and the date four months after the date of this
agreement (“Early Interest”) is part payment of the Purchase Price;
but
	 
	 	(b)	 	all of that interest accruing on and after the date four
months after the date of this agreement is not part payment of the
Purchase Price or the Purchaser’s obligations under clause 4.3(c)
or clause 5.3 or clause 5.4.

	5.2	 	MGM Dividend
	 
	 	 	Immediately before Completion, the Vendor must cause:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	10	 

 

 

	 	(a)	 	the Company, the Subsidiaries and the Vendor to satisfy and
discharge by way of set off all debts owing between any of the
Company and the Subsidiaries on the one part and the Vendor on the
other part so as to leave a single remaining debt owing from the
Vendor to Diamond Leisure Pty Limited and a single remaining debt
owing from the Company to the Vendor;
	 
	 	(b)	 	Diamond Leisure Pty Limited to sell and assign to the
Company for face value all amounts owing by the Vendor after the
steps taken in paragraph (a);
	 
	 	(c)	 	the board of Diamond Leisure Pty Limited to resolve to pay
an interim dividend to the Company for an amount not exceeding the
Estimated Net Intercompany Debt;
	 
	 	(d)	 	Diamond Leisure Pty Limited to pay that dividend by way of
set off against the consideration for that assignment (leaving the
balance of that consideration as a debt payable at call);
	 
	 	(e)	 	the board of the Company to resolve to pay an interim
dividend to the Vendor for an amount not exceeding the Estimated
Net Intercompany Debt;
	 
	 	(f)	 	the Company to:

	 	(i)	 	pay that dividend to the Vendor; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	repay the amount owing by the Company to the
Vendor after the steps taken in paragraph (a),

	 	 	 	by way of set off against the amount owing by the Vendor to the
Company after the steps taken in paragraphs (a)-(c), and the
Vendor to accept that payment and repayment by way of set off
(subject to any adjustment required under clause 5.7).

	5.3	 	Loan by Purchaser to Subsidiary
	 
	 	 	The Purchaser agrees to:

	 	(a)	 	lend, or to procure a third party to lend, to Diamond
Leisure Pty Limited an amount in Australian dollars which is
sufficient to enable Diamond Leisure Pty Limited to repay the
Related Party Debt in USD on the Completion Date; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	if directed by Diamond Leisure Pty Limited (in a form
reasonably acceptable to the Purchaser and delivered to the
Purchaser not later than 2 Business Days prior to Completion), pay
that sum in USD to MGM MIRAGE (for itself and the applicable
Related Bodies Corporate of the Vendor), at Completion in
satisfaction of the Company’s and the Subsidiaries’ obligations to
repay the Related Party Debt, and to enable the Vendor to satisfy
its obligations under clause 4.2(c); and
	 
	 	(c)	 	where the Purchaser intends to procure a third party to
lend the money referred to in clause 5.3(a), to provide to the
Vendor (no later

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	11	 

 

 

	 	 	 	than 5 Business Days prior to Completion) all relevant
information necessary for the Vendor to complete the direction
referred to in clause 5.3(b).

	5.4	 	Completion payment
	 
	 	 	On Completion the Purchaser must, subject to the Vendor satisfying its
obligations under clause 4.2, pay to the Vendor (or as the Vendor
directs) on account of the Purchase Price an amount equal to
$195,000,000 less the sum of the amount lent under clause 5.3 and the
Deposit and Early Interest (as defined in clause 5.1(a)) and adjusted as
follows:

	 	(a)	 	increased by an amount equal to any amount by which the
Estimated Working Capital exceeds the Working Capital Target; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	decreased by an amount equal to any amount by which the
Estimated Working Capital is less than the Working Capital Target.

	5.5	 	Post-Completion Purchase Price adjustment
	 
	 	 	The Purchase Price is adjusted as follows:

	 	(a)	 	by:

	 	(i)	 	increasing it by any amount by which the
Working Capital exceeds the Working Capital Target; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	reducing it by any amount by which the
Working Capital is less than the Working Capital Target; and

	 	(b)	 	by reducing it by an amount equal to the Related Party
Debt; and
	 
	 	(c)	 	by reducing it by any amount paid by the Company under
clause 5.7(a) or increasing it by any amount paid by the Vendor
under clause 5.7(b).

	 	 	Any adjustment to the Purchase Price under this clause 5.5 is to be
treated as an adjustment to the Purchase Price payable for the Shares
under clause 2.2.
	 
	5.6	 	Payment of balance of Purchase Price
	 
	 	 	If the Purchase Price (as adjusted in accordance with clause 5.5) less
the Deposit and Early Interest (as defined in clause 5.1(a)) exceeds the
amount paid by the Purchaser under clause 5.4 the Purchaser must pay the
balance of the Purchase Price to the Vendor.
	 
	 	 	If the amount paid by the Purchaser under clause 5.4 exceeds the
Purchase Price (as adjusted in accordance with clause 5.5) less the
Deposit and Early Interest (as defined in clause 5.1(a)), then the
Vendor must pay the Purchaser the amount of that excess by way of refund
of the amount paid under clause 5.4.
	 
	5.7	 	Balance of Net Intercompany Debt
	 
	 	 	If the Net Intercompany Debt:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	12	 

 

 

	 
	 	(a)	 	is less than the MGM Dividend, the Purchaser must cause the
Company to pay the amount of the excess to the Vendor on behalf of
itself or its Related Bodies Corporate (as the case may require);
or
	 
	 	(b)	 	exceeds the MGM Dividend, the Vendor must refund the amount
of that excess to the Company.

	5.8	 	Bank accounts
	 
	 	 	Payments by electronic transfer must be made to the accounts:

	 	(a)	 	designated by the Vendor, in the case of payments to the
Vendor or MGM MIRAGE, or by the Purchaser, in the case of payments
to the Purchaser, on the date of this agreement; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	any other account which the recipient of the payment
notifies to the other party in writing not less than two days
before the payment is due.

	5.9	 	Timing of payment
	 
	 	 	All amounts payable under clauses 5.6 and 5.7 must be paid within 15
Business Days of the Completion Statement being delivered to the Vendor
and the Purchaser, or if the Working Capital or Net Intercompany Debt is
disputed, within 5 Business Days of the resolution or determination of
all disputes in relation to the Completion Statement in accordance with
clause 6.5.
	 
	5.10	 	Form of Payment
	 
	 	 	Each payment referred to in this clause 5 must be made by electronic
funds transfer in accordance with clause 5.8, unless otherwise agreed.
If at the time a payment is due no account has been designated or
notified in accordance with clause 5.8, that payment may be made by bank
cheque.
	 
	6	 	Working Capital
	 
	6.1	 	Estimated Working Capital and Estimated Net Intercompany Debt
	 
	 	 	At least 3 Business Days prior to Completion, the Vendor must deliver to
the Purchaser a statement setting out the Estimated Working Capital,
Estimated Net Intercompany Debt and Clear Exit Payments as at 6:00am on
the Completion Date.
	 
	6.2	 	Preparation of statement of Estimated Working Capital and Estimated Net
Intercompany Debt
	 
	 	 	The Vendor must prepare the statement of Estimated Working Capital and
Estimated Net Intercompany Debt:

	 	(a)	 	based on management accounts prepared in accordance with
the Company’s and the Vendor’s usual practices but as far as
practicable having regard to clauses 6.3 and 6.4;

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	13	 

 

 

	 	(b)	 	with a view to the Estimated Working Capital and Estimated
Net Intercompany Debt being as close to the ultimate Working
Capital and Net Intercompany Debt (respectively) as practicable.

	6.3	 	Preparation of Completion Statement
	 
	 	 	The Purchaser agrees to cause the Company to prepare a statement setting
out the Working Capital as at 6.00am on the Completion Date and the Net
Intercompany Debt (“Completion Statement”), and deliver it to the Vendor
as soon as practicable but not later than 30 days after the Completion
Date. Subject to clause 6.4, the Working Capital and Net Intercompany
Debt must be determined in a manner consistent with the Accounting
Standards and the Company’s historical accounting policies as described
in the Last Accounts, but if the Accounting Standards differ from the
Company’s historical accounting policies, the Accounting Standards
prevail. In addition, the Completion Statement must include notes which
accurately reflect the manner in which the Working Capital and Net
Intercompany Debt were determined.
	 
	6.4	 	Specific rules for Completion Statement
	 
	 	 	The Completion Statement prepared under clause 6.3 must be prepared:

	 	(a)	 	without any provision for auditors or other fees associated
with preparing the Completion Statement;
	 
	 	(b)	 	as if the steps taken in clause 5.2 had been taken on the
day before Completion;
	 
	 	(c)	 	without any revaluations of any assets;
	 
	 	(d)	 	valuing any Inventory items referred to in clause 7.2 in
accordance with clause 6.3 as if Completion had not occurred and
clause 7.2 did not apply;
	 
	 	(e)	 	if any amount of compensation is paid to a Subsidiary
pursuant to clause 8.9(g) of the Casino Operator’s Agreement
between the date of this agreement and Completion, or if any other
amount of compensation is agreed to be given to a Subsidiary under
clause 8.9(g) of the Casino Operator’s Agreement and such amount is
accounted for in the Working Capital, so that the Working Capital
is reduced by an amount equal to that part of the amount of
compensation which represents recompense for adverse impacts on
revenue of that Subsidiary after Completion as a result of the
relevant action under clause 8.9(g) of the Casino Operator’s
Agreement; and
	 
	 	(f)	 	if any amount of compensation not referred to in paragraph
(e) is agreed to be given to a Subsidiary pursuant to clause 8.9(g)
of the Casino Operator’s Agreement but that amount is not accounted
for in the Working Capital, so that the Working Capital is
increased by an amount equal to that part of that compensation
which represents recompense for adverse impacts on revenue of that
Subsidiary prior to Completion as a result of the relevant action
under clause 8.9(g) of the Casino Operator’s Agreement.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	14	 

 

 

	6.5	 	Disputes
	 
	 	 	The Vendor may (within 15 days from the date the Completion Statement is
delivered under clause 6.3) notify the Purchaser of any disagreement
concerning the amount of Working Capital or the Net Intercompany Debt in
writing. If the Vendor and the Purchaser cannot agree on the Working
Capital or the Net Intercompany Debt within 21 days of the delivery of
the notice of disagreement, then either the Vendor or the Purchaser may
refer the disagreement to the Independent Auditor with the request that
the Independent Auditor make a decision on the disagreement as soon as
practicable after receiving any submissions from the Vendor and the
Purchaser. The decision of the Independent Auditor is, in the absence
of manifest error, to be conclusive and binding on the parties for the
purposes of determining the Working Capital and the Net Intercompany
Debt under this agreement. The Vendor and the Purchaser agree to each
pay one half of the Independent Auditor’s fees and expenses in
connection with the reference. The Independent Auditor will be
appointed as an expert and not as an arbitrator. The procedures for
determination are to be decided by the Independent Auditor in its
absolute discretion.
	 
	6.6	 	Vendor’s access to Records post Completion
	 
	 	 	The Purchaser agrees to allow the Vendor and its representatives access
to the Records of the Company and each of the Subsidiaries upon giving
the Purchaser 7 days prior notice to assist the Vendor in its
preparation of its Tax returns, its review of the Completion Statement
and in connection with the consolidation (for Tax purposes) of the
Consolidatable Group of which it is the Head Company. The Vendor agrees
not to:

	 	(a)	 	remove any of the Records but may take a copy of any
information it requires to support its Tax returns; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	disclose or use (other than for the purposes contemplated
by this clause 6.6) any information in the Records which comes to
its attention when exercising its rights under this clause except:

	 	(i)	 	information which is in or becomes part of
the public domain other than through an act or omission of
the Vendor; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	(for the purposes of completing the Tax
returns of the Vendor) information required to be disclosed
in the Tax returns of the Vendor; or
	 
	 	(iii)	 	information already known to the Vendor
other than by disclosure to it as shareholder in, or by
virtue of its representatives being directors of, the
Company or its Subsidiaries.

	7	 	Post Completion
	 
	7.1	 	Change of name and logo
	 
	 	 	Immediately following Completion the Purchaser must:

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	15	 

 

 

	 	(a)	 	cause the name and logo of the business carried on at the
Business Premises to be changed so that the name or logo does not
at any time thereafter contain the words “MGM Grand” or either of
those words or anything similar or any logo synonymous with or
similar to the lion logo used by the Vendor or MGM MIRAGE in their
businesses or which otherwise uses any of the Excluded Intellectual
Property Rights;
	 
	 	(b)	 	ensure that the Company and each Subsidiary does not carry
on business or hold themselves out as operating under any name or
logo at any time thereafter which contains the words “MGM Grand” or
either of those words or anything similar or any logo synonymous
with or similar to the lion logo used by the Vendor or MGM MIRAGE
in their businesses or which otherwise uses any of the Excluded
Intellectual Property Rights; and
	 
	 	(c)	 	ensure that (without limiting clause 7.3), any exterior
fixture or fitting or other asset visible from outside the Business
Premises which prominently contains the words “MGM Grand” or either
of those words or anything similar or any logo synonymous with or
similar to the lion logo used by the Vendor or MGM MIRAGE in their
businesses is changed, or covered up until such time as it is
permanently changed.

	7.2	 	Delivery or transfer of Inventory
	 
	 	 	Within 60 days following Completion (subject to clause 7.8) the
Purchaser shall at no cost to the Vendor:

	 	(a)	 	to the extent that the Vendor and the Purchaser agree in
relation to specific categories of Inventory, destroy; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	otherwise transfer and deliver to the Vendor at the
Business Premises

	 	 	all Inventory (including, without limitation, any gaming chips, hotel
room supplies, linen, china and other restaurant accessories, unused
stationery and promotional material) which contains the words “MGM
Grand” or either of those words or anything similar or any logo
synonymous with or similar to the lion logo used by the Vendor or MGM
MIRAGE in their businesses or which otherwise uses any of the Excluded
Intellectual Property Rights.
	 
	7.3	 	Removal of embedded lion logo fixtures
	 
	 	 	Within 120 days following Completion (subject to clause 7.8) the
Purchaser must alter by either replacing, removing or covering up any
part of any fixture, fitting or other asset on the Business Premises
(but excluding those items of inventory referred to in clause 7.2) which
contains the words “MGM Grand” or either of those words or anything
similar or any logo synonymous with or similar to the lion logo used by
the Vendor or MGM MIRAGE in their businesses or which otherwise uses any
of the Excluded Intellectual Property Rights.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	16	 

 

 

	7.4	 	Destruction of material
	 
	 	 	The Purchaser shall destroy any of the Company’s gaming chips which
contain the words “MGM Grand” or either of those words or anything
similar or any logo synonymous with or similar to the lion logo used by
the Vendor or MGM MIRAGE in their businesses or which otherwise use any
of the Excluded Intellectual Property Rights which come into its
possession after the day on which delivery or transfer of Inventory is
made in accordance with clause 7.2.
	 
	 	 	On or before the 60th day after Completion, and thereafter within three
Business Days after any Inventory is destroyed under this clause or
clause 7.2, the Purchaser must deliver to the Vendor a certificate
signed by a director of the Purchaser setting out details of all
Inventory destroyed in accordance with clause 7.2 or this clause prior
to the date of the certificate (unless detailed in an earlier
certificate under this clause).
	 
	7.5	 	Operating and Procedures Manual
	 
	 	 	Prior to Completion the Vendor may remove any parts of the Operations
and Procedures Manual which are proprietary to the Vendor or MGM MIRAGE
and are not required by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries to ensure
compliance with the Casino Operator’s Agreement. Within 30 days
following Completion (subject to clause 7.8) , the Purchaser must remove
from the Operating and Procedures Manual, and ensure the Company and
Subsidiaries cease to use, all information or material identified by the
Vendor and notified to the Purchaser as being proprietary to the Vendor
or MGM MIRAGE.
	 
	7.6	 	Vendor rights
	 
	 	 	At any time after the expiry of the period provided for in clauses 7.1,
7.2, 7.3 and 7.5 (as the case may be), the Vendor and its
representatives have the right to attend the Business Premises, upon
giving the Purchaser 7 days prior notice, to ensure that all the
obligations set out in clauses 7.1, 7.2, 7.3 and 7.5 (as the case may
be) have been satisfied. In the event that the Vendor or its
representative(s) find that the obligations set out in clauses 7.1, 7.2,
7.3 and 7.5 have not been fully met within the relevant timeframe, the
Vendor or its representative(s) may, without any further consent or
concurrence of the Purchaser, do all such things as may be necessary in
the opinion of the Vendor, on behalf of the Purchaser and at the
Purchaser’s cost, to comply with clauses 7.1, 7.2, 7.3 and 7.5 (as the
case may be).
	 
	7.7	 	Costs
	 
	 	 	Any costs incurred by the Vendor or their representatives as a result of
taking action under clause 7.6 must be refunded by the Purchaser within
7 days of the Purchaser receiving written notice of these costs from the
Vendor.
	 
	7.8	 	Extension of time
	 
	 	 	If:

	 	(a)	 	the Purchaser makes a written request for an extension of
time in respect of specific categories of Inventory for a the
purposes of

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	17	 

 

 

	 	 	 	clause 7.2 or in respect of specific items or categories of
fixtures, fittings or other assets for the purposes of clause 7.3
or in respect of specific parts of the Operating and Procedures
Manual for the purposes of clause 7.5 and the request shows that
the Purchaser has made reasonable efforts to meet the
requirements of clause 7.2 or 7.3 or 7.5 (as the case may be) on
time in relation to that category or item, or that there are
circumstances beyond the Purchaser’s control preventing the
Purchaser meeting those requirements on time in relation to that
category or item; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	the Vendor, in its absolute discretion acting in good
faith, agrees to that request or notifies the Purchaser that it
agrees to a shorter extension in relation to that category or item,

	 	 	clause 7.2 or 7.3 or 7.5 (as the case may be) applies to that category
or item or part with the extension of time agreed to by the Vendor.
	 
	8	 	Conduct of business pending Completion
	 
	8.1	 	Conduct of business
	 
	 	 	Subject to clause 8.2, until Completion the Vendor must, unless the
Purchaser otherwise agrees in writing, procure that the Company and each
of the Subsidiaries:

	 	(a)	 	carries on its business in the Ordinary Course of Business;
and
	 
	 	(b)	 	uses all reasonable endeavours to preserve the goodwill of
its business.

	8.2	 	Restrictions on Company and Subsidiaries
	 
	 	 	Until Completion the Vendor must, unless the Purchaser otherwise agrees
in writing, procure that the Company and each of the Subsidiaries does
not:

	 	(a)	 	increase, reduce or otherwise alter its share capital, or
issue units in the Territory Property Trust or grant any options
for the issue of units in the Territory Property Trust or for shares or other securities other than as set forth in this
agreement;
	 
	 	(b)	 	make a distribution or revaluation of assets except as part
of the consolidation process for tax purposes referred to in clause
8.4; or
	 
	 	(c)	 	buy back its shares or sell or transfer any shares in any
Subsidiary or units in the Territory Property Trust or redeem any
units in the Territory Property Trust;
	 
	 	(d)	 	amend or take steps to amend its constituent documents;
	 
	 	(e)	 	amend or take steps to amend the Trust Deed;
	 
	 	(f)	 	merge or consolidate with any other corporation or acquire
all or substantially all of the shares or the business or assets of
any other

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	18	 

 

 

	 	 	 	person, firm, association, corporation or business organisation,
or agree to do any of the foregoing;
	 
	 	(g)	 	enter into any agreement for car parking with the Darwin
Council unless the terms of such agreement are not materially worse
for the Company and the Subsidiaries than those in the latest
correspondence with Darwin Council disclosed to the Purchaser prior
to the date of this agreement;
	 
	 	(h)	 	enter into any contract or arrangement with an Associate of
the Vendor or with the Vendor unless the terms:

	 	(i)	 	would be reasonable in the circumstances if
the parties to the contract or arrangement were dealing at
arm’s length; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	will not, after the transactions contemplated
in clauses 5.2 and 5.3 have been completed, have a material
adverse financial impact on the Company or the Subsidiaries;
and

	 	(i)	 	make any capital expenditure except as reasonably required
to maintain the Business Premises or any plant, equipment,
fixtures, fittings and gaming machines owned or leased or used in
connection with its operations in a functional and useable
condition and otherwise in their condition as at the date of this
agreement, fair wear and tear excepted.

	8.3	 	Access
	 
	 	 	The Vendor agrees to allow the Purchaser and its representatives access
to the premises and Records of the Company and each of the Subsidiaries
before the Completion Date upon giving the Vendor 3 Business Days prior
notice to the extent that in the opinion of the Vendor such access does
not interfere with the operations or business of the Company and its
Subsidiaries to assist the Purchaser to become familiar with the affairs
of the Company and each of the Subsidiaries. The Purchaser agrees not
to copy or remove any of the Records before Completion and also agrees
not to disclose or use any information which comes to its attention when
exercising its rights under this clause except:

	 	(a)	 	information which is in or becomes part of the public
domain other than through an act or omission of the Purchaser; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	information which the Purchaser can prove by
contemporaneous written documentation was already known to it at
the time of disclosure by the Vendor.

	8.4	 	Co-operation
	 
	 	 	The Vendor agrees to:

	 	(a)	 	arrange meetings between representatives from the Purchaser
and employees of the Company and each of the Subsidiaries as soon
as practicable on or after the date of this agreement at times and
in a manner which, in the opinion of the Vendor, do not
unreasonably

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	19	 

 

 

	 	 	 	interfere with the operations or business of the Company and its
Subsidiaries;
	 
	 	(b)	 	where the Purchase reasonably requests it, cause the
Company and Subsidiaries to cooperate with the Purchaser in
reserving new business and corporate names and preparing for their
changes of names and logos immediately after Completion;
	 
	 	(c)	 	at the earliest practicable time, give notice of any
contract, arrangement or understanding involving a liability
exceeding $200,000 or groups or series of contracts, arrangements
or understandings relating to the one project or matter which in
aggregate exceed $500,000, and to the extent practicable and
reasonable the Vendor agrees to consider, in good faith, any
comments or requests the Purchaser has made in relation to any of
those proposed, contracts, arrangements or understandings. To avoid
doubt, the Vendor need not wait until it has received comments from
the Purchaser before entering into a contract, arrangement or
understanding, and where the Purchaser has provided comments the
Vendor must consider, in good faith, but is not required to comply
with any comments from the Purchaser and the Vendor may in its
absolute discretion determine whether or not the Company or
Subsidiary enters into and the terms of any contract, arrangement
or understanding;
	 
	 	(d)	 	subject to any Laws relating to privacy, report any
agreement or arrangement entered into by the Company or a
Subsidiary to increase the compensation or other benefits payable
or to become payable to directors or employees, or pay any bonus
not provided for in any agreement or arrangement existing as at the
date of this agreement; and
	 
	 	(e)	 	at the earliest practicable time, give notice of any
proposal to settle or compromise any material litigation
proceeding, arbitrations, investigations (or any other material
disputes) involving the Company or any Subsidiary not relevant to
the businesses of MGM MIRAGE or its Associates outside Australia
and to the extent practicable and reasonable the Vendor agrees to
consider, in good faith, any comments or request the Purchaser has
made in relation to any such proposals. To avoid doubt, the Vendor
need not wait until it has received comments from the Purchaser
before entering into any settlement or compromise and where the
Purchaser has provided comments the Vendor must consider, in good
faith, but is not required to comply with any comments from the
Purchaser and the Vendor may in its absolute discretion determine
whether or not the Company or Subsidiary enters into and the terms
of any settlement or compromise.

	8.5	 	Tax Consolidation

	 	(a)	 	The Vendor will make a choice under section 703-50 of the
Tax Act that the Consolidatable Group of which it is the Head
Company is taken to be consolidated on and after 1 January 2003.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	20	 

 

 

	 	(b)	 	The Vendor covenants that it will enter into a tax sharing
agreement with the Company and each Subsidiary in respect of the
period when the Company and each Subsidiary are included in the
Consolidated Group of which the Vendor is Head Company. The tax
sharing agreement will cover all group liabilities (as defined in
section 721-10(1) of the Tax Act) of the Head Company for that
period (including, without limitation, any income tax liability for
any year in which the period occurs) which have not become due and
payable, and have not been paid or otherwise discharged in full,
before the date of entering into the tax sharing agreement and will
also comply with the other provisions of section 721-25(1) of the
Tax Act.

	8.6	 	Additional information
	 
	 	 	During the period from the date of this agreement until the date of
Completion, the Vendor agrees to provide the Purchaser with:

	 	(a)	 	copies of all management accounts of the Company and
Subsidiaries which are prepared during this period; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	copies of all information or correspondence received from
or sent to the Minister of Racing, Gaming and Licensing in the
Northern Territory of Australia that is addressed to or signed by
the General Manager, Darwin Casino.

	9	 	Risk and insurance
	 
	 	 	The Vendor must procure that the Company and each of the Subsidiaries
maintains until Completion insurance of their assets covering such risks
and for such amounts as were maintained in accordance with their
ordinary practice immediately prior to the date of this agreement.
	 
	10	 	Superannuation
	 
	 	 	The Vendor agrees to do everything reasonably required by the Purchaser
to put the Purchaser or its nominee in the same position at Completion
as regards control of or influence over the Relevant Schemes as the
Vendor is in on the date of this agreement.
	 
	11	 	Warranties and representations
	 
	11.1	 	Vendor represents and warrants
	 
	 	 	Except as set forth in the Disclosure Letter, the Vendor represents and
warrants to the Purchaser that each of the statements set out in the
appendix to this agreement is true in all material respects. Each of
the statements is to be treated as a separate representation and
warranty and the interpretation of any statement made may not be
restricted by reference to or inference from any other statement.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	21	 

 

 

	11.2	 	Purchaser acknowledgment
	 
	 	 	The Purchaser acknowledges that:

	 	(a)	 	in entering into this agreement and in proceeding to
Completion, the Purchaser does not rely on any representation,
warranty, condition or other conduct which may have been made by
the Vendor or on behalf of the Vendor, except the Warranties;
	 
	 	(b)	 	it has had the opportunity to make and has made reasonable
enquiries in relation to all matters material to it which are not
covered by the Warranties and satisfied itself in relation to the
matters arising from those investigations;
	 
	 	(c)	 	subject to any law to the contrary and except as provided
in the Warranties, all terms, conditions, warranties and
statements, whether express, implied, written, oral, collateral,
statutory or otherwise, are excluded and the Vendor disclaims all
liability in relation to these to the maximum extent permitted by
law; and
	 
	 	(d)	 	it has not and may not rely on, and no warranty, indemnity
or representation is made in connection with, any forecasts or
projections relating to the Company and the Subsidiaries (or any of
them) that have been given to the Purchaser or its professional
advisers by or on behalf of the Vendor.

	11.3	 	No claim
	 
	 	 	The Purchaser agrees not to make and waives any right it may have to
make any claim against the Vendor or any of their officers, employees,
agents or advisers under section 52 of the Trade Practices Act 1974, or
the corresponding provision of any state or territory enactment, for any
statement or representation made concerning the Company or any
Subsidiary.
	 
	11.4	 	Time limit on claims
	 
	 	 	The Purchaser may not claim for any breach of the Warranties unless full
details of the claim have been given to the Vendor within 12 months from
the Completion Date.
	 
	11.5	 	Quantum limit on claims
	 
	 	 	The Purchaser may not claim for a breach of the Warranties if the amount
of that claim is less than $250,000 nor if the total of all claims for
breach of the Warranties is less than or equal to $3,000,000, and the
Purchaser is not entitled to recover the first $1,000,000 where the
claims aggregate to more than that amount.
	 
	11.6	 	Maximum claim
	 
	 	 	The Purchaser may not claim for breach of the Warranties an aggregate
amount in excess of $30,000,000 unless the claim is for a breach of the
Warranty in paragraph 1 of section A of the Appendix, in which case the
Purchaser may not claim for an amount to the extent that the aggregate

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	22	 

 

 

	 	 	amount claimed for that and all other breaches of the Warranties exceeds
the Purchase Price.
	 
	11.7	 	No entitlement to claim
	 
	 	 	The Purchaser shall not be entitled to make any claim under or pursuant
to the Warranties in relation to:

	 	(a)	 	any matter to the extent it is properly reserved, provided
for, noted or otherwise properly taken into account, in the Last
Accounts or the Management Accounts and such Last Accounts or
Management Accounts with respect to such item were prepared in
accordance with the relevant Warranties relating to such Last
Accounts or Management Accounts;
	 
	 	(b)	 	any matter referred to or contained in the Disclosure
Letter;
	 
	 	(c)	 	any matter which is known or ought reasonably to have been
known by the Purchaser or any of its directors at the date of this
agreement;
	 
	 	(d)	 	any matter where the facts or circumstances giving rise to
such claim have been fully and fairly disclosed to the Purchaser in
the Disclosure Letter or the documents annexed or referred to in
the Disclosure Letter;
	 
	 	(e)	 	any claim to the extent it has been made good or is
compensated for otherwise than by the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries, or the Purchaser;
	 
	 	(f)	 	any claim which would not have arisen but for a voluntary
act or omission performed or allowed to occur by the Purchaser or
the Company or any of its Subsidiaries after Completion otherwise
than in the ordinary and proper course of business; and
	 
	 	(g)	 	any matter or thing done or omitted to be done after the
date of this agreement at the request or instigation of the
Purchaser.

	11.8	 	Remedies for breach of Warranty
	 
	 	 	The remedies of the Purchaser in respect of any breach of any of the
Warranties shall be limited to a claim for damages and shall not extend
to rescission of this agreement or the right to claim that any such
breach constitutes repudiation of this agreement.
	 
	11.9	 	Indemnification Claim
	 
	 	 	The Purchaser shall not be entitled to make any claim under or pursuant
to the Warranties for indemnification against or compensation for a
liability or potential liability of the Company or a Subsidiary to a
third party (an “Indemnification Claim”) unless:

	 	(a)	 	within thirty (30) days after circumstances have come to
the notice of the Purchaser or the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries, which will, or are reasonably likely to give rise to
an Indemnification Claim, the Purchaser gives to the Vendor written
notice of such claim. No such

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	23	 

 

 

	 	 	 	Indemnification Claim shall be settled or compromised without the
prior written consent of the Vendor;
	 
	 	(b)	 	if requested by the Vendor, the Purchaser has taken or
procured that the Company or the relevant Subsidiary has taken all
reasonable steps to avoid, resist, or compromise any
Indemnification Claim and any proceedings in respect thereof and
has taken or procured that the Company or any relevant Subsidiary
has taken all necessary proceedings or action in connection
therewith, subject in each case to the Vendor indemnifying and
securing the Purchaser and/or the Company or the relevant
Subsidiary to the reasonable satisfaction of the Purchaser against
all reasonable costs which it may reasonably incur thereby;
	 
	 	(c)	 	the Purchaser has at all times allowed the Vendor and their
professional advisers and other agents access to and to inspect and
take copies of, all necessary books and files and records of the
Company and any Subsidiary for the purpose of assessing and dealing
with any such Indemnification Claims; and
	 
	 	(d)	 	nothing herein shall apply to any claim by the Purchaser
under the Warranties which is not an Indemnification Claim.

	11.10	 	Conduct of claims
	 
	 	 	The Purchaser shall permit the Vendor upon their providing an indemnity
reasonably satisfactory to the Purchaser in accordance with clause
11.9(b) to control (subject to good faith consultation with the
Purchaser) the conduct of all proceedings against third parties relating
to the claim (including the appointment of solicitors or other
professional advisers) and making any settlement or compromise thereof
provided that if the Purchaser shall in writing so require, the Vendor
shall procure that the Purchaser is promptly sent copies of all
communications and other documents, written or otherwise, pertaining
thereto transmitted to the other party thereto or their agents or
professional advisers.
	 
	11.11	 	Calculation of liability
	 
	 	 	In calculating any liability of the Vendor in respect of any breach of
the Warranties any loss to the Purchaser and/or the Company or any
Subsidiary which is to be taken into account shall be reduced by:

	 	(a)	 	the net amount by which any Tax for which the Company or
any Subsidiary is or may at any time be liable to be assessed or
accountable is reduced or extinguished as a result of any such
liability after giving effect to payment under the Warranty; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	the amount of any realised Tax benefit attributable to
losses or other allowable sums available for offset against Tax and
created as a result of any such liability after giving effect to
payment under the Warranty or (where appropriate) the amount by
which any such losses or other allowable sum are increased as a
result of such liability after giving effect to payment under the
Warranty.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	24	 

 

 

	11.12	 	Payment of claims
	 
	 	 	If any payment is made by the Vendor in full settlement of any claim
under the Warranties and the Purchaser or the Company or any of its
Subsidiaries subsequently recovers or procures the recovery from a third
party of an amount which is referable to that claim the Purchaser shall,
or shall procure that the Company or the relevant Subsidiary shall,
forthwith repay or procure repayment to the Vendor, of any amount equal
to whichever is the lesser of:

	 	(a)	 	the amount recovered from the third party after deduction
of all reasonable expenses of recovery; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	the amount paid in or towards settlement of the claim.

	11.13	 	Guarantee from MGM MIRAGE
	 
	 	MGM MIRAGE:

	 	(a)	 	gives the guarantee in this clause 11.13 in consideration
of the Purchaser agreeing to enter into this agreement;
	 
	 	(b)	 	acknowledges the receipt of valuable consideration from the
Purchaser for MGM MIRAGE incurring obligations and giving rights
under this guarantee;
	 
	 	(c)	 	unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the Purchaser
the due and punctual performance by the Vendor of its obligations
after Completion in respect of any claim by the Purchaser for a
breach of the Warranties under this agreement or any claim by the
Purchaser under clause 12.1 (“Adjustment for tax liability”);
	 
	 	(d)	 	waives any right it has of first requiring the Purchaser to
commence proceedings or enforce any other right against the Vendor
or any other person before claiming under this guarantee;
	 
	 	(e)	 	agrees that its liability under this guarantee as
guarantor, indemnifier or principal debtor and the rights of the
Purchaser under this guarantee are not affected by anything which
might otherwise affect them at law or in equity, including, but not
limited to, one or more of the following:

	 	(i)	 	the Purchaser granting time or other
indulgence to, compounding or compromising with or releasing
in any way the Vendor;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	acquiescence, delay, acts, omissions or
mistakes on the part of the Purchaser;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	any novation of a right of the Purchaser;
	 
	 	(iv)	 	any variation of this agreement or any
agreement entered into in performance of this agreement; and
	 
	 	(v)	 	the invalidity or unenforceability of an
obligation or liability of a person other than MGM MIRAGE;

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	25	 

 

 

	 	(f)	 	agrees to pay or reimburse the Purchaser on demand for all
costs, charges and expenses in making or enforcing this guarantee;
and
	 
	 	(g)	 	acknowledges that this guarantee is a continuing guarantee
and is not discharged by any one payment.

	11.14	 	Mitigate loss
	 
	 	 	The Purchaser shall, and shall procure the Company and its Subsidiaries
to, take all steps which may be reasonable to mitigate any loss in
relation to any claim under the Warranties.
	 
	11.15	 	No claim under Warranties
	 
	 	The Vendor will not be liable to the Purchaser for any claim under the
Warranties:

	 	(a)	 	to the extent that the claim is as a result of any
legislation not in force at the date of this agreement, including
legislation which takes effect retrospectively; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	to the extent that the claim is as a result of or in
respect of change in the judicial interpretation of the law in any
jurisdiction after the date of this agreement.

	11.16	 	No action against Kirk Kerkorian or Tracinda Corporation
	 
	 	The Purchaser agrees that in the event:

	 	(a)	 	there is any default or alleged default by the Vendor under
this agreement; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	the Purchaser has or may have a claim arising from or
relating to the terms of this agreement,

	 	the Purchaser will not commence any lawsuit or otherwise seek to impose
any liability whatsoever against Kirk Kerkorian or Tracinda Corporation.
	 
	11.17	 	No liability for Kirk Kerkorian or Tracinda Corporation
	 
	 	The Purchaser further agrees:

	 	(a)	 	that neither Kirk Kerkorian nor Tracinda Corporation will
have any liability whatsoever with respect to this agreement or any
matters relating to or arising from this agreement;
	 
	 	(b)	 	that it will not assert or permit any party claiming
through it, to assert a claim or impose any liability against
either Kirk Kerkorian or Tracinda Corporation, either collectively
or individually, as to any matter or thing arising out of or
relating to this agreement or any alleged breach or default of this
agreement by the Vendor;
	 
	 	(c)	 	that neither Kirk Kerkorian nor Tracinda Corporation,
individually or collectively, is a party to this agreement or is
liable for any alleged breach or default of this agreement by the
Vendor.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	26	 

 

 

	11.18	 	Reduction to Purchase Price
	 
	      If a payment is made for breach of any Warranty, the payment is to be
treated:

	 	(a)	 	where the Warranty relates to the Sale Units, as a
reduction in the Purchase Price for the Sale Units;
	 
	 	(b)	 	in all other cases, as a reduction in the Purchase Price
payable for the Shares under clause 2.

	11.19	 	Purchaser’s representations and warranties
	 
	      The Purchaser represents and warrants to the Vendor that:

	 	(a)	 	it is incorporated in the State of Victoria and has its
registered office at ‘Railway Station Building’, North Terrace,
Adelaide, South Australia;
	 
	 	(b)	 	it has full corporate power to own property and to enter
into and implement this agreement and any other agreements to be
entered into in accordance with this agreement;
	 
	 	(c)	 	it has obtained all necessary consents to enable it to
enter into and perform this agreement and entry into and
performance by it of this agreement does not constitute a breach of
any obligation (including, but not limited to, any statutory,
contractual or fiduciary obligation), or default under any
agreement or undertaking, by which it is bound;
	 
	 	(d)	 	no meeting has been convened or resolution proposed, or
petition presented, and no order has been made for its winding up
or dissolution. No distress, execution or other similar order or
process has been levied on any of its assets. No voluntary
arrangement has been proposed or reached with any of its creditors.
No receiver, receiver and manager, provisional liquidator,
liquidator, administrator or other officer of the court has been
appointed in relation to its assets. It is able to pay its debts
as and when they fall due;
	 
	 	(e)	 	it is not an Associate of the Vendor on the date of this
agreement, being the date the Purchaser offered to purchase the
Shares and Sale Units on the terms set forth in this agreement;
	 
	 	(f)	 	neither the Purchaser nor any of its Associates shall be or
have the option to become Associates of the Vendor or any of their
Associates during the 12 months following Completion; and
	 
	 	(g)	 	neither before the date of this agreement nor during the
period referred to in paragraph (f) above has or will the Purchaser
or any of its Associates enter into any agreement, arrangement or
understanding with the Vendor or any Associate of a Vendor on terms
which are not bona fide arms’ length terms and which confer a
direct or indirect benefit on such Vendor or its Associate
attributable in whole or part to the relevant entity being a holder
or former holder of Shares or options of the Company.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	27	 

 

 

	12	 	Tax Indemnity
	 
	12.1	 	Adjustment for Tax liability
	 
	 	Subject to this clause 12, the Vendor agrees that, if at any time the
Company or any Subsidiary receives or suffers a Tax Claim, then the
Vendor must pay to the Purchaser the amount by which the sum of:

	 	(a)	 	the Claim Amount for that Tax Claim less any Tax Benefit
for the Company or a Subsidiary (as the case may be) that results
from that Tax Claim; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	all other Claim Amounts for Tax Claims received or suffered
by the Company or a Subsidiary (as the case may be) less any Tax
Benefits for the Company or Subsidiary (as the case may be) that
result from the Tax Claims,

	 	exceeds the Tax Provision.
	 
	12.2	 	Threshold for Tax Claims
	 
	 	 	The Vendor is under no obligation to make a payment under clause 12.1
(“Adjustment for Tax Liability”) unless and until the aggregate of all
amounts payable under clause 12.1 (reduced by any amount paid or payable
or which otherwise would have been paid or payable under clause 12.11
(“Refund by Purchaser”)) exceeds $1,000,000.
	 
	12.3	 	Breach of Warranty
	 
	 	If a breach of Warranty by the Vendor arises from a fact or circumstance
which results in a Tax Claim:

	 	(a)	 	the Vendor shall have no obligation to pay an amount in
respect of the Tax Claim under clause 11 (“Warranties and
representations”) to the extent that it represents:

	 	(i)	 	a Claim Amount for the Tax Claim; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	an amount payable under this clause 12 in
respect of the Tax Claim (other than the Claim Amount for
the Tax Claim); and

	 	(b)	 	the amount in respect of the Tax Claim should be
disregarded for the purposes of clause 11.5 (“Quantum limit on
claims”) to the extent that it represents:

	 	(i)	 	a Claim Amount for the Tax Claim; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	an amount payable under this clause 12 in
respect of the Tax Claim (other than the Claim Amount for
the Tax Claim).

	12.4	 	Reduction in purchase price
	 
	 	 	Any payment under clause 12.1 (“Adjustment for Tax Liability”) is to be
treated as a pro rata reduction in the purchase price for each Share.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	28	 

 

 

	12.5	 	Obligations excluded
	 
	 	The obligations of the Vendor under clause 12.1 (“Adjustment for Tax
Liability”) do not apply in respect of a Tax Claim:

	 	(a)	 	to the extent that the possibility of the Tax Claim arising
has been disclosed in writing in the Disclosure Letter to the
Purchaser before execution of this agreement and included in the
Tax Provision in the Completion Statement;
	 
	 	(b)	 	to the extent that the Tax Claim arises from the failure by
the Purchaser to supply to the Vendor on a timely basis information
which is reasonably requested by the Vendor in relation to a Tax
Claim;
	 
	 	(c)	 	to the extent that the Tax Claim arises from the failure by
the Company or any Subsidiary after Completion, in a timely manner,
to:

	 	(i)	 	lodge any return, notice, objection or other
document in relation to the Tax Claim;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	claim all or any portion of any relief,
allowance, deduction, credit, rebate or refund;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	disclose or correctly describe in any
return, notice, objection or other document relating to the
Tax Claim any fact, matter or thing to the extent that it
was or might reasonably be expected to have been within the
knowledge of either the Purchaser or the Company or any
Subsidiary;
	 
	 	(iv)	 	make any rollover or other election, claim or
application to any Authority; or
	 
	 	(v)	 	take any other action which the Company or
any Subsidiary is required or permitted to take under this
clause or any laws relating to Tax;

	 	(d)	 	to the extent that the Tax Claim arises from a change to,
or the announcement, introduction or enactment of, any legislation,
regulation, order or rule or other statement, policy or practice
previously published or followed by any Authority or from a
decision of any court or tribunal (whether having the force of law
or not and whether the change etc is retrospective or not) relating
to Tax after the Completion Date;
	 
	 	(e)	 	to the extent that the Tax Claim arises from a change to,
or the announcement or publication, or withdrawal of, any draft or
final ruling, determination or position of an Authority (whether
binding or not on an Authority);
	 
	 	(f)	 	to the extent that the Tax Claim arises from the doing of
any voluntary act by the Company, any Subsidiary or the Purchaser,
except to the extent such act is agreed to in writing by the
Vendor, which agreement will not be unreasonably withheld;

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	29	 

 

 

	 	(g)	 	where the Purchaser has not complied with clause 12.7
(“Written notice of Tax Claim”), 12.8 (“Access”), 12.9 (“Resisting
Tax Claims”) or 12.12 (“Tax Returns”) in relation to the Tax Claim
provided that non-compliance with any of these clauses shall not
affect the Purchaser’s rights to a Tax Claim unless (and then
solely to the extent that) the Vendor is materially prejudiced as a
consequence of such failure; or
	 
	 	(h)	 	made after four (4) years after the date of assessment or
deemed assessment for the income year to which the Tax Claim
relates.

	12.6	 	Payments
	 
	 	Payments under clause 12.1 (“Adjustment for Tax Liability”) must be made
to the Purchaser or, if the Vendor wishes, directly to the relevant
Authority for and on behalf of the relevant Company or Subsidiary, as
follows:

	 	(a)	 	if the Company or any Subsidiary must make a payment of Tax
in respect of a Tax Claim to which clause 12.1 applies — seven days
before the latest date on which that payment may lawfully be made
without incurring any penalty or additional tax for late payment;
	 
	 	(b)	 	if the Company or any Subsidiary is deprived of any credit,
rebate or refund — seven days before the latest date on which Tax
becomes payable by the company without incurring any penalty or
additional Tax for late payment, being Tax which would not have
been payable were it not for the Tax Claim.

	12.7	 	Written notice of Tax Claim
	 
	 	 	If the Purchaser, the Company or any Subsidiary becomes aware of a Tax
Claim or receives verbal or written notification which could give rise
to a Tax Claim (“potential Tax Claim"), the Purchaser must give written
notice of it to the Vendor within ten (10) Business Days of becoming so
aware.
	 
	 	 	The Purchaser must forward, or cause to be forwarded, to the Vendor
within ten (10) Business Days of receipt by the addressee a copy of the
relevant portion of any notice, correspondence or other document
relating to a Tax Claim or potential Tax Claim received from an
Authority or any legal representative of an Authority or any court or
tribunal, including any objection, appeal or application which may be
made in relation thereto and which the Vendor does not have.
	 
	 	 	Where the Purchaser, the Company or a Subsidiary or any person acting on
behalf of the Purchaser, Company or Subsidiary has had any oral
communication with any representative of an Authority concerning any
material matter relating to a Tax Claim or potential Tax Claim, the
Purchaser must procure that a written note of the discussion of that
material matter is given to the Vendor within ten (10) Business Days of
the communication.
	 
	12.8	 	Access
	 
	 	 	The Purchaser must ensure the Vendor and its professional advisers are
provided with reasonable assistance and have reasonable access to the
personnel of the Purchaser, the Company and any Subsidiary and to any

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	30	 

 

 

	 	 	relevant facility, premises, assets and Records within the custody,
power, possession or control of those companies to enable the Vendor and
its professional advisers to examine the Tax Claim and Records and to
take copies or photographs of them, at the expense of the Vendor. The
Purchaser agrees to permit the Vendor to retain for its own purposes, a
copy of any such Record. The Vendor and its professional advisers must
first give to the Purchaser, the Company or Subsidiary such undertakings
as to confidentiality as the Purchaser may reasonably require.
	 
	12.9	 	Resisting Tax Claims
	 
	 	 	The Vendor shall control the conduct, through the Vendor’s own counsel
at the Vendor’s sole expense, of any response to any Tax Claim,
including (but not limited to) taking reasonable action to avoid,
resist, compromise, defend, concede or settle (including making appeals
and objections) the Tax Claim. The Purchaser must cooperate, and cause
the Company and each Subsidiary to cooperate, in the conduct of any
response to any Tax Claim to the extent reasonably required by the
Vendor. The Vendor may not settle, compromise or concede a Tax Claim in
a manner that would adversely affect the Purchaser, Company or
Subsidiary without the consent of such entity, and the Purchaser must
procure that such consent is not unreasonably withheld or delayed.
	 
	 	 	The Vendor shall only avoid, resist, compromise, concede or settle a Tax
Claim notified by the Purchaser under clause 12.7 (“Written notice of
Tax Claim”) on the basis of advice from a recognised Australian tax
expert that it is reasonable in all the circumstances to do so. The
parties acknowledge that the expert need not be independent and the
provisions of clause 12.14 (“Dispute Resolution”) do not apply to such
advice.
	 
	12.10	 	Ceasing resistance of Tax Claim
	 
	 	 	If the Purchaser does not comply with clause 12.9 (“Resisting Tax
Claims”) then:

	 	(a)	 	the Vendor is not liable to make a payment under this
clause 12 (“Tax Indemnity”) in respect of the Tax Claim; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	to the extent to which the Vendor has made a payment under
clause 12 (“Tax Indemnity”) in respect of the Tax Claim, the
Purchaser must immediately refund that payment to the Vendor. Any
payment under this clause 12.10(b) is to be treated as a pro rata
increase in the purchase price for each Share.

	12.11	 	Refund by Purchaser
	 
	     If either:

	 	(a)	 	following payment by the Vendor of an amount under clause
12.1 (“Adjustment for Tax Liability”) for a Tax Claim, all or part
of the Claim Amount is refunded either in cash or by credit to the
Company or any Subsidiary (including, but not limited to, any
amount or credit received following a successful objection or
appeal); and/or

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	31	 

 

 

	 	(b)	 	the Company or Subsidiary receives a refund either in cash
or by credit which relates to an act or omission of, or occurrence,
affecting the Company or Subsidiary before 6:00am on the Completion
Date,

	 	 	then the Purchaser must immediately pay to the Vendor:

	 	(c)	 	in the case of (a), an amount equal to the lesser of the
refund and the amount of the payment paid by the Vendor under
clause 12.1 (“Adjustment for Tax Liability”); and/or
	 
	 	(d)	 	in the case of (b), an amount equal to so much of the
refund to the extent that,

	 	(i)	 	it is not paid under clause 12.11(c); and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	it is not referable to losing a separate (and
related) Tax Benefit; and

	 	(e)	 	an amount equal to any interest paid or credited to the
Company or Subsidiary which is referable to the amount referred to
in clause 12.11(c) and/or(d).

	 	Any payment under this clause 12.11 is to be treated as a pro rata
increase in the purchase price for each Share.
	 
	 	The Purchaser is under no obligation to make a payment to the Vendor
under this clause 12.11 where the refund or credit has been included as
an asset in the Completion Statement.
	 
	 	The Purchaser is under no obligation to make a payment to the Vendor
under this clause 12.11 to the extent that the refund or credit of the
Claim Amount exceeds the amount paid by or on behalf of the Vendor under
this clause 12 in respect of that Claim Amount.
	 
	12.12	 	Tax returns

	 	(a)	 	The Vendor and the Purchaser agree that the Vendor or its
duly authorised agents will prepare the Tax returns for the Company
and each Subsidiary for all periods ending on or before the
Completion Date so that they may be lodged with the relevant
Authority (on behalf of the Company and each Subsidiary) at the
latest, by the last day on which they can be lodged without the
imposition of any penalties or interest charges and the Vendor or
its duly authorised agents will:

	 	(i)	 	prepare and submit tax claims, elections,
surrenders, disclaimers, notices and consents on behalf of
the Company and each Subsidiary for all periods ending on or
before the Completion Date;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	subject to this clause 12, deal with all Tax
matters which affect the Company or any Subsidiary
(including the conduct of negotiations and correspondence
and agreements with the relevant Authority) in respect of
all periods ending on or before the Completion Date; and

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	32	 

 

 

	 	(iii)	 	provide the Purchaser with a copy of such
returns as filed as soon as practicable.

	 	(b)	 	The Purchaser, Company or Subsidiary must notify the Vendor
at least 30 days before the Purchaser, Company or Subsidiary lodges
a Tax return, amended or otherwise, in respect of the Company or
Subsidiary with an Authority which may give rise to a Tax Claim to
which clause 12.1 may apply. The parties agree to discuss in good
faith the ramifications, if any, of the proposed return and the
Purchaser agrees to make any changes to the proposed return which
are reasonably requested by the Vendor. The Purchaser agrees to
provide the Vendor with a copy of such returns as filed as soon as
practicable.

	12.13	 	Other obligations of Purchaser
	 
	     The Purchaser agrees to:

	 	(a)	 	promptly notify the Vendor in writing of any notice or
commencement of any audit or investigation or exercise of powers
under section 263 or 264 of the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 or
any dispute with an Authority in relation to this transaction or
the Company or any Subsidiary in relation to any period up to the
end of the income year in which Completion occurs;
	 
	 	(b)	 	not, without the approval of the Vendor (such approval not
to be unreasonably withheld):

	 	(i)	 	amend, or permit the self amendment by the
Company or any Subsidiary of, any tax return by such company
in respect of a period, or part thereof, prior to the
Completion Date;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	apply for any binding or non-binding advance
opinion, determination or ruling in respect of or which in
any way relates to an act or omission of, or occurrence
affecting, the Company or any Subsidiary before the opening
of business on the Completion Date.

	12.14	 	Dispute resolution
	 
	 	 	If the Vendor and the Purchaser cannot agree on any amount to be paid
under this clause 12 (“Adjustment for Tax liability”) within 21 days of
a dispute arising, then either the Vendor or the Purchaser may refer the
disagreement to an expert with the request that the expert make a
decision on the disagreement as soon as practicable after receiving any
submissions from the Vendor and the Purchaser. The expert is to be a
person with over ten years experience in Tax agreed by the Vendor and
the Purchaser, or if they do not agree on the person to be appointed
within seven days of one party requesting appointment, a person with the
same expertise appointed by the President of the Australian Institute of
Chartered Accountants at the request of either the Vendor or the
Purchaser.
	 
	 	 	The decision of the expert is to be conclusive and binding on the
parties in the absence of manifest error. The Vendor and the Purchaser
agree to each pay one half of the expert’s costs and expenses in
connection with the reference.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	33	 

 

 

	 	 	The expert is appointed as an expert and not as an arbitrator. The
procedures for determination are to be decided by the expert in its
absolute discretion.
	 
	13	 	Guarantee and indemnity
	 
	13.1	 	Consideration
	 
	 	 	The Guarantor gives the guarantee and indemnity in clause 13.2 in
consideration of the Vendor agreeing to enter into this agreement. The
Guarantor acknowledges the receipt of valuable consideration from the
Vendor for the Guarantor incurring obligations and giving rights under
this guarantee and indemnity.
	 
	13.2	 	Unconditional and irrevocable guarantee
	 
	 	 	The Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the Vendor
the due and punctual performance by the Purchaser of its obligations
under this agreement, including the obligations to pay money.
	 
	13.3	 	Indemnity
	 
	 	 	As a separate undertaking, the Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably
indemnifies the Vendor against all liability or loss arising from, and
any costs, charges or expenses incurred in connection with, a breach by
the Purchaser of this agreement, including clause 11.2, and including a
breach of the obligations to pay money. It is not necessary for the
Vendor to incur expenses or make payment before enforcing that right of
indemnity.
	 
	13.4	 	Waiver of right to enforce against Purchaser
	 
	 	 	The Guarantor waives any right it has of first requiring the Vendor to
commence proceedings or enforce any other right against the Purchaser or
any other person before claiming under this guarantee and indemnity.
	 
	13.5	 	Continuing guarantee and indemnity
	 
	 	 	This guarantee and indemnity is a continuing guarantee and indemnity and
is not discharged by any one payment. This guarantee and indemnity does
not merge on Completion.
	 
	13.6	 	Guarantor’s liability and Vendor’s rights not affected
	 
	 	 	The Guarantor’s liability under this guarantee and indemnity as
guarantor, indemnifier or principal debtor and the rights of the Vendor
under this guarantee and indemnity are not affected by anything which
might otherwise affect them at law or in equity, including, but not
limited to, one or more of the following:

	 	(a)	 	the Vendor granting time or other indulgence to,
compounding or compromising with or releasing in any way the
Purchaser;
	 
	 	(b)	 	acquiescence, delay, acts, omissions or mistakes on the
part of the Vendor;

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	34	 

 

 

	 	(c)	 	any novation of a right of the Vendor;
	 
	 	(d)	 	any variation of this agreement or any agreement entered
into in performance of this agreement; and
	 
	 	(e)	 	the invalidity or unenforceability of an obligation or
liability of a person other than the Guarantor.

	13.7	 	Restrictions on Guarantor
	 
	 	The Guarantor may not, without the consent of the Vendor:

	 	(a)	 	raise a set-off or counter-claim available to it or the
Purchaser against the Vendor in reduction of liability under this
guarantee and indemnity;
	 
	 	(b)	 	claim to be entitled by way of contribution, indemnity,
subrogation, marshalling or otherwise to the benefit of any
security or guarantee held by the Vendor in connection with this
agreement;
	 
	 	(c)	 	make a claim or enforce a right against the Purchaser or
any other Guarantor or against their estate or property; or
	 
	 	(d)	 	prove in competition with the Vendor if a liquidator,
provisional liquidator, receiver, official manager or trustee in
bankruptcy is appointed in respect of the Purchaser or the
Purchaser is otherwise unable to pay its debts when they fall due.

	13.8	 	Claim payment void or voidable
	 
	 	 	If a claim that a payment or transfer to the Vendor in connection with
this agreement is void or voidable (including, but not limited to, a
claim under laws relating to liquidation, insolvency or protection of
creditors) is upheld, conceded or compromised then the Vendor is
entitled immediately as against each Guarantor to the rights to which it
would have been entitled under this guarantee and indemnity if the
payment or transfer had not occurred.
	 
	13.9	 	Obligations on Guarantor
	 
	 	The Guarantor agrees to pay or reimburse the Vendor on demand for:

	 	(a)	 	all costs, charges and expenses in making, enforcing and
doing anything in connection with this guarantee and indemnity
including, but not limited to, legal costs and expenses on a full
indemnity basis; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	all stamp duties, fees, taxes and charges which are payable
in connection with this guarantee and indemnity or a payment,
receipt or other transaction contemplated by it.

	 	 	Money paid to the Vendor by the Guarantor must be applied first against
payment of costs, charges and expenses under clause 13.9 then against
other obligations under the guarantee and indemnity.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	35	 

 

 

	14	 	Costs and stamp duty
	 
	14.1	 	Costs
	 
	 	 	The Vendor and the Purchaser agree to bear their own legal and other
costs and expenses in connection with, the preparation, execution and
completion of this agreement and of other related documentation, except
for stamp duty.
	 
	14.2	 	Stamp Duty
	 
	 	 	The Purchaser agrees to bear all stamp duty payable or assessed in
connection with this agreement and the transfer of the Shares and the
Sale Units to the Purchaser.
	 
	15	 	Notices
	 
	15.1	 	Notices
	 
	 	 	A notice, approval, consent or other communication in connection with
this agreement:

	(a)	 	must be in writing;
	 
	(b)	 	must be marked for the attention of the person named; and
	 
	(c)	 	must be left at the address of the addressee, or sent by
prepaid ordinary post (airmail if posted to or from a place outside
Australia) to the address of the addressee or sent by facsimile to
the facsimile number of the addressee which is specified in the
Details or if the addressee notifies another address or facsimile
number then to that address or facsimile number.
	 
	 	 	The address, and facsimile number of each party is:

	 	 	 
	Vendor
	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Address:

	 	3600 Las Vegas Boulevard South
	

	 	Las Vegas, Nevada 89109 USA
	Facsimile:

	 	(702) 693 7628
	Attention:

	 	Mr James Murren, President and Chief Financial Officer, MGM
MIRAGE
	 
	 	 
	A copy of any notice to the Vendor must also be given to the Vendor’s
solicitors:
	 
	 	 
	Address:

	 	Mallesons Stephen Jaques
	

	 	Level 60, Governor Philip Tower, 1 Farrer Place,
	

	 	Sydney, NSW 2000 Australia
	Facsimile:

	 	(02) 9296 3999
	Attention:

	 	Mr Jamie Prell
	 
	 	 
	MGM MIRAGE
	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Address:

	 	3600 Las Vegas Boulevard South

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen
Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of
Shares and Units
	 	 	36	 

 

 

	 	 	 
	

	 	Las Vegas, Nevada 89109 USA
	Facsimile:

	 	(702) 693 7628
	Attention:

	 	Mr James Murren, President and Chief Financial Officer
	Purchaser
	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Address:

	 	Level 6
	

	 	86 Federal Street
	

	 	Auckland New Zealand
	Facsimile:

	 	(649) 363 6140
	Attention:

	 	Mr David Lilly
	

	 	General Manager — Group Finance
	 
	 	 
	Copy to:

	 	Mr Andrew Kedzior
	

	 	Partner
	

	 	Finlaysons
	

	 	81 Flinders Street
	

	 	Adelaide SA
	

	 	Australia 5000
	Facsimile:

	 	(08) 8232 2944
	Guarantor
	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Address:

	 	Level 6
	

	 	86 Federal Street
	

	 	Auckland New Zealand
	

	 	Facsimile:(649) 363 6140
	

	 	Attention:Mr David Lilly,
	

	 	General Manager — Group Finance
	 
	 	 
	Copy to:

	 	Mr Andrew Kedzior
	

	 	Partner
	

	 	Finlaysons
	

	 	81 Flinders Street
	

	 	Adelaide SA
	

	 	Australia 5000
	Facsimile:

	 	(08) 8232 2944

	15.2	 	Effect of Notice
	 
	 	 	A notice, approval, consent or other communication takes effect from the
time it is received unless a later time is specified in it.

	15.3	 	Receipt of Notice
	 
	 	 	A letter or facsimile is taken to be received:

	(a)	 	in the case of a posted letter, on the third (seventh, if
posted to or from a place outside Australia) day after posting; and
	 
	(b)	 	in the case of facsimile, on production of a transmission
report by the machine from which the facsimile was sent which
indicates that the facsimile was sent in its entirety to the
facsimile number of the recipient, or if that is after 5pm or not
on a Business Day in the place of receipt, at 9am on the next
Business Day in the place of receipt.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen
Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of
Shares and Units
	 	 	37	 

 

 

	 	 	“Business Day” for this purpose means a day on which the banks
are open for general business in the place of receipt (not being
a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in that place).

	16	 	Assignment and Nomination
	 
	16.1	 	Assignment
	 
	 	 	A party may not assign all or any of its rights under this agreement
without the consent of the other parties in writing.
	 
	16.2	 	Nomination
	 
	 	 	The Vendor and MGM MIRAGE acknowledge and agree that the Purchaser has
entered into this agreement on the basis that Completion of the purchase
of either the Shares and/or the Sale Units may be effected by the
Purchaser or by a party to be nominated by the Purchaser (Nominee), the
Purchaser intending to convey the Shares and/or Sale Units to the
Nominee on the following terms:

	(a)	 	the Nominee must be:

	(i)	 	the Guarantor; or
	 
	(ii)	 	a Related Body Corporate of the Guarantor; or
	 
	(iii)	 	a body corporate that is wholly owned by:

	(A)	 	a Related Body Corporate of
the Guarantor; and/or
	 
	(B)	 	a limited liability
partnership governed by the partnership legislation
of a State or Territory of Australia, the partners
of which are Related Bodies Corporate of the
Guarantor; or

	(iv)	 	a corporation that the Purchaser incorporates
after the date of this agreement, where upon incorporation
such corporation shall be wholly owned by:

	(A)	 	a Related Body Corporate of
the Guarantor; and/or
	 
	(B)	 	a limited liability
partnership governed by the partnership legislation
of a State or Territory of Australia, the partners
of which are Related Bodies Corporate of the
Guarantor; or

	(v)	 	a trustee of a trust that the Purchaser
constitutes after the date of this agreement, whereupon the
beneficial interest of that trust is held by the Purchaser
and/or one or more of the parties referred to in clauses
16.2(a)(i), (ii), (iii) or (iv);

	(b)	 	the nomination by the Purchaser of a Nominee must not
impose or give rise to an additional Tax or Duty liability to the
Vendor which

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen
Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of
Shares and Units
	 	 	38	 

 

 

	 	 	would not otherwise be incurred by the Vendor if no nomination
was made by the Purchaser pursuant to this clause;
	 
	(c)	 	notice of any nomination of a Nominee must be provided by
the Purchaser and the Nominee to the Vendor at least 5 Business
Days prior to Completion, which notice shall provide that the
Nominee agrees to be bound by the provisions of this agreement and
otherwise be in a form acceptable to the Vendor, acting reasonably;
and
	 
	(d)	 	as from the date of nomination:

	(i)	 	the agreement will apply between the parties
as if the Nominee was always a party to the agreement in
place of the Purchaser;
	 
	(ii)	 	the Nominee will be entitled in place of the
Purchaser to the benefit of the agreement and will be
entitled to exercise all of the rights of the Purchaser
under the agreement;
	 
	(iii)	 	the Nominee will perform and observe the
Purchaser’s obligations under the agreement as if the Vendor
was always a party to the agreement;

	(e)	 	despite any nomination by the Purchaser under this clause,
the Purchaser shall remain liable for the performance of all
obligations on its part to be performed as a consequence of this
agreement;
	 
	(f)	 	if the Nominee is not the Guarantor, the Guarantor’s
liability under this agreement will not be affected by the
nomination of the Nominee and for the avoidance of any doubt, the
Guarantor’s liability under clause 13 will apply as if the Nominee
was always a party to the agreement in place of the Purchaser;
	 
	(g)	 	MGM MIRAGE’s liability under this agreement will not be
affected by the nomination of the Nominee and for the avoidance of
any doubt, MGM MIRAGE’s liability under clause 11.13 will apply as
if the Nominee was always a party to the agreement in place of the
Purchaser.

	16.3	 	Material Delay
	 
	 	 	The Purchaser must not exercise the right to nominate another party to
effect Completion of the purchase of either the Shares or the Sale Units
if to do so would materially delay the timing of Completion.

	17	 	Miscellaneous
	 
	17.1	 	Exercise of rights
	 
	 	 	A party may exercise a right, power or remedy at its discretion, and
separately or concurrently with another right, power or remedy. A
single or partial exercise of a right, power or remedy by a party does
not prevent a further exercise of that or of any other right, power or
remedy. Failure by a party to exercise or delay in exercising a right,
power or remedy does not prevent its

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen
Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of
Shares and Units
	 	 	39	 

 

 

	 	 	exercise. A party is not liable for any loss caused by the exercise or
attempted exercise of, failure to exercise, or delay in exercising the
right, power or remedy.

	17.2	 	Waiver and variation
	 
	 	 	A provision of or a right created under this agreement may not be:

	(a)	 	waived except in writing signed by the party granting the
waiver; or
	 
	(b)	 	varied except in writing signed by the parties.

	17.3	 	Approvals and consent
	 
	 	 	A party may give conditionally or unconditionally or withhold its
approval or consent in its absolute discretion unless this agreement
expressly provides otherwise. By giving its approval or consent a party
does not, and is not to be taken to, make or give any warranty or
representation as to any circumstance relating to the subject matter of
the consent or approval.
	 
	17.4	 	Remedies cumulative
	 
	 	 	The rights, powers and remedies provided in this agreement are
cumulative with and not exclusive of the rights, powers or remedies
provided by law independently of this agreement.
	 
	17.5	 	Further assurances
	 
	 	 	Each party agrees, at its own expense, on the request of any other
party, to do everything reasonably necessary to give effect to this
agreement and the transactions contemplated by it (including the
execution and stamping of documents) and to use all reasonable
endeavours to cause relevant third parties to do likewise.
	 
	17.6	 	Publicity
	 
	 	 	A party may not make press or other announcements or releases relating
to this agreement and the transactions the subject of this agreement
without the approval of the other parties to the form and manner of the
announcement or release unless that announcement or release is required
to be made by law or by a stock exchange.
	 
	17.7	 	Severability
	 
	 	 	If the whole or any part of a provision of this agreement is void,
unenforceable or illegal in a jurisdiction it is severed for that
jurisdiction. The remainder of this agreement has full force and effect
and the validity or enforceability of that provision in any other
jurisdiction is not affected. This clause has no effect if the
severance alters the basic nature of this agreement or is contrary to
public policy.
	 
	17.8	 	Time of the essence
	 
	 	 	Time is of the essence of this agreement in respect of any date or
period determined under this agreement.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen
Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of
Shares and Units
	 	 	40	 

 

 

	17.9	 	Entire agreement
	 
	 	 	This agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties about its
subject matter and any previous agreements, understandings and
negotiations on that subject matter cease to have any effect.
	 
	17.10	 	Non-merger
	 
	 	 	The Warranties and other representations and covenants of the parties in
this agreement are continuing and will not merge or be extinguished on
Completion and will survive after Completion.
	 
	17.11	 	Survival of indemnities
	 
	 	 	The indemnities contained in this agreement are continuing obligations
of the parties separate and independent from their other obligations,
and will survive the termination of this agreement.
	 
	17.12	 	Rights cumulative
	 
	 	 	The rights, remedies and powers of the parties contained in this
agreement are cumulative with and not exclusive of any rights, remedies
or powers provided to the parties by law.
	 
	17.13	 	Execution
	 
	 	 	This agreement may be executed in counterparts, and all such
counterparts shall collectively constitute one agreement. The exchange
of executed counterparts may be transmitted by facsimile and shall be
deemed to be original signed counterparts.
	 
	18	 	Governing law, jurisdiction and service of process
	 
	18.1	 	Governing law
	 
	 	 	This agreement and the transactions contemplated by this agreement are
governed by the law in force in New South Wales.
	 
	18.2	 	Jurisdiction
	 
	 	 	Each party irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the exclusive
jurisdiction of the courts of New South Wales and courts of appeal from
them for determining any dispute concerning this agreement or the
transactions contemplated by this agreement. Each party waives any
right it has to object to an action being brought in those courts, to
claim that the action has been brought in an inconvenient forum, or to
claim that those courts do not have jurisdiction.
	 
	18.3	 	Service of process
	 
	 	 	Without preventing any other mode of service, any document in an action
(including, but not limited to, any writ of summons or other originating
process or any third or other party notice) may be served on any party
by being delivered to or left for that party at its address for service
of notices under clause 15.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen
Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of
Shares and Units
	 	 	41	 

 

 

	19	 	GST
	 
	 	 	If any supply made by the Vendor or the Purchaser to the other under
this agreement (including the supply of the Shares and the supply of any
other rights, goods, services, benefits or other things) is subject to
GST, the other party must pay an additional amount to that party, such
additional amount to be calculated by multiplying the consideration
payable by the relevant party for the relevant supply by the prevailing
GST rate. If requested by the receiving party, the supplying party will
provide the receiving party with a tax invoice for GST purposes.
	 
	20	 	Interpretation
	 
	20.1	 	Definitions
	 
	 	 	The following words have these meanings in this agreement unless the
contrary intention appears.
	 
	 	 	Accounting Standards means the Australian Accounting Standards and
urgent issues group consensus views interpreting those standards as in
effect from time to time and if and to the extent that any matter is not
covered by Australian Accounting Standards means generally accepted
accounting principles applied by the Vendor, the Company or the
Subsidiaries in accordance with the accounting policies set out in its
previous financial statements.
	 
	 	 	Associates has the same meaning as in Pt 1.2, Division 2 of the
Corporations Act.
	 
	 	 	Authority means any Government Agency responsible for Tax, wherever
situated or an equivalent overseas Tax collection agency.
	 
	 	 	Business Day means a day on which banks are open for general business in
Darwin (not being a Saturday, Sunday or public holiday in that place).
	 
	 	 	Business Premises means all the land and buildings owned or leased or
occupied by the Company or any Subsidiary.
	 
	 	 	Casino Operator’s Agreement means the agreement between Timothy Denney
Baldwin in his capacity as Minister responsible for administration of
the Gaming Control Act, Diamond Leisure Pty Limited and the Vendor,
dated 12 March 2001.
	 
	 	 	Claim Amount means:

	(a)	 	the amount the Company or a Subsidiary is required to pay
in Tax to an Authority as a result of a Tax Claim; or
	 
	(b)	 	the amount of any credit, rebate or refund of Tax lost by
the Company or Subsidiary as a result of a Tax Claim.

	 	 	Clear Exit Payments means the amounts paid to the Vendor as Head Company
of the MGM Grand Australia Consolidated Group under clause 10 of the Tax
Sharing Agreement.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen
Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of
Shares and Units
	 	 	42	 

 

 

	 	 	Company means Diamond Darwin Pty Ltd (ACN 009 641 089).

	 	 	Completion means settlement of the sale and purchase of the Shares and
Sale Units in accordance with clause 4 and Complete has a corresponding
meaning.
	 
	 	 	Completion Date means the date on which Completion occurs.
	 
	 	 	Completion Statement has the meaning given to it in clause 6.3.
	 
	 	 	Confidential Information means all trade secrets and all financial,
marketing and technical information, ideas, concepts, know-how,
technology, processes and knowledge which is confidential or of a
sensitive nature, but excludes that which is in the public domain.
	 
	 	 	Consolidatable Group has the meaning given to that expression in section
703-10 of the Tax Act.
	 
	 	 	Consolidated Group has the meaning given to that expression in section
703-5 of the Tax Act.
	 
	 	 	Corporations Act means the Corporations Act 2001 (Cwlth).
	 
	 	 	Deferred Provision means the sum of the provision for deferred Tax
liability in the Completion Statement and any future Tax benefit which
has been offset in the calculation of that provision.
	 
	 	 	Deposit means the amount paid by the Purchaser under clause 5.1.
	 
	 	 	Disclosure Letter means the letter dated on or before the date of this
agreement to the Purchaser from the Vendor disclosing matters for the
purposes of this agreement.
	 
	 	 	Duty means any stamp, transaction or registration duty or similar charge
which is imposed by any Government Agency (other than Gaming Duty) and
includes, but is not limited to, any interest, fine, penalty, charge or
other amount which is imposed in that regard.
	 
	 	 	Equipment Leases means leases of, and agreements to hire, equipment
(including motor vehicles) to the Company or any Subsidiary.
	 
	 	 	Estimated Net Intercompany Debt means an estimate of the Net
Intercompany Debt calculated pursuant to clause 6.2.
	 
	 	 	Estimated Working Capital means an estimate of the Working Capital for
the Company calculated pursuant to clause 6.2.
	 
	 	 	Excluded Intellectual Property Rights means any business name or trade
mark owned or used at any time by the Company or any Subsidiary:

	(a)	 	containing the words “MGM Grand” or either of these words
or anything similar or using the MGM Grand lion logo or any logo
resembling that logo, including, without limitation the business
names referred to in Part B of Schedule 5;

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen
Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of
Shares and Units
	 	 	43	 

 

 

	(b)	 	containing the words “Players Club” or any phrase
resembling those words.

	 	 	Gaming Control Act means the Gaming Control Act (NT).

	 	 	Gaming Duty means:

	(a)	 	tax or levy payable under section 25 of the Gaming Control
Act (NT) that is specified in or calculated in accordance with an
agreement under section 17 of that Act in respect of the grant of a
casino licence under section 18 of that Act;
	 
	(b)	 	tax or levy payable under section 47N of the Gaming Control
Act (NT) that is specified in or calculated in accordance with an
agreement under section 47C of that Act in respect of the grant of
a licence to conduct internet gaming under section 47D of that Act;
	 
	(c)	 	gaming machine tax payable under section 149 of the Gaming
Machine Act (NT); and
	 
	(d)	 	gaming machine community benefit levy payable under section
150 of the Gaming Machine Act (NT).

	 	 	Government Agency means any government, governmental, semi-governmental,
administrative, fiscal or judicial body, department, commission,
authority, tribunal, agency or entity in Australia.
	 
	 	 	GST means goods and services tax, value added tax, consumption tax or a
similar tax.
	 
	 	 	Head Company has the meaning given to that expression in section 703-15
of the Tax Act.
	 
	 	 	Independent Auditor means the person appointed as auditor jointly by the
Vendor and the Purchaser or if they do not agree on the person to be
appointed within seven days of one party requesting appointment, an
auditor being either an employee or partner of an Australian office of
KPMG or Ernst and Young appointed by the President of the Australian
Institute of Chartered Accountants NSW or his nominee at the request of
either the Vendor or the Purchaser.
	 
	 	 	Intellectual Property Licences means all agreements under which the
Company or any Subsidiary obtains the right to use, but not ownership
of, any of the Intellectual Property Rights referred to in paragraphs
(a) to (d) of the definition of that term.
	 
	 	 	Intellectual Property Rights means:

	(a)	 	the business names owned or used at any time by the Company
or any Subsidiary, but excluding the Excluded Intellectual Property
Rights;
	 
	(b)	 	all trade marks owned or used at any time by the Company or
any Subsidiary, but excluding the Excluded Intellectual Property
Rights;

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen
Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of
Shares and Units
	 	 	44	 

 

 

	(c)	 	all Confidential Information owned or used at any time by
the Company or any Subsidiary, but excluding the Excluded
Intellectual Property Rights;
	 
	(d)	 	all patents, patent applications, discoveries, inventions,
registered and unregistered designs, copyright, operating manuals
and similar rights owned or used at any time by the Company or any
Subsidiary, but excluding the Excluded Intellectual Property
Rights; and
	 
	(e)	 	the Intellectual Property Licences.

	 	 	Inventory means all stock-in-trade in use or intended for use in
connection with the business of the Company or any Subsidiary as at the
Completion Date, including items owned by the Company or any Subsidiary
which are in transit to the Company or any Subsidiary.
	 
	 	 	Keno Agreement means the Heads of Agreement between Ford Dynasty Pty Ltd
(Receivers and Managers Appointed) and Diamond Leisure Pty Ltd dated 10
May 1996 and the Supplemental Heads of Agreement between Ford Dynasty
Pty Ltd (Receivers and Managers Appointed) and Diamond Leisure Pty Ltd
dated 1996 relating to the establishment of a Territory wide Keno
system.
	 
	 	 	Key Employee means the General Manager, Casino Manager, Financial
Controller, Human Resources Manager, Manager of Security and
Surveillance, Marketing Manager, Electronic Gaming Manager, Internal
Audit and Compliance Manager and Financial Analyst.
	 
	 	 	Last Accounts means the audited statement of financial position of the
Company and the Subsidiaries as at the Last Accounts Date and the
audited statement of financial performance of the Company and the
Subsidiaries for the year ending on the Last Accounts Date copies of
which are annexed to the Disclosure Letter.
	 
	 	 	Last Accounts Date means 31 December 2002.
	 
	 	 	Law includes:

	(a)	 	any law, regulation, authorisation, ruling, judgement,
order or decree of any Government Agency; and
	 
	(b)	 	any statute, regulation, proclamation, ordinance or by-law
in Australia.

	 	 	Leased Plant and Equipment means the subject matter of the Equipment
Leases.
	 
	 	 	Management Accounts means the unaudited management accounts of the
Company and the Subsidiaries as at 31 December 2003, copies of which are
annexed to the Disclosure Letter.
	 
	 	 	MGM Dividend means the dividend to be declared and paid by the Company
in accordance with clause 5.2.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen
Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of
Shares and Units
	 	 	45	 

 

 

	 	 	MGM Grand Australia Consolidated Group has the meaning given to that
term in the Tax Sharing Agreement.
	 
	 	 	Net Intercompany Debt means the net amount of:

	(a)	 	the aggregate of all amounts owed by the Vendor to the
Company or its Subsidiaries as at the day before Completion; less
	 
	(b)	 	the aggregate of all amounts owed by the Company or its
Subsidiaries to the Vendor as at the day before Completion.

	 	 	Ordinary Course of Business means the normal manner of carrying on the
day to day operations of the business of the Company and its
Subsidiaries which is consistent with the past practices of the Vendor,
the Company or a Subsidiary.
	 
	 	 	Operating and Procedure Manuals means manuals used in the operation and
management of the MGM Grand Casino, Darwin substantially in the form
used by the Company and the Subsidiaries prior to the date of this
agreement including all information systems documentation and security
and surveillance manuals.
	 
	 	 	Plant and Equipment means all plant, equipment, motor vehicles,
machinery, furniture, fixtures and fittings owned and used by the
Company or any Subsidiary on hand on the Completion Date.
	 
	 	 	Purchase Price means the aggregate consideration payable for the Shares
and the Sale Units set out in clause 2 as adjusted in accordance with
clause 5.
	 
	 	 	Purchaser means SKYCITY Australia Pty Limited and any Nominee properly
nominated by the Purchaser under clause 16.
	 
	 	 	Records means originals and copies, in machine readable or printed
form, of all books, files, reports, records, correspondence, documents
and other material of or relating to or used in connection with the
Company and its Subsidiaries including:

	(a)	 	minute books, statutory books and registers, books of
account and copies of taxation returns;
	 
	(b)	 	sales literature, market research reports, brochures and
other promotional material other than such items which utilise any
of the Excluded Intellectual Property Rights;
	 
	(c)	 	all sales and purchasing records;
	 
	(d)	 	all liquor and gaming returns and other records maintained
under the relevant legislation
	 
	(e)	 	all trading and financial records; and
	 
	(f)	 	lists of all regular suppliers and customers,

	 	 	but excluding the Operating and Procedure Manuals.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen
Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of
Shares and Units
	 	 	46	 

 

 

	 	 	Related Body Corporate of a body corporate means another body corporate
which is related to the first within the meaning of section 50 of the
Corporations Act.
	 
	 	 	Related Party Debt means the US dollar amount owing by Diamond Leisure
Pty Limited to MGM MIRAGE or any Related Body Corporate of the Vendor
(other than the Company or any Subsidiary).
	 
	 	 	Relevant Schemes means all superannuation, retirement benefit or other
pension schemes or arrangements and all employment benefit plans,
programs or arrangements, such as medical, dental, or life insurance to
which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or which the Company or
any Subsidiary makes available or procures for its officers or employees
or former officers or employees.
	 
	 	 	Sale Units means all of the issued units in the Trust which are not held
legally and beneficially by the Company, together with all rights
attaching to those Units at Completion, and Sale Unit means any of those
units.
	 
	 	 	Shares means all of the issued shares in the capital of the Company
together with all rights attaching to those shares at Completion (other
than any right to the MGM Dividend), and Share means any one of those
            shares.
	 
	 	 	Subsidiaries means all of the bodies corporate described in Schedule 2,
and Subsidiary means any one of those bodies corporate.
	 
	 	 	Tax means any tax, levy, charge, impost, duty, fee, deduction,
compulsory loan or withholding, which is assessed, levied, imposed or
collected by any Government Agency and includes, but is not limited to
any interest, fine, penalty, charge, fee or any other amount imposed on,
or in respect of any of the above but excludes Duty.
	 
	 	 	Tax Act means the Income Tax Assessment Act 1936 (Cwlth) and Income Tax
Assessment Act 1997 (Cwlth), as appropriate.
	 
	 	 	Tax Benefit for a company means a benefit being:

	(a)	 	the amount of an allowable rebate, credit, or refund for
the company or a Related Body Corporate of the company; or
	 
	(b)	 	an amount equal to an allowable deduction (including but
not limited to amortisation and depreciation), relief or other
allowance, for any income year for the company or a Related Body
Corporate of the company, multiplied by the applicable company tax
rate at the time the benefit arises; or
	 
	(c)	 	an amount equal to an amount that is properly excluded from
assessable income, for any income year for the company or a Related
Body Corporate of the company, multiplied by the applicable company
tax rate at the time the benefit arises.

	 	 	Tax Claim means an assessment notice or amended assessment (including a
notice of adjustment of a loss claimed by a Company or a Subsidiary in a
manner adversely affecting the Company or Subsidiary), demand or other
document issued or action taken by or on behalf of an Authority, whether

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen
Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of
Shares and Units
	 	 	47	 

 

 

	 	 	before or after the date of this agreement to the extent to which it
relates to an act or omission of, or occurrence affecting the Company or
Subsidiary before 6.00am on the Completion Date, as a result of which
the Company or Subsidiary is liable to make a payment for Tax or is
deprived of any credit, rebate, refund, relief, allowance or deduction.
	 
	 	 	Tax Provision means, at any time, the sum of:

	(a)	 	the provision for current Tax in the Completion Statement;
and
	 
	(b)	 	all amounts already paid or agreed to be paid by the Vendor
under clause 12.1 (“Adjustment for Tax Liability”) at that time
reduced by all amounts paid by the Purchaser to the Vendor under
clause 12.11 (“Refund by Purchaser”).

     Tax Sharing Agreement means the agreement contemplated by Division 721
of the Tax Act, executed as a deed between the Vendor, Diamond Darwin
Pty Ltd, Territory Property Trust, Diamond Leisure Pty Ltd and Fernbank
Pty Ltd.

     Trust means the Territory Property Trust constituted by the Trust Deed.

     Trust Deed means the Territory Property Trust Deed dated 28 September
1984 and made between Fernbank Pty Ltd as trustee and Abington Pty Ltd
as Manager, as varied from time to time.

     Trustee means Fernbank Pty Limited (ACN 009 622 262) in its capacity as
Trustee of the Trust.

     Warranties means the warranties, representations and indemnities in this
agreement, including clause 11.

     Working Capital means the amount calculated as follows:

     CA — CL

     Where:

	CA =	 	the sum of:
	 
	(i)	 	the current assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries as
set out in the Completion Statement including income tax refunds
receivable but excluding the Related Party Debt, Net Intercompany
Debt and deferred Tax assets not referred to in paragraph (ii); and
	 
	(ii)	 	deferred Tax assets to the extent that they relate to
current assets and liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries.
	 
	CL =	 	the sum of:
	 
	(i)	 	the current liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries
as set out in the Completion Statement including unpaid Tax of the
Company and its Subsidiaries but excluding the Related Party Debt,
Net Intercompany Debt and all deferred Tax liabilities not referred
to in paragraph (ii); and

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen
Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of
Shares and Units
	 	 	48	 

 

 

	(ii)	 	deferred Tax liabilities to the extent that they relate to
current assets and liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

	 	 	Working Capital Target means $2,000,000.
	 
	20.2	 	Interpretation
	 
	 	 	In this agreement unless the contrary intention appears:

	(a)	 	a reference to a clause, schedule, annexure or appendix is
a reference to a clause of or schedule, annexure or appendix to
this agreement and references to this agreement include any
recital, schedule, annexure or appendix;
	 
	(b)	 	a reference to this agreement or another instrument
includes any variation or replacement of either of them;
	 
	(c)	 	a reference to a statute, ordinance, code or other law
includes regulations and other instruments under it and
consolidations, amendments, re-enactments or replacements of any of
them;
	 
	(d)	 	the singular includes the plural and vice versa;
	 
	(e)	 	the word “person” includes a firm, a body corporate or a
partnership, joint venture, an unincorporated body, association, or
any government authority;
	 
	(f)	 	a reference to $ is to Australian dollars;
	 
	(g)	 	a reference to a person includes a reference to the
person’s executors, administrators, successors, substitutes
(including, but not limited to, persons taking by novation) and
assigns;
	 
	(h)	 	a reference to “in all material respects”, insofar as it
relates to the Company, is to be interpreted as relating to the
business, assets and financial condition of the Company and its
Subsidiaries, taken as a whole;
	 
	(i)	 	an agreement, representation or warranty in favour of two
or more persons is for the benefit of them jointly and severally;
	 
	(j)	 	an agreement, representation or warranty on the part of two
or more persons binds them jointly and severally;
	 
	(k)	 	if a period of time is specified and dates from a given day
or the day of an act or event, it is to be calculated exclusive of
that day;
	 
	(l)	 	a reference to a day is to be interpreted as the period of
time commencing at midnight and ending 24 hours later;
	 
	(m)	 	a reference to an accounting term is to be interpreted in
accordance with accounting standards under the Corporations Act
and, if not inconsistent with those accounting standards, generally
accepted principles and practices in Australia consistently applied
by a body corporate or as between bodies corporate over time;

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen
Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of
Shares and Units
	 	 	49	 

 

 

	(n)	 	a reference to a date or a time is to be interpreted as a
reference to the date or time in Darwin, Australia;
	 
	(o)	 	a reference to interest accruing on or earned on the
Deposit shall not include any statutory charges, taxes, levies or
fees charged or imposed or reasonably anticipated to be charged or
imposed on or in connection therewith;
	 
	(p)	 	if an event must occur on a stipulated day which is not a
Business Day then the stipulated day will be taken to be the next
Business Day; and
	 
	(q)	 	if an act prescribed under this agreement to be done by a
party on or by a given day is done after 5.30pm on that day, it is
taken to be done on the next day.

	20.3	 	Headings
	 
	 	 	Headings are inserted for convenience and do not affect the
interpretation of this agreement.

EXECUTED as an agreement

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen
Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of
Shares and Units
	 	 	50	 

 

 

Agreement for sale of shares and Units

Appendix     Warranties and Representations

	A.	 	Vendor’s qualifications
	 
	1	 	The Vendor is the registered holder and beneficial owner of the Shares
and the Sale Units as set out in Schedule 1 on the date of this agreement
and will be the registered holder and beneficial owner of the Shares and
the Sale Units at Completion.
	 
	2	 	There are no mortgages, charges, pledges, liens, encumbrances or other
security interests or third party interests of whatever nature over or
affecting the Shares other than those set out in Schedule 3 in favour of
BA Australia Limited, which will be discharged at Completion.
	 
	3	 	The Vendor has the power to enter into and perform this agreement.
	 
	4	 	No meeting has been convened or resolution proposed, or petition
presented, and no order has been made, for the winding-up of the Vendor.
No voluntary arrangement has been proposed or reached with any creditors
of the Vendor. The Vendor is, and will at Completion, be able to pay its
debts as and when they fall due.
	 
	B.	 	The Company and the Subsidiaries
	 
	1	 	The Company and each of the Subsidiaries has not amended its constitution
since the Last Accounts Date.
	 
	2	 	The Company and each of the Subsidiaries:

	 	(a)	 	is duly incorporated under the laws of the Northern
Territory of Australia;
	 
	 	(b)	 	carries on its business (whether directly, or indirectly
through one or more agents, licensees or distributors) only in
Australia; and
	 
	 	(c)	 	has its registered office and principal business premises
at Level 3, MGM Grand Casino, Gilruth Avenue, Darwin City, Northern
Territory 0800.

	3	 	The Company and each of the Subsidiaries:

	 	(a)	 	is accurately described in recitals A and B and Schedule 2;
	 
	 	(b)	 	has full corporate power to own its properties, assets and
business and to carry on its business as now conducted; and
	 
	 	(c)	 	has done everything necessary to do business lawfully in
all jurisdictions in which its business is carried on.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	51	 

 

 

	4	 	No meeting has been convened or resolution proposed, or petition
presented, and no order has been made, for the winding-up of the Company
or any Subsidiary. No distress, execution or other similar order or
process has been levied on any of the property or assets of the Company or
any Subsidiary. No voluntary arrangement has been proposed or reached
with any creditors of the Company or any Subsidiary. No receiver,
receiver and manager, provisional liquidator, liquidator or other officer
of the court has been appointed in relation to the Company or any
Subsidiary. The Company and the Subsidiaries together are, and will at
Completion be, able to pay their debts as and when they fall due.
	 
	C	 	 The Shares
	 
	1	 	The Shares comprise the whole of the issued ordinary share capital of the
Company, and are fully paid.
	 
	2	 	There are no commitments, agreements, understandings or arrangements in
place under which the Company is obliged at any time to issue any shares
or other securities of the Company.
	 
	3	 	There is no restriction on the sale or transfer of the Shares to the
Purchaser except for the consent of the directors of the Company to the
registration of the transfers of the Shares and except pursuant to the
obligations owed to BA Australia Limited, which obligations will be
discharged at Completion.
	 
	D	 	 Sale Units
	 
	1	 	Schedule 1 sets out the whole of the issued units of the Territory
Property Trust, all of which are fully paid.
	 
	2	 	There are no commitments, agreements, understandings or arrangements in
place under which the Trustee is obliged at any time to issue any units or
other securities of the Territory Property Trust.
	 
	3	 	There is no restriction on the sale or transfer of the Sale Units to the
Purchaser except for the consent of the directors of the Trustee to the
registration of the transfers of the Sale Units and except pursuant to the
obligations owed to BA Australia Limited, which obligations will be
discharged at Completion.
	 
	E	 	 Financial Information
	 
	1	 	The Last Accounts disclose a true and fair view of the state of the
affairs, financial position and assets and liabilities of the Company and
the Subsidiaries as at the Last Accounts Date, and the income, expenses
and results of operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries for the
financial period ending on that date.
	 
	2	 	The Last Accounts were prepared:

     (a) in accordance with the requirements of the Corporations Act
and any other applicable laws;

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	52	 

 

 

     (b) in accordance with the Accounting Standards;

     (c) in the manner described in the notes to them and the
accompanying auditor’s report.

	3	 	The Management Accounts have been prepared in good faith and for the
purposes of management of the Company in accordance with the Company’s
normal practices. The Vendor is not aware of any matters which would
cause the Management Accounts to be materially misleading as to the
financial position of the Company as at 31 December 2003 or as to the
consolidated EBITDA of the Company and the Subsidiaries for the financial
year ended on that date.

	4	 	The Vendor is not aware of any circumstance which:

	 	(a)	 	is specifically and directly related to the Company or any
of the Subsidiaries, their business or the Business Premises (a
“Special Circumstance”); and
	 
	 	(b)	 	has not been disclosed by the Vendor to the Purchaser prior
to or on the date of this agreement; and
	 
	 	(c)	 	would have or be likely to have a materially adverse effect
on the consolidated EBITDA of the Company and the Subsidiaries for
the financial year ending 31 December 2004.

For the avoidance of doubt, a circumstance is not a Special Circumstance:

	(i)	 	if such circumstance has a general application or connection to the
Company or any of the Subsidiaries, their business or the Business
Premises (as the case may be) instead of an application or connection
which occurs or arises because of the specific nature or identity of the
Company or any of the Subsidiaries, their business or the Business
Premises (as the case may be). Accordingly, a Special Circumstance does
not include matters such as legal, regulatory, economic, industry,
political, industrial, climatic, geographic or demographic conditions,
factors, changes or circumstances which are related to companies,
businesses or premises generally (whether internationally, in Australia,
in the Northern Territory or in Darwin) or to companies, businesses or
premises in the gaming, recreational, resort, entertainment, leisure or
similar sectors internationally or throughout Australia. For example, a
national or local economic recession or proposed legislation involving
smoking areas in casinos throughout Australia is not a Special
Circumstance, but a determination that the Business Premises do not comply
with a particular regulatory requirement and such non-compliance could
result in a financial loss as described in subclause 4(c) above could be a
Special Circumstance; or

	(ii)	 	if it is generally known in the public sector or is a matter which the
Vendor could have a reasonable belief would have been known by the
Purchaser without specific disclosure by the Vendor.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	53	 

 

 

	F	 	 Business

	1	 	The Company and each of the Subsidiaries is the legal and beneficial
owner of all of its property and assets. There are no mortgages,
pledges, liens, encumbrances, charges or other security interests over or
affecting any property or assets except as set out in Schedule 3.

	2	 	To the best of the Vendor’s knowledge and belief the Company and/or each
Subsidiary:

	 	(a)	 	holds all statutory licences, consents,
authorisations and permits which are necessary for the
carrying on of the business of the Company and/or each
Subsidiary; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	is not to any material extent in breach or in
default of nor is the Vendor aware of any circumstance that
might prejudice the continuation of, any such statutory
licence, consent, authorisation and permit .

	3	 	The names and locations of all banks in which the Company and each of the
Subsidiaries has an account are listed in the Disclosure Letter.

	4	 	The Company:

	 	(a)	 	does not hold any shares in the capital of
any company other than the Subsidiaries;
	 
	 	(b)	 	is not a member of any partnership or other
unincorporated association;
	 
	 	(c)	 	is not a trustee of any trust estate or fund;
and
	 
	 	(d)	 	does not have a permanent establishment (as
that expression is defined in any relevant Double Taxation
Agreement) outside Australia.

	 	 	The same is true of each Subsidiary, except that Fernbank Pty
Ltd is the Trustee of the Territory Property Trust.
	 
	5	 	Immediately following Completion, there will be no financial
accommodation (other than the Related Party Debt, or any intercompany
indebtedness between the Company and the Subsidiaries, or any financial
accommodation granted or made at or after Completion) that has not been
incurred, obtained, paid or provided by the Company and each Subsidiary in
the ordinary course of business.
	 
	6	 	Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is liable or potentially liable
for the obligations of the Vendor or any of its Associates under any
express written guarantee or indemnity or otherwise as surety for any
financial advances or loans to the Vendor or its Associates.
	 
	7	 	To the best of the Vendor’s knowledge and belief neither the Vendor nor
Diamond Leisure is to any material extent in breach of or in default under
any term or provision of the Casino Operator’s Agreement and the Vendor is
not

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	54	 

 

 

	 	 	aware of any event in existence which, with the passing of time or
giving of notice would constitute a material breach or default of that
kind.
	 
	8	 	The Company and each Subsidiary since the date of the Management Accounts
has not acquired, disposed, agreed to acquire or agreed to dispose of any
material asset or series of material assets except as provided for by this
agreement.
	 
	9	 	Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary will be obliged after Completion
to make any payment as a consequence of the transfer of the Shares and/or
the Sale Units to the Purchaser under any material contract, arrangement
or understanding which has not been disclosed to the Purchaser on or prior
to the date of this agreement.
	 
	10	 	No material contract, arrangement or understanding which has not been
disclosed to the Purchaser on or prior to the date of this agreement to
which the Company or a Subsidiary is a party will be terminated after
Completion by any other party by reason of a change in the ownership of
the Shares or the Sale of Units or any of them or by reason of such a
change being subject to the consent of the other party which consent has
not been obtained.
	 
	11	 	The Company and each Subsidiary has not other than in the Ordinary Course
of Business made any material offers, tenders or quotations which will be
outstanding as at Completion and are capable of giving rise to a contract
by the unilateral act of a third party.
	 
	12	 	The Company or the Subsidiary has not entered into any contract,
arrangement or understanding with the Vendor or an Associate of the Vendor
which will not be terminated on Completion.
	 
	G	 	 Business Premises
	 
	1	 	Schedule 4 accurately describes all the Business Premises owned, leased
or occupied by the Company and each of its Subsidiaries.
	 
	2	 	Schedule 4 accurately describes all of the leases and licences of real
property to the Company or any Subsidiary including the Car Park Licence
granted by the Darwin City Council.
	 
	3	 	The current use of the Business Premises by the Company and the
Subsidiaries is not materially in breach of any statutes, regulations,
by-laws, planning schemes, development orders, ordinances or permits.
	 
	4	 	To the best of the Vendor’s knowledge and belief no development has been
carried out on the Business Premises without any necessary consent or
without compliance with the conditions of all necessary consents in all
material respects.
	 
	5	 	No notices have been received by the Company or a Subsidiary affecting
the Business Premises from any local, other competent authority or other
person which would adversely affect the current use of the Business
Premises by the Company and the Subsidiaries.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	55	 

 

 

	H	 	 Plant and Equipment
	 
	1	 	Each item of Plant and Equipment and Leased Plant and Equipment is in the
physical possession of the Company or relevant Subsidiary.
	 
	2	 	Each item of Plant and Equipment and Leased Plant and Equipment is in
satisfactory working order, fair wear and tear excepted and (where a
warranty given or deemed to be given by the manufacturer is in force as at
Completion) has been maintained and serviced in accordance with any
applicable maintenance procedures recommended by the manufacturer or other
industry best practice.
	 
	I	 	 Inventory
	 
	1	 	All the Inventory (not including gaming chips) is in the physical
possession of the Company or relevant Subsidiary (unless they are in
transit to the Company or Subsidiary).
	 
	J	 	 Intellectual Property Rights
	 
	1	 	Except for the Excluded Intellectual Property Rights, Schedule 5 is an
accurate list of:

	 	(a)	 	all registered trade marks;
	 
	 	(b)	 	all registered patents and designs; and
	 
	 	(c)	 	all applications for registration of patents and designs,

	 	 	owned or used at any time by the Company or any Subsidiary in connection
with its business and contains details of the Intellectual Property
Licences.
	 
	K	 	 Insurance
	 
	1	 	Each of the Company’s and Subsidiaries’ contracts of insurance is in
force and all applicable premiums have been paid. There is no fact or
circumstance known to the Company or any Subsidiary or the Vendor which
would lead to any of them being prejudiced.
	 
	L	 	 Taxation
	 
	1	 	There is no dispute or pending or anticipated dispute between the Company
or any Subsidiary and the Commissioner of Taxation of the Commonwealth of
Australia or any other federal, state, territorial or municipal body or
authority responsible for the collection of Tax.
	 
	2	 	The Company and each Subsidiary has deducted and withheld and paid to the
relevant Government Agency or equivalent overseas Tax collection agency
every amount any Tax law requires it to deduct or withhold and pay and,
where necessary, the Company or Subsidiary has paid over to the relevant
Government Agency or equivalent overseas Tax collection agency all such

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	56	 

 

 

	 	 	amounts deducted or collected in accordance with all relevant
requirements.
	 
	3	 	All Tax returns required by law to be lodged or filed by the Company or
any subsidiary have been lodged or filed by their due date, and all Taxes
which have become due and payable have been paid by the due date.
	 
	4	 	To the best of the Vendor’s knowledge, no Tax return referred to in
warranty L3:

	 	(a)	 	contains a statement that is false or misleading in any
material respect; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	omits to refer to any matter which is required to be
included or without which the statement is false or misleading in
any material respect.

	5	 	To the best of the Vendor’s knowledge and belief, the Company and each
Subsidiary have not, either by itself or together, entered into any
transaction or arrangement or part of a transaction or arrangement which
is likely to be successfully challenged under Part IVA of the Tax Act.
	 
	6	 	To the best of the Vendor’s knowledge and belief, in the time the Company
has been controlled by the Vendor, the Company has not provided any tax
warranty or guarantee in respect of any transaction.
	 
	7	 	The Keno Agreement has been duly stamped.
	 
	8	 	The Keno Agreement does not require the Company or any Subsidiary to
supply anything without providing for the Company or Subsidiary as
supplier to:

	 	(a)	 	require the other party to the agreement to pay to the
Company or Subsidiary the amount of any GST for which the Company
or Subsidiary is liable on a supply under that agreement in
addition to the consideration for that supply; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	otherwise seek reimbursement so that the Company or
Subsidiary retains the amount it would have retained but for the
imposition of GST.

	9	 	The Keno Agreement does not require the Company or any Subsidiary to pay
any GST on a supply without the Company or Subsidiary being able to
require the other party to the agreement to provide to the Company or
Subsidiary a tax invoice for any GST on that supply prior to the due date
for payment for that supply.
	 
	M	 	 Litigation
	 
	1	 	The Company or its Subsidiaries are not involved in any prosecution,
litigation, arbitration, or proceedings as plaintiff, defendant or in any
other capacity other than as disclosed to the Purchaser on or prior to the
date of this agreement. None of the Vendor, the Company, or a Subsidiary
are aware of any such matters threatened or pending other than as
disclosed to the Purchaser on or prior to the date of this agreement.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	57	 

 

 

	2	 	None of the operations of the Company or any Subsidiary are subject to
any unsatisfied judgment or any order, award or decision handed down in
any prosecution, litigation or arbitration.
	 
	N	 	 Employees
	 
	1	 	No loans or other advances have been made to any directors or employees
of the Company or any Subsidiary except for any payroll advances made to
employees in circumstances of hardship.
	 
	2	 	Since the Last Accounts Date there has not been any material change in
the remuneration or emoluments or benefits of any executives who are
employees.
	 
	3	 	The Company and each of the Subsidiaries has complied in all material
respects with all its obligations under the Relevant Schemes, including
the payment of all contributions and expenses to the applicable fund
required to be made.
	 
	4	 	Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received notice of any claim
or dispute in relation to a Relevant Scheme.
	 
	5	 	The Company and each of the Subsidiaries has made all payments in respect
of occupational superannuation required under any contract or award in
respect of each of its employees.
	 
	6	 	In respect of the employees of the Company and of each Subsidiary:

	 	(a)	 	no employee has the right to participate in any share
option scheme or share scheme;
	 
	 	(b)	 	there are no schemes in existence under which benefits
other than cash payments are conferred on employees.

	7	 	As at Completion, no amount will be overdue for payment to any director,
officer or employee or former director, officer or employee of the Company
or a Subsidiary.
	 
	8	 	The Company and each Subsidiary has provided complete and accurate
particulars to the Purchaser prior to the date of this agreement of any
agreement, policy or instrument which establishes any scheme under which a
Key Employee has received or may receive in the future a benefit on the
termination of their employment by reason of the redundancy of their
position.
	 
	O	 	 Changes since the Management Accounts
	 
	1	 	Since the date of the Management Accounts the business of the Company and
of each Subsidiary has been carried on in the ordinary and usual course
and the Company and each Subsidiary has not been materially and adversely
affected by any matter, either financial or otherwise.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	58	 

 

 

	P	 	 Information
	 
	1	 	The information set out in each of the Schedules is complete and accurate
in all material respects. None of that information is misleading in any
material particular, whether by inclusion of misleading information,
omission of material information, or both.
	 
	Q	 	 Brokerage
	 
	1	 	To the best of the Vendor’s knowledge and belief, no person is entitled
to recover from the Company or any Subsidiary any fee or commission in
connection with the purchase or sale of the Shares or Sale Units.
	 
	R	 	 Powers of Attorney
	 
	1	 	To the best of the Vendor’s knowledge and belief, there is no power of
attorney or other authority in force by which a person is able to bind the
Company or a Subsidiary.
	 
	S	 	 Dividends
	 
	1	 	The dividends referred to in clauses 5.2(c) and (e) will not exceed the
accumulated profits of Diamond Leisure Pty Limited or the Company
respectively and will be paid in accordance with each company’s
constitution.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	59	 

 

 

Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units

Schedule 1 — Shares and Units

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Number of	 	 	 	 
	Entity
	 	Shares/Units
	 	Class of shares/Units
	 	Shareholder

	Diamond Darwin Pty Limited
	 	 	4,250,000	 	 	A class ordinary shares	 	MGM Grand
 Australia Pty Ltd
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	ABN 63 009 641 089
	 	 	4,250,000	 	 	B class ordinary shares	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	1,500,000	 	 	D class ordinary shares	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Territory Property Trust
	 	 	5,000,000	 	 	Units	 	MGM Grand
 Australia Pty Ltd
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	24,000,010	 	 	Units	 	Diamond Darwin Pty
 Limited

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	60	 

 

 

Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units

Schedule 2 — Subsidiaries

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Name of company	 	Place of incorporation and	 	 	 	 	 	Members of the
	and ACN
	 	registered office
	 	Issued capital
	 	company

	Diamond Leisure Pty Limited
	 	Northern Territory, Australia;	 	2500 A class
	 	Diamond Darwin Pty
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	ordinary shares	 	Limited
	ABN 54 009 624 417
	 	Level 3 MGM Grand Casino,	 	2500 B class
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	Gilruth Ave, Darwin City, NT	 	ordinary shares	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	0800 Australia	 	45000 9% redeemable	 	 	 	 
	
	 	 	 	preference shares	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	of $1.	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Fernbank Pty Ltd
	 	Northern Territory, Australia;	 	40 A class ordinary	 	Diamond Darwin Pty
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	shares	 	Limited
	ACN 009 622 262
	 	Level 3 MGM Grand Casino,	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	Gilruth Ave, Darwin City, NT	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	0800 Australia	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	61	 

 

 

Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units

Schedule 3 — Mortgages and Other 
Encumbrances Over the Company and Each

Subsidiary

Deed of Charge between MGM Grand Australia Pty Limited (ACN 069 214 473) and BA
Australia Limited (ACN 004 617 341) over all present and future assets and
undertaking, dated 6 September 1995;

Deed of Charge between Diamond Darwin Pty Limited (ACN 009 641 089), Diamond
Leisure Pty Limited (ACN 009 624 417), and Fernbank Pty Limited (ACN 009 622
262) and BA Australia Limited (ACN 004 617 341) over all present and future
assets and undertaking, dated 5 October 1995;

Site Mortgage between Fernbank Pty Limited (ACN 009 622 262) and BA Australia
Limited (ACN 004 617 341) over Lot 5244 of Town Darwin on Plan S79/12 and
comprised in Certificate of Title Volume 635 Folio 476 dated 5 October 1995,
registered mortgage dealing number 339926.

Guarantor Accession Deed between Diamond Leisure Pty Limited and BA Australia
Limited dated 5 October 1995 in respect of a syndicated A$105,000,000 revolving
cash advance facility provided to the Vendor.

Guarantor Accession Deed between Diamond Darwin Pty Limited and BA Australia
Limited dated 5 October 1995 in respect of a syndicated A$105,000,000 revolving
cash advance facility provided to the Vendor.

Guarantor Accession Deed between Fernbank Pty Limited and BA Australia Limited
dated 5 October 1995 in respect of a syndicated A$105,000,000 revolving cash
advance facility provided to the Vendor.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	62	 

 

 

Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units

Schedule 4 — Business Premises

Part A: Land or premises owned by the Vendor, the Company or its Subsidiaries

	 	 	 
	The Vendor

	 	None
	 
	 	 
	The Company

	 	None
	 
	 	 
	Fernbank Pty Limited as trustee of The
Territory Property Trust

	 	MGM Grand Darwin Casino, Gilruth
Avenue, Darwin (being Lot 5244
Town of Darwin, Volume 635
Folio 476) as trustee of the
Territory Property Trust. This
site is leased to Diamond
Leisure Pty Limited as set forth
in Part B below.
	 
	 	 
	Diamond Leisure Pty Limited

	 	None

Part B: Leased premises of the Vendor, the Company or its Subsidiaries

	 	 	 
	The Vendor

	 	None
	 
	 	 
	Diamond Leisure Pty Limited

	 	MGM Grand Darwin Casino, Gilruth
Avenue, Darwin (being Lot 5244
Town of Darwin, Volume 635
Folio 476) under Memorandum of
Lease No 464227, as amended by
Amendment of a Lease No 500289.
	 
	 	 
	Fernbank Pty Limited as trustee of The
Territory Property Trust

	 	None
	 
	 	 
	The Company

	 	None

Part C: Other land or premises occupied by the Company

	 	 	The Company and its Subsidiaries make us of a car park located at the
south east corner of the Hotel/Casino complex known as part of Lot
5772, Town of Darwin.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephend Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	63	 

 

 

Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units

Schedule 5 — Particulars of Registered Intellectual Property

PART A

Business Names:

	1.	 	MGM Grand Darwin
	 
	2.	 	MGM Grand Casino
	 
	3.	 	MGM Grand Hotel Casino
	 
	4.	 	MGM Grand Darwin Australia
	 
	5.	 	Club MGM Grand
	 
	6.	 	Sunset Café
	 
	6a.	 	Sunset Restaurant
	 
	7	 	Sweethearts Nightclub
	 
	7	 	Sweethearts Lounge Bar
	 
	8.	 	Bar Aqua
	 
	9.	 	Café Aqua
	 
	10.	 	Aqua Gaming Room
	 
	11.	 	The Grand Ballroom
	 
	12.	 	Cariba Lounge Bar
	 
	13.	 	Keno Bar
	 
	14.	 	Cockatoo Bar
	 
	15.	 	The International Room
	 
	16.	 	Monte Carlo Bar
	 
	16a.	 	Monte Carlo Room
	 
	16b.	 	Club Monte Carlo
	 
	17.	 	The Link Boardroom
	 
	18.	 	NT Keno
	 
	19.	 	Dragon Court Restaurant
	 
	20.	 	EVOO Restaurant
	 
	20a.	 	EVOO

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephend Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	64	 

 

 

Trade Marks:

     None

Patents:

     None

Designs:

     None

PART B

     MGM Grand Darwin

     MGM Grand Casino

     MGM Grand Hotel Casino

     MGM Grand Darwin Australia

     Club MGM Grand

     Player’s Club

	 	 	 	 	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephend Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units
	 	 	65	 

 

 

Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units

Signing page

DATED: 11 February, 2004

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	EXECUTED by MGM GRAND

	 	 	)	 	 	 
	AUSTRALIA PTY LTD in accordance

	 	 	)	 	 	 
	with section 127(1) of the Corporations
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Act:
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	/S/ JAMES J. MURREN

	 	 	 	 	 	/S/ BRYAN L. WRIGHT
	

	 	 	 	 	 	

	Signature of Director

	 	 	 	 	 	Signature of Secretary
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	JAMES J. MURREN

	 	 	 	 	 	BRYAN L. WRIGHT
	

	 	 	 	 	 	

	Name of Director

	 	 	 	 	 	Name of Secretary
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	SIGNED by

	 	 	)	 	 	 
	as attorney for MGM MIRAGE

	 	 	)	 	 	 
	under Power of Attorney dated

	 	 	)	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	in the presence of:

	 	 	)	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	/S/ DANIEL J. D’ARRIGO

	 	 	)	 	 	 
	

	 	 	)	 	 	 
	Signature of witness

	 	 	)	 	 	 
	

	 	 	)	 	 	/S/ BRYAN L. WRIGHT.
	DANIEL J. D’ARRIGO

	 	 	)	 	 	

	

Name of witness (block letters)

	 	 	)	 	 	By executing this agreement the
attorney states that the attorney
has received no notice of revocation of the power of attorney

 

 

Agreement for Sale of Shares and
Units

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	EXECUTED by SKYCITY

	 	 	)	 	 	 
	AUSTRALIA PTY LIMITED in

	 	 	)	 	 	 
	accordance with section 127(1) of the

	 	 	)	 	 	 
	Corporations Act:
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	/S/ EVA WELCH DANTES

	 	 	 	 	 	/S/ ALBTZAIR BRUCE RYAN
	
 

	 	 	 	 	 	
 
	Signature of Director

	 	 	 	 	 	Signature of Director/Secretary
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	EVA WELCH DANTES

	 	 	 	 	 	DIRECTOR
	
 

	 	 	 	 	 	
 
	Name of Director

	 	 	 	 	 	Office held
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	ALBTZAIR BRUCE RYAN
	

	 	 	 	 	 	
 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	Name of Director/Secretary
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	SIGNED BY EVAN DAVIES as

	 	 	)	 	 	 
	authorised representative for SKYCITY

	 	 	)	 	 	 
	ENTERTAINMENT GROUP LIMITED

	 	 	)	 	 	 
	in the presence of :

	 	 	)	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 
	

	 	 	 	 	 	/S/ EVA WELCH DANTES
	/S/ ANDREW ALAN WEBSTER

	 	 	 	 	 	

	

	 	 	 	 	 	By executing this agreement
	Signature of witness

	 	 	 	 	 	the signatory warrants that
	

	 	 	 	 	 	the signatory is duly
	ANDREW ALAN WEBSTER

	 	 	 	 	 	authorised to execute this
	

	 	 	 	 	 	agreement on behalf of SKYCITY
	Name of witness

	 	 	 	 	 	ENTERTAINMENT GROUP LIMITED
	SOLIZITZAN AUCKLAND
	 	 	 	 	 	 

 

 

MALLESONS STEPHEN JAQUES 

 Agreement for Sale of Shares and Units

Dated

MGM Grand Australia Pty Ltd (“Vendor”)

MGM MIRAGE (“MGM MIRAGE”)

SKYCITY Australia Pty Limited (“Purchaser”)

SKYCITY Entertainment Group Limited (“Guarantor”)

Mallesons Stephen Jaques

Level 60

Governor Phillip Tower

1 Farrer Place

Sydney NSW 2000

Australia

T +61 2 9296 2000

F +61 2 9296 3999

DX 113 Sydney

www.mallesons.com

 

 

Agreement for sale of Shares and Units

Contents

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	Details
	 	 	 	 	1	 
	General terms
	 	 	 	 	3	 
	1
	 	Sale and purchase of Shares and Sale Units	 	 	3	 
	1.1
	 	Completion Date	 	 	3	 
	1.2
	 	Unencumbered rights	 	 	3	 
	1.3
	 	Condition precedent	 	 	3	 
	2
	 	Purchase Price	 	 	3	 
	2.1
	 	Purchase Price	 	 	3	 
	2.2
	 	Apportionment of Purchase Price	 	 	3	 
	3
	 	Conditions precedent	 	 	3	 
	3.1
	 	Conditions precedent	 	 	3	 
	3.2
	 	Efforts of Parties	 	 	5	 
	3.3
	 	Restriction on amendments	 	 	5	 
	3.4
	 	Permitted amendments	 	 	6	 
	3.5
	 	Conditions precedent and right to terminate	 	 	6	 
	3.6
	 	Extension of time	 	 	7	 
	3.7
	 	Post termination	 	 	7	 
	4
	 	Completion	 	 	7	 
	4.1
	 	Place of Completion	 	 	7	 
	4.2
	 	Vendor obligations on Completion	 	 	8	 
	4.3
	 	Purchaser’s obligations on Completion	 	 	9	 
	4.4
	 	Simultaneous actions at Completion	 	 	9	 
	4.5
	 	Completion does not occur on
Completion Date - Purchaser’s default	 	 	10	 
	4.6
	 	Completion does not occur on
Completion Date - Vendor’s default	 	 	10	 
	5
	 	Payment of the Purchase Price and repayment of Related Party Debt	 	 	10	 
	5.1
	 	Deposit and Interest	 	 	10	 
	5.2
	 	MGM Dividend	 	 	10	 
	5.3
	 	Loan by Purchaser to Subsidiary	 	 	11	 
	5.4
	 	Completion payment	 	 	12	 
	5.5
	 	Post-Completion Purchase Price adjustment	 	 	12	 
	5.6
	 	Payment of balance of Purchase Price	 	 	12	 
	5.7
	 	Balance of Net Intercompany Debt	 	 	12	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen
Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of
Shares and Units
	 	 	i	 

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	5.8
	 	Bank accounts	 	 	13	 
	5.9
	 	Timing of payment	 	 	13	 
	5.10
	 	Form of Payment	 	 	13	 
	6
	 	Working Capital	 	 	13	 
	6.1
	 	Estimated Working Capital and Estimated Net Intercompany Debt	 	 	13	 
	6.2
	 	Preparation of statement of
Estimated Working Capital and Estimated Net Intercompany Debt	 	 	13	 
	6.3
	 	Preparation of Completion Statement	 	 	14	 
	6.4
	 	Specific rules for Completion Statement	 	 	14	 
	6.5
	 	Disputes	 	 	15	 
	6.6
	 	Vendor’s access to Records post Completion	 	 	15	 
	7
	 	Post Completion	 	 	15	 
	7.1
	 	Change of name and logo	 	 	15	 
	7.2
	 	Delivery or transfer of Inventory	 	 	16	 
	7.3
	 	Removal of embedded lion logo fixtures	 	 	16	 
	7.4
	 	Destruction of material	 	 	17	 
	7.5
	 	Operating and Procedures Manual	 	 	17	 
	7.6
	 	Vendor rights	 	 	17	 
	7.7
	 	Costs	 	 	17	 
	7.8
	 	Extension of time	 	 	17	 
	8
	 	Conduct of business pending Completion	 	 	18	 
	8.1
	 	Conduct of business	 	 	18	 
	8.2
	 	Restrictions on Company and Subsidiaries	 	 	18	 
	8.3
	 	Access	 	 	19	 
	8.4
	 	Co-operation	 	 	19	 
	8.5
	 	Tax Consolidation	 	 	20	 
	8.6
	 	Additional information	 	 	21	 
	9
	 	Risk and insurance	 	 	21	 
	10
	 	Superannuation	 	 	21	 
	11
	 	Warranties and representations	 	 	21	 
	11.1
	 	Vendor represents and warrants	 	 	21	 
	11.2
	 	Purchaser acknowledgment	 	 	22	 
	11.3
	 	No claim	 	 	22	 
	11.4
	 	Time limit on claims	 	 	22	 
	11.5
	 	Quantum limit on claims	 	 	22	 
	11.6
	 	Maximum claim	 	 	22	 
	11.7
	 	No entitlement to claim	 	 	23	 
	11.8
	 	Remedies for breach of Warranty	 	 	23	 
	11.9
	 	Indemnification Claim	 	 	23	 
	11.10
	 	Conduct of claims	 	 	24	 
	11.11
	 	Calculation of liability	 	 	24	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen
Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of
Shares and Units
	 	 	ii	 

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	11.12
	 	Payment of claims	 	 	25	 
	11.13
	 	Guarantee from MGM MIRAGE	 	 	25	 
	11.14
	 	Mitigate loss	 	 	26	 
	11.15
	 	No claim under Warranties	 	 	26	 
	11.16
	 	No action against Kirk Kerkorian or Tracinda Corporation	 	 	26	 
	11.17
	 	No liability for Kirk Kerkorian or Tracinda Corporation	 	 	26	 
	11.18
	 	Reduction to Purchase Price	 	 	27	 
	11.19
	 	Purchaser's representations and warranties	 	 	27	 
	12
	 	Tax Indemnity	 	 	28	 
	12.1
	 	Adjustment for Tax liability	 	 	28	 
	12.2
	 	Threshold for Tax Claims	 	 	28	 
	12.3
	 	Breach of Warranty	 	 	28	 
	12.4
	 	Reduction in purchase price	 	 	28	 
	12.5
	 	Obligations excluded	 	 	29	 
	12.6
	 	Payments	 	 	30	 
	12.7
	 	Written notice of Tax Claim	 	 	30	 
	12.8
	 	Access	 	 	30	 
	12.9
	 	Resisting Tax Claims	 	 	31	 
	12.10
	 	Ceasing resistance of Tax Claim	 	 	31	 
	12.11
	 	Refund by Purchaser	 	 	31	 
	12.12
	 	Tax returns	 	 	32	 
	12.13
	 	Other obligations of Purchaser	 	 	33	 
	12.14
	 	Dispute resolution	 	 	33	 
	13
	 	Guarantee and indemnity	 	 	34	 
	13.1
	 	Consideration	 	 	34	 
	13.2
	 	Unconditional and irrevocable guarantee	 	 	34	 
	13.3
	 	Indemnity	 	 	34	 
	13.4
	 	Waiver of right to enforce against Purchaser	 	 	34	 
	13.5
	 	Continuing guarantee and indemnity	 	 	34	 
	13.6
	 	Guarantor's liability and Vendor's rights not affected	 	 	34	 
	13.7
	 	Restrictions on Guarantor	 	 	35	 
	13.8
	 	Claim payment void or voidable	 	 	35	 
	13.9
	 	Obligations on Guarantor	 	 	35	 
	14
	 	Costs and stamp duty	 	 	36	 
	14.1
	 	Costs	 	 	36	 
	14.2
	 	Stamp Duty	 	 	36	 
	15
	 	Notices	 	 	36	 
	15.1
	 	Notices	 	 	36	 
	15.2
	 	Effect of Notice	 	 	37	 
	15.3
	 	Receipt of Notice	 	 	37	 
	16
	 	Assignment and Nomination	 	 	38	 
	16.1
	 	Assignment	 	 	38	 
	16.2
	 	Nomination	 	 	38	 
	16.3
	 	Material Delay	 	 	39	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen
Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of
Shares and Units
	 	 	iii	 

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	17
	 	Miscellaneous	 	 	39	 
	17.1
	 	Exercise of rights	 	 	39	 
	17.2
	 	Waiver and variation	 	 	40	 
	17.3
	 	Approvals and consent	 	 	40	 
	17.4
	 	Remedies cumulative	 	 	40	 
	17.5
	 	Further assurances	 	 	40	 
	17.6
	 	Publicity	 	 	40	 
	17.7
	 	Severability	 	 	40	 
	17.8
	 	Time of the essence	 	 	40	 
	17.9
	 	Entire agreement	 	 	41	 
	17.10
	 	Non-merger	 	 	41	 
	17.11
	 	Survival of indemnities	 	 	41	 
	17.12
	 	Rights cumulative	 	 	41	 
	17.13
	 	Execution	 	 	41	 
	18
	 	Governing law, jurisdiction and service of process	 	 	41	 
	18.1
	 	Governing law	 	 	41	 
	18.2
	 	Jurisdiction	 	 	41	 
	18.3
	 	Service of process	 	 	41	 
	19
	 	GST	 	 	42	 
	20
	 	Interpretation	 	 	42	 
	20.1
	 	Definitions	 	 	42	 
	20.2
	 	Interpretation	 	 	49	 
	20.3
	 	Headings	 	 	50	 
	 
	 	AppendixWarranties and Representations	 	 	51	 
	Schedule 1 -
	 	Shares and Units	 	 	60	 
	Schedule 2 -
	 	Subsidiaries	 	 	61	 
	Schedule 3 -
	 	Mortgages and Other Encumbrances Over the	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	Company and Each Subsidiary	 	 	62	 
	Schedule 4 -
	 	Business Premises	 	 	63	 
	Schedule 5 -
	 	Particulars of Registered Intellectual Property	 	 	64	 
	Signing page
	 	 	 	 	66	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	© Mallesons Stephen
Jaques

	 	Agreement for Sale of
Shares and Units
	 	 	iv

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00066-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00066-of-00352.parquet"}]]